2023 Nissan Leaf Owner Manual

                     
2023 NISSAN LEAF®

To view the digital NissanConnect manual, go to
www.nissanquickguide.com/#/guide/2023/leaf/browse
2023 LEAF ®
or snap this QR code with an appropriate QR code reader.

OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
ZE1-D
Printing : April 2023
Publication No.: OM23EA 0ZE1U2
Printed in the U.S.A. ‘22 ZE1-D For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the

“Foreword” section in the 2023 NISSAN Owner’s Manual.
• NISSAN SOFTWARE LICENSE
Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.
Printing: May 2023

Publication No. SU23E0 NALLU3
NISSAN SOFTWARE LICENSE
• Your vehicle includes physical parts and/or physical components of such parts on which software and/or firmware (“Software”) is
embedded or installed. Additionally, updates to Software may be made available by NISSAN for download and installation by owners
from time to time as determined by NISSAN in its sole discretion. Such Software, and all updates thereto, including updates delivered by
NISSAN to your vehicle over the air (collectively “Updates”), are licensed, and not sold, to you. A portion of the Software may contain or
consist of open source software, which may be used under the terms and conditions of the specific license under which the open
source software is distributed. For other Software, including Software for which there is no separate license agreement between you
and the manufacturer or owner of the Software, the terms and conditions governing your right to use and the use of the installed
Software, including any Updates, applications, services, and content provided for or through the Software, are set forth in the End User
License Agreement found at https://www.nissanusa.com/owners/ownership. Your use of the Software, including any Updates,
constitutes consent to the End User License Agreement’s terms and conditions.
• PLEASE NOTE: The End User License Agreement contains an arbitration clause. You may opt out of this arbitration clause within 30 days
of the date of your vehicle purchase by sending a signed, written notice to NISSAN at the following address:
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003
• Please refer to “Updating system software” in the 5. Information section or "Software Update" in the 2. Getting Started section of the
NissanConnect® Owner's Manual for information about installing Over-the-Air Updates. For questions or assistance concerning
installation of any over-the-air Update, you may contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs at 1-800-333-0207. You may also choose to visit a
NISSAN dealer for assistance - charges may apply.
OWNER’S MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
The information contained within this supplement updates the following information in
the 2013–2023 NISSAN Leaf Owner’s Manual in “AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL” in the
“Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems” section of the Owner’s Manual.
Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.
Printing: February 2023

Publication No. SU23EA 0ZE1U0
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
Press the front defroster button (the
indicator light will illuminate).
• To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly:
– When outside air temperature is <23°F
(-5°C), set the temperature to the high
temperature and the fan speed to low-
est setting (1/7) for 2 minutes, then
adjust fan speed to maximum level.
– When outside air is >23°F (-5°C), set the
temperature to the high temperature
and the fan speed to their maximum
level.
• After the windshield is cleared, press the
front defroster button again (the in-
dicator light will turn off).
• When the front defroster button is
pressed, the air conditioner will automati-
cally turn on to defog the windshield.
The outside air recirculation mode will be
selected to improve the defogging per-
formance.
FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY
This manual was prepared to help you un- details concerning the particular accesso- Before driving your vehicle, please read this
derstand the operation and maintenance ries with which your vehicle is equipped. Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensure
of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your familiarity with controls and maintenance
miles (kilometers) of driving pleasure. vehicle best. When you require any service requirements assisting you in the safe op-
Please read through this manual before or have any questions, we will be glad to eration of your vehicle.
operating your vehicle. assist you with the extensive resources
A separate Warranty Information Book- available to us. WARNING
let explains details about the warranties IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
covering your vehicle. The “Maintenance REMINDERS!
and schedules” section of this manual
explains details about maintaining and Follow these important driving rules to
servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
separate Customer Care/Lemon Law for you and your passengers!
Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re- • NEVER drive under the influence of
solve any concerns you may have with alcohol or drugs.
your vehicle, and clarify your rights un- • ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
der your state's lemon law. and never drive too fast for conditions.
In addition to factory installed options, your • ALWAYS give your full attention to
vehicle may also be equipped with addi- driving and avoid using vehicle fea-
tional accessories installed prior to deliv- tures or taking other actions that
ery. It is recommended that you visit a could distract you.
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details • ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-
concerning the particular accessories with propriate child restraint systems.
which your vehicle is equipped. It is impor- Preteen children should be seated in
tant that you familiarize yourself with all the rear seat.
disclosures, warnings, cautions and in- • ALWAYS provide information about
structions concerning proper use of such the proper use of vehicle safety fea-
accessories prior to operating the vehicle tures to all occupants of the vehicle.
and/or accessory. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for • ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual
for important safety information.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This manual includes information for all fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-
features and equipment available on this GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.
This vehicle should not be modified.
model. Features and equipment in your ve-
Modification could affect its perfor- hicle may vary depending on model, trim IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
mance, safety or durability, and may level, options selected, order, date of pro- THIS MANUAL
even violate governmental regulations. duction, region or availability. Therefore, You will see various symbols in this manual.
In addition, damage or performance you may find information about features or They are used in the following ways:
problems resulting from modification equipment that are not included or in-
may not be covered under NISSAN stalled on your vehicle. WARNING
warranties. All information, specifications and illustra-
tions in this manual are those in effect at This is used to indicate the presence of
WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the a hazard that could cause death or se-
right to change specifications, perfor- rious personal injury. To avoid or re-
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di- mance, design or component suppliers duce the risk, the procedures must be
agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses without notice and without obligation. followed precisely.
the port during normal driving, for ex- From time to time, NISSAN may update or
ample remote insurance company revise this manual to provide Owners with
monitoring, remote vehicle diagnos- CAUTION
the most accurate information currently
tics, telematics or EV system, may available. Please carefully read and retain This is used to indicate the presence of
cause interference or damage to ve- with this manual all revision updates sent a hazard that could cause minor or
hicle systems. We do not recommend to you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac- moderate personal injury or damage to
or endorse the use of any aftermarket cess to accurate and up-to-date informa- your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver- the procedures must be followed
approved by NISSAN. The vehicle war- sions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any carefully.
ranty may not cover damage caused by updates can also be found in the Owner
any aftermarket plug-in device. section of the NISSAN website at https://
owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/
navigation/manualsGuide. If you have
questions concerning any information in
your Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Con-
sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-
[ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the
screen.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-
teries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Per-
chlorate Material – special handling may
apply. For additional information, refer
to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate/”.
APD1005
If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do
this” or “Do not let this happen.”
If you see a symbol similar to these in an

illustration, it means the arrow points to the
front of the vehicle.
© 2022 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's
these indicate movement or action. Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form, or by any means, electronic, me-
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-
these call attention to an item in the erwise, without the prior written permis-
illustration. sion of Nissan North America, Inc.
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle
and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with
all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask You can write to NISSAN with the informa-
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer cannot assist for the following information: tion at:
you with or you would like to provide – Your name, address, and telephone For U.S. customers
NISSAN directly with comments or ques- number Nissan North America, Inc.
tions, please contact the NISSAN Con- – Vehicle identification number (attached Consumer Affairs Department
sumer Affairs Department using our toll- to the top of the instrument panel on the P.O. Box 685003
free number: driver's side) Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For U.S. customers – Date of purchase or via e-mail at:
1-877-NOGASEV – Current odometer reading [email protected]
(1-877-664-2738) For Canadian customers
– Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s
For Canadian customers name Nissan Canada Inc.
1-800-387-0122 – Your comments or questions 5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
OR or via e-mail at:
[email protected]
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)
or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
contents EV Overview EV
Charging CH
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Do-it yourself 8
Maintenance and schedules 9
Technical and consumer information 10
Index 11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8

System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10
Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11
Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
4. Rear-outboard seat belt with
pretensioner(s) (right side similar)
(P. 1-64)
5. Rear-outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bags (P. 1-61)
6. Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)
7. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and
shoulder height adjuster (front passen-
ger side similar) (P. 1-18, 1-64)
8. Front seats (P. 1-2)
9. Supplemental front-impact air bags
(P. 1-44)
10. Driver and front passenger supplemen-
tal knee airbags (P. 1-63)
11. Occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) (P. 1-44)
12. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bags (P. 1-61)
13. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (P. 1-24)
LIC4623
1. Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7) 3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
2. Child restraint anchor points (for top rollover air bags (P. 1-61)
tether strap child restraint) (P. 1-35)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR FRONT
4. Outside mirrors/Switch operation

(P. 3-25)
Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)
5. Power windows (P. 2-69)
6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-6)
7. Doors (P. 3-4)
Keys (P. 3-2)
Door locks (P. 3-5)
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P. 3-6)
Security system (P. 2-44)
8. Wheels and tires (P. 8-25)
Flat tire (P. 6-3)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(P. 5-4, 2-21, 6-3)
9. Headlight and turn signal lights/Switch
operation (P. 2-50)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)
10. Fog lights/Switch operation
Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
11. License plate installation (P. 10-10)
12. Front view camera (if so equipped)
(P. 4-11)
LII2752
1. Charge port lid/Charging lid switch 3. Wiper and washer switch/Switch
(P. 3-20, 2-61) operation (P. 2-47)
2. Hood (P. 3-18) Blade replacement (P. 8-12)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-8)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR
7. Rear hatch (P. 3-19)

Rear view camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)
LII2622
1. Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-48) 4. Rear combination lights (P. 8-21)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-8) Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-21) 5. Rear sonar sensors (P. 2-42, 5-169)
3. Rear window defroster (P. 2-49) 6. Rear reflex reflector

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
4. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)

5. Front cup holders (P. 2-67)
6. Console box (P. 2-66)
USB/iPod® charging port (P. 2-64)
7. Cargo area (P. 2-65)
Tonneau cover (if so equipped) (P. 2-68)
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) (P. CH-5)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual
LII2623
1. Emergency tire puncture repair kit Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
(P. 6-4) microphone*
2. Map lights (P. 2-73) Sunglasses holder (P. 2-66)
Switch operation (P. 2-72) 3. Sun visors (P. 3-23)

COCKPIT
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(left side)
Audio control*
Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-26)
4. Steering wheel (P. 3-22)
Power steering system (P. 5-161)
Horn (P. 2-58)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-44)
5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-47)
(right side)
Cruise control switches (if so equipped)
(P. 5-65)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches
ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
7. Shift lever (P. 5-14)
ECO switch (P. 2-58)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-21)
9. Parking brake (switch type)
LII2624 10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever
1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip 2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and (P. 3-23)
odometer (P. 2-5) turn signal switch (P. 2-50, 2-57, 2-56)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-56)
11. Lower instrument panel switches
Charge port lid switch (P. 2-61)
Immediate charge switch (P. 2-61)
Heated steering wheel switch
Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 2-62)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-25, 5-30, 5-45, 2-61)
12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-15)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-44)
7. Glove box (P. 2-66)
8. Front passenger supplemental knee
airbag (P. 1-63)
9. Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-29)
10. Power outlet (P. 2-64)
11. Front heated seat switches
12. USB connection port*
13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-9)
14. Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-55)
15. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-63)
16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
LII2625
1. Vents (P. 4-28) 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 5. Rear window and outside mirror
Vehicle information display (P. 2-26) (if so equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-49)
3. Center multi-function control panel*

METERS AND GAUGES
Indicator for timer (P. CH-43)

Power meter (P. 2-7)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/hazard indicator light
(P. 2-25)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-25)
3. Speedometer (P. 2-5)
LIC3861
1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-26) Li-ion battery available charge gauge
Clock (P. 2-34) (P. 2-9)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12) Driving range (P. 2-8)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-5)

MOTOR COMPARTMENT
NOTE:
Your vehicle may not be equipped with a
motor cover.
LCE2489
1. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-15) 5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-8)
2. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-7) 6. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-15)
3. 12-volt battery (P. 8-9) 7. Coolant reservoir cap (P. 8-5)
4. Fuse holder (P. 8-15)

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning/ Warning/ Warning/ Name Page

Indicator Name Page Indicator Name Page Indicator
light (red) light (red) light
(yellow)
12-volt battery
Master warning
charge warning 2-16 2-18
light
light
Anti-lock Braking
or
System (ABS) 2-19
Seat belt warning warning light
2-18
light
or Brake warning
2-17
light
Approaching Ve-
Security indicator
2-18 hicle Sound for
light
Pedestrians (VSP) 2-19
Electric shift con- OFF system
trol system 2-18 warning light
Supplemental air
warning light 2-18
bag warning light Automatic Emer-
gency Braking
Electronic parking (AEB) with Pedes-
2-19
or brake indicator trian Detection
2-18 system warning
light (if so
equipped) light

Warning/ Name Page Warning/ Name Page Warning/ Name Page
Indicator Indicator Indicator
light light light
(yellow) (yellow) (yellow)
Vehicle Dynamic
Low tire pressure
2-21 Control (VDC) OFF 2-24
warning light
or Brake system indicator light
2-20
warning light
Master warning Warning/ Name Page
2-22 Indicator
light
light
Electric Vehicle (other)
(EV) system 2-20
Power limitation
warning light 2-23
indicator light Exterior light indi-
2-24
cator light (green)
Electronic parking Power steering
or brake system 2-23 Front fog light in-
2-21 warning light
warning light (if so dicator light
2-24
equipped) (green) (if so
Rear Automatic equipped)
Braking (RAB) 2-24
warning light High Beam Assist
Front passenger
indicator light 2-24
air bag status 2-21
(green)
light
Slip indicator light 2-24

Warning/ Name Page
Indicator
light
(other)
High beam indi-

2-25
cator light (blue)
Plug-in indicator
2-25
light (green)
READY to drive
indicator light 2-25
(green)
Turn signal/
hazard indicator 2-25
lights (green)

MEMO

EV Overview
The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-17

Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-18
Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery . . . . .EV-3 Charging after driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22
Charging the 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23
Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) . . . . . . .EV-5 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23
High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Improve driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23
High-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Li-ion battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24
Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Li-ion battery maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24
Emergency shut-off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-10 EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-25
EV characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-11 Meters and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-25
Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12 Approaching Vehicle Sound for
Life with an EV (scene guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12 Pedestrians (VSP) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-27
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
Before driving your vehicle LED headlight (low beam)
(models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . EV-14 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
Checking Li-ion battery charging Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-15
Operating the climate control system
before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-16
THE EV (Electric Vehicle) SYSTEM LI-ION BATTERY
The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the The Li-ion battery provides power to the WARNING
vehicle’s systems operate differently and electric motor (traction motor) that moves
have different operating characteristics the vehicle. Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion
than vehicles equipped with an internal The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt high voltage battery. If the Li-ion bat-
combustion engine. It is important to care- battery. tery is disposed of improperly, there is a
fully review the entire owner's manual for risk of severe burns and electrical
this reason. The main difference is the LEAF The vehicle must be plugged in for the Li- shock that may result in serious injury
is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not ion battery to be charged. Additionally, the or death and there is also a risk of envi-
require and it is not capable of using gaso- vehicle system can extend the vehicle ronmental damage.
line like a vehicle powered by a traditional range by converting driving force into elec-
internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses tricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery
electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion) while the vehicle is decelerating or being CAUTION
battery. The vehicle’s Li-ion battery must driven downhill. This is called regenerative
be charged with electricity before the ve- braking. This vehicle is considered to be an To prevent damage to the Li-ion
hicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates, environmentally friendly vehicle because it battery:
the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If does not emit exhaust gases, such as car- • Do not expose the vehicle to extreme
the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- bon dioxide and nitrogen oxide. ambient temperatures for extended
charged, the vehicle will not operate until it periods.
is re-charged. • Do not store the vehicle in tempera-
This vehicle uses two types of batteries. tures below −13°F (−25°C) for more
One is the 12-volt battery that is the same than seven days.
as the battery in vehicles powered by • Do not leave the vehicle for more
gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion than 14 days where the Li-ion battery
battery (high voltage). available charge gauge reaches a
zero or near zero.
The 12-volt battery provides power to the
vehicle systems and features such as the • Do not use the Li-ion battery for any
audio system, supplemental restraint sys- other purpose.
tems, headlights and windshield wipers.
EV-2 EV Overview
NOTE: DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED
• If the outside temperature is −13°F LI-ION BATTERY
(−25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery may
When a destination is set in the navigation
freeze and it cannot be charged or pro-
system (if so equipped) that exceeds the
vide power to run the vehicle. Move the
available vehicle range, the navigation sys-
vehicle to a warm location.
tem automatically searches the location of
• The capacity of the Li-ion battery in nearby charging stations. When the nearby
your vehicle to hold a charge will, like charging station locations are displayed,
all such batteries, decrease with time charge the Li-ion battery as soon as
and usage. As the battery ages and ca- possible.
pacity decreases, this will result in a
decrease from the vehicle’s initial mile- Warning lights illuminate on the instru-
age range. This is normal, expected, ment panel and messages are displayed
and not indicative of any defect in your on the vehicle information display to in-
Li-ion battery. form you that the Li-ion battery charge is
low. Instructions are also displayed on the
• The Li-ion battery has limited service
navigation system screen (if so equipped)
life, and when its charging capacity
to direct you to nearby charging stations.
falls below a specific level, the EV sys-
tem warning light will illuminate. Own- The vehicle's range is very limited when
ers should bring their vehicle in for in- these warning lights illuminate and mes-
spection and possible battery sages are displayed. Follow the instruc-
replacement. tions on the navigation system screen (if so
LEV2062
• It is recommended that you visit a equipped) and immediately charge the ve-
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for infor- hicle at the nearest charging station. 1. The following warning lights illuminate
mation about recycling or disposal of on the instrument panel and messages
There are three levels of information that
the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to are displayed on the vehicle information
will be displayed as the Li-ion battery be-
recycle or dispose of the Li-ion battery display at the same time to indicate low
comes discharged:
yourself. Li-ion battery charge:
• The low battery charge indicator
• The master warning light
EV Overview EV-3
• The “Battery charge is low, Charge
now” warning message is displayed
on the vehicle information display.
• Messages are displayed on the navi-
gation system screen (if so equipped).
• For additional information, see “Low
battery charge indicator” (P. 2-38).
LEV2063 LEV2064
• The driving range flashes O
1 . 2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion bat-
tery continues to discharge, the driving
NOTE: range on the instrument panel changes
Due to traffic conditions, it may be dif- to “— — —” O 2 .
ficult to get to the charging station
suggested by the navigation system Messages are displayed on the naviga-
(if so equipped). If the Li-ion battery is tion system screen (if so equipped). For
almost completely discharged, drive additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
directly to the nearest charging tery available charge gauge” (P. 2-9).
station.
EV-4 EV Overview
3. When the power limitation indicator The 12-volt battery is not charged in the The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
light illuminates, traction motor following conditions. the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps
output is limited resulting in reduced ve- • When the power switch is in the ACC to prevent significant reductions in the Li-
hicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe position. ion battery output when the temperature
location before the Li-ion battery be- • When the power switch is in the ON posi- is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
comes completely discharged and tion and the shift position is in the N (Neu- matically turns on when the Li-ion battery
there is no power available to drive the tral) position. temperature is approximately -1°F (-17°C) or
vehicle. Contact Roadside Assistance colder. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
Service shown in your NISSAN Warranty matically turns off when the Li-ion battery
Information Booklet. For additional in-
While the vehicle is not in use temperature is approximately 14°F (-10°C)
formation, see “If the Li-ion battery be- When the EV system is off for an extended or higher.
comes completely discharged” (P. 6-12). time, the 12-volt battery may be automati-
The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
cally charged for a short period of time on a
CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY power from an external source when a
regular basis.
charger is connected to the vehicle. The
The 12-volt battery is charged automati- Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
cally using electricity stored in the Li-ion LI-ION BATTERY WARMER (if so
power from the Li-ion battery when the
battery. equipped) charger is not connected to the vehicle.
When the 12-volt battery is being charged, For models with 40 kWh battery
the charge status indicator light on the in- NOTE:
strument panel flashes (except when CAUTION • Connect the charger to the vehicle and
charging the Li-ion battery or the power place the power switch in the OFF po-
switch is in the READY to drive position). For The Li-ion battery warmer does not op- sition when parking the vehicle if tem-
additional information, see “Charging sta- erate if the available Li-ion battery peratures may go below -1°F (-17°C).
tus indicator lights” (P. CH-49). charge is less than approximately 15% This provides external power to the Li-
and the charger is not connected to the ion battery warmer when it operates
vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion bat- and does not discharge the Li-ion
While vehicle is driven tery from freezing, do not leave the ve- battery.
The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt bat- hicle in an environment if temperatures
tery as necessary when the power switch may go below -1°F (-17°C) unless the ve-
is in the READY to drive position. hicle is connected to a charger.
EV Overview EV-5
• The charging status indicator lights il- • Vehicle driving range is reduced if the For models with 60 kWh battery
luminate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The battery temperature approximately CAUTION
charging status indicator lights use the -1°F (-17°C) or colder) while driving the
same pattern to indicate 12-volt bat- vehicle. You may need to charge the The Li-ion battery warmer does not op-
tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op- Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer erate if the normal charger is not con-
eration or Remote Climate Control op- temperatures. nected to the vehicle. To help prevent
eration (models with Navigation • The Li-ion battery requires more time the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not
System). The charging status indicator to charge when the Li-ion battery leave the vehicle in an environment if
lights do not change if the Li-ion bat- warmer operates. temperatures may go below -4°F
tery warmer operates at the same time (-20°C) unless the vehicle is connected
• The predicted charging time displayed to a charger.
as the above features. For additional on the meter and navigation system (if
information, see “Charging status indi- so equipped) increases when the Li-ion The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
cator lights” (P. CH-49). battery warmer operates. the Li-ion battery from freezing when the
• The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion • Climate control performance is re- temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery
battery power to operate, even if the duced when using the Climate Ctrl. warmer automatically turns on when the
vehicle is connected to a charger when: Timer or Remote Climate Control Li-ion battery temperature is approxi-
– The vehicle's power switch is in the (models with Navigation System) while mately -4°F (-20°C) or colder and outside
ON position. the Li-ion battery warmer operates. temperature is approximately -11°F (-24°C)
– There is no electrical power being or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
supplied to the charging equipment. • The Li-ion battery may not charge to
matically turns off when the Li-ion battery
the expected level using the charging
• When the Li-ion battery warmer is al- temperature is approximately 0°F (-18°C) or
timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
ready in operation using an external higher, or outside temperature is approxi-
operates.
power source, it will continue to use the mately -8°F (-22°C) or higher.
external power even if the power The Li-ion battery warmer operates when
switch is placed in the ON position. the normal charger is connected to the
vehicle, and it automatically uses electrical
power from either the external source or
from the Li-ion battery.
EV-6 EV Overview
NOTE: • The automatic climate control auto- • The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and matically turns on when the Li-ion bat- the power switch is placed in the ON
place the power switch in the OFF po- tery warmer uses electrical power position while the Li-ion battery
sition when parking the vehicle if tem- from the Li-ion battery. This is not a warmer is using electrical power from
peratures may go below -4°F (-20°C). malfunction. When the Li-ion battery the Li-ion battery. To turn on the Li-ion
The Li-ion battery warmer automati- warmer operates, the temperature in- battery warmer again, place the power
cally uses electrical power from either side the vehicle may be warmed up. switch in the OFF position.
the external source or from the Li-ion • The Li-ion battery will be automatically • The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
battery, based on the amount of re- charged when the Li-ion battery the charging connector is removed
maining Li-ion battery. warmer uses electrical power from an from the normal charger while the Li-
• The charging status indicator lights il- extended source. When outside tem- ion battery warmer is operating. To
luminate in a specific pattern when the perature goes below -4°F (-20°C) for turn on the Li-ion battery warmer
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The many days, frequent Li-ion battery again, connect the charging connector
charging status indicator lights use the warmer operation may occur, and to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery
same pattern to indicate 12–volt bat- more electric power will be charged warmer will operate again after about
tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op- from an external source. Do not con- 1 hour.
eration or Remote Climate Control op- nect the normal charger to the vehicle • The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
eration (models with Navigation if you do not want to turn on the Li-ion the charging connector of the quick
System). The charging status indicator battery warmer. In this case, do not charger is connected to the vehicle
lights do not change if the Li-ion bat- leave the vehicle in an environment if while the Li-ion battery warmer is op-
tery warmer operates at the same time temperatures may go below -4°F erating. To turn on the Li-ion battery
as the above features. For additional (-20°C). warmer again, remove the charging
information, see “Charging status indi- • When the Li-ion battery warmer is al- connector of the quick charger from
cator lights” (P. CH-49). ready in operation using an external the vehicle.
source, it will continue to use the exter- • The Li-ion battery requires more time
nal power even if the power switch is to charge to the expected level when
placed in the ON position. the Li-ion battery warmer operates.
EV Overview EV-7
HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS
• The predicted charging time displayed HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS

on the meter increases when the Li-ion
WARNING
battery warmer uses electrical power
from the Li-ion battery. • The EV system uses high voltage up
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Cli- to approximately DC 400 volt. The
mate Control (models with Navigation system can be hot during and after
System) does not turn on while the Li- starting and when the vehicle is shut
ion battery warmer operates. This is off. Be careful of both the high volt-
not a malfunction. age and the high temperature. Fol-
• The charging timer or remote charge low the warning labels that are at-
(models with Navigation System) does tached to the vehicle.
not turn on while the Li-ion battery • Never disassemble, remove or re-
warmer operates. This is not a place high-voltage parts and cables
malfunction. as well as their connectors because
• The Li-ion battery may not be charged they can cause severe burns or elec-
to the expected level using the charg- tric shock that may result in serious
ing timer while the Li-ion battery injury or death. High-voltage cables
warmer operates. are colored orange. The vehicle high
• If the Li-ion battery warmer automati- voltage system has no user service-
cally stops because of the Li-ion bat- able parts. It is recommended that
tery temperature or outside tempera- you take your vehicle to a NISSAN
ture change, charging will continue certified LEAF dealer for any neces-
until the Li-ion battery is fully charged. sary maintenance.
EV-8 EV Overview
ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
In case of a collision:
• If your vehicle is drivable, pull your
vehicle off the road, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, ap-
ply the parking brake and turn the EV
system off.
• Check your vehicle to see if there are
exposed high-voltage parts or
cables. For their locations, see “High
voltage components” (P. EV-8). To
avoid personal injury, never touch
high-voltage wiring, connectors, and
other high-voltage parts, such as in-
verter unit and Li-ion battery. An
electric shock may occur if exposed
electric wires are visible when viewed
from inside or outside of your ve-
hicle. Therefore, never touch ex-
posed electric wires.
LEV2092 • If the vehicle receives a strong im-
pact to the floor while driving, stop
1. Traction motor and reduction gear 5. Li-ion battery the vehicle in a safe location and
2. Traction motor inverter 6. Service plug check the floor.
3. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger,
DC/DC converter, junction box)
4. High-voltage wire harnesses (colored
orange)
EV Overview EV-9
• Leaks or damage to the Li-ion bat- • If you are not able to safely assess For the above collisions and certain other
tery may result in a fire. If you dis- the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do EV system malfunctions, the READY to drive
cover them, contact emergency ser- not touch the vehicle. Leave the ve- indicator light will turn off. For additional
vices immediately. Since the fluid hicle and contact emergency ser- information, see “Warning lights, indicator
leak may be lithium manganate from vices. Advise first responders that lights and audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
the Li-ion battery, never touch the this is an electric vehicle. The emergency shut-off activates for the
fluid leak inside or outside the ve- • In the event of an accident that re- above collisions to minimize risk of an
hicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or quires body repair and painting, the event that could cause injury or an acci-
eyes, wash it off immediately with a Li-ion battery pack and high voltage dent. If the emergency shut-off system ac-
large amount of water and receive parts such as the inverter, including tivates, the EV system may not be switched
immediate medical attention to help the wire harness, should be removed to the READY to drive position; it is recom-
avoid serious injury. prior to painting. It is recommended mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
• If a fire occurs in the EV, leave the that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is
vehicle as soon as possible. Only use dealer for this service. Li-ion battery switched to the READY to drive position, the
a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher packs exposed to heat in the paint system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore,
that is meant for use on electrical booth will experience capacity loss. drive cautiously to the nearest certified re-
fires. Using a small amount of water Damaged Li-ion battery packs may pair facility; it is recommended that you
or the incorrect fire extinguisher can also pose safety risks to untrained visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
result in serious injury or death from mechanics and repair personnel. service.
electrical shock.
• If your vehicle needs to be towed, do
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM
it with the front wheels raised. If the The emergency shut-off system is acti-
front wheels are on the ground when vated and the high-voltage system auto-
towing, the traction motor may gen- matically turns off in the following
erate electricity. This may damage conditions:
the components of the EV system - Front and side collisions in which the air
and cause a fire. bags are deployed.
- Certain rear collisions.
- Certain EV system malfunctions.
EV-10 EV Overview
EV CHARACTERISTICS
WARNING NOTE: • Less deceleration is provided by the re-

• The vehicle cannot run with a dis- generative brake system when the Li-
• Pay special attention to pedestrians. charged Li-ion battery. Repeated ac- ion battery is fully charged. The regen-
Because there is no engine noise, pe- celeration consumes more power from erative brake is automatically reduced
destrians may not know the vehicle the Li-ion battery than driving at a when the Li-ion battery is fully charged
is approaching, moving or about to steady speed. to prevent the Li-ion battery from be-
move, and may step into the path of coming overcharged. The regenerative
• This vehicle is equipped with a regen-
vehicle travel. brake is also automatically reduced
erative brake system. The primary pur-
• When leaving the vehicle, be sure to when the battery temperature is high/
pose of the regenerative brake system
turn off the EV system. low (indicated by the red/blue zones
is to provide some power to recharge
on the Li-ion battery temperature
• Be sure to push the P (Park) position the Li-ion battery and extend driving
gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery
switch on the shift lever and apply range. A secondary benefit is “engine
damage.
the parking brake when parking be- braking” that operates based on Li-ion
cause the vehicle can move when the battery conditions. • The brake pedal should be used to slow
READY to drive indicator light is ON. or stop the vehicle depending on traffic
• In the D (Drive) position, when the ac-
When the READY to drive indicator or road conditions. The vehicle brakes
celerator pedal is released, the regen-
light is ON, do not leave your vehicle are not affected by the regenerative
erative brake system provides some
in a shift position other than the P brake system operation.
deceleration.
(Park) position. • When you put the shift lever in the B
• Keep the brake pedal depressed until mode and take your foot off the accel-
you are ready to drive. When the ve- erator pedal, more regenerative brake
hicle is in the D (Drive) position, B or R is applied than in the D (Drive) position.
(Reverse) position, if you release the
brake pedal and do not depress the
accelerator, the vehicle will creep and
may start abruptly. This may cause
serious injury or death.
EV Overview EV-11
LIFE WITH AN EV (scene guide)
NOISE AND VIBRATION This section provides a brief explanation

for the most important LEAF functions. For
You might experience the following noise
additional information, refer to the specific
or vibration as a normal characteristic of
sections of this manual for detailed expla-
this vehicle:
nations of the vehicle features and
• Traction motor noise from the motor operation.
compartment.
• Water pump and radiator fan noise while CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY
charging.
• Compressor and radiator fan noise when WARNING
the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate The EV system uses a high voltage cur-
control (models with Navigation System) rent. Failure to follow the proper han-
is used. dling instructions may cause serious
• Relay operation noise and vibration at injury or death. Be sure to read the
start-up and shut-down of the EV system “Charging” section and follow the pro-
(power switch placed in the ON and OFF cedures and guidelines described.
position).
• Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri-
ans (VSP).
EV-12 EV Overview
LTI2429
EV Overview EV-13
LTI2645
*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV sup- BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE have SMS messages (text messages) sent
plies electric power to a home or a building, (models with Navigation System) to a cellular phone. Additionally, the vehi-
etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to cle’s heater and air conditioner can be set
Building (V2B), Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle The Li-ion battery charging status and the to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer
to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V). Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op- function or A/C-heater remote function, if
eration can be checked using an internet necessary. For additional information, see
enabled smart phone or personal com- “Remote climate control” (P. 4-41).
puter at home. You may also choose to
EV-14 EV Overview
NOTE: • If the remote heater and air condi-
• To check the Li-ion battery charging tioner function and Li-ion battery
status or to use the remote heater and charging are performed at the same
air conditioner using an internet en- time, Li-ion battery charging will take
abled smart phone or personal com- longer than usual due to the power
puter, the following conditions must be used to heat or cool the vehicle.
met:
– The vehicle must be located in a cel-
lular phone or smart phone cover-
age area.
– The internet enabled cellular phone
or smart phone must be located in a
cellular phone or smart phone cov-
erage area.
– The computer must be connected to LEV2046
the internet.
– A cellular phone must be used to
CHECKING LI-ION BATTERY
communicate with the vehicle. CHARGING STATUS
– A cellular phone capable of text mes- The Li-ion battery charge status can be
saging must be used to receive text checked on the NISSAN Data Center web-
message regarding vehicle charge site via an internet enabled smart phone or
status. personal computer.
• The remote heater and cooler can ad- If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently
just the in-cabin temperature. charged, you can start charging the Li-ion
• When the charge connector is discon- battery via the remote charge function. For
nected from the vehicle, the heater and additional information, see “Charging re-
air conditioner operates using vehicle lated remote function” (P. CH-48).
Li-ion battery electric power.
EV Overview EV-15
LEV2047 LEV2046
OPERATING THE CLIMATE Notification of the Li-ion battery

CONTROL SYSTEM BEFORE warmer operation (if so equipped)
DRIVING You can be notified with the status of the
The vehicle’s heating and air conditioning Li-ion battery warmer operation on the
system can be turned on via remote con- NISSAN Data Center website via an internet
trol with an internet enabled smart phone enabled smart phone or personal computer.
or personal computer. When the power switch is in the OFF posi-
This allows the interior of the vehicle to be tion and the charge connector is not con-
heated or cooled while the vehicle is charg- nected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts
ing. This reduces the load on the Li-ion bat- or stops, it notifies you to connect the char-
tery while the vehicle is being driven and ger to the vehicle.
can help increase the vehicle driving range. For additional information, refer to the
For additional information, see “Remote cli- NissanConnect® Manual.
mate control” (P. 4-41).
EV-16 EV Overview
LEV2066 LEV2093
STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal O

1 .
2. Push the power switch O

2 .
3. Check that the READY to drive indicator

light O 3 illuminates. For additional infor-
mation, see “READY to drive indicator
light” (P. 2-25).
4. For models with Navigation System: If
route guidance is necessary, enter the
destination in the navigation system.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual.
EV Overview EV-17
5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the
estimated driving range shown on the
meter. For additional information, see
“Driving range” (P. 2-8).
NOTE:
• For additional information, see “Driv-
ing range”(P. 2-8).
• Before driving, compare the driving
distance to the destination displayed
on the navigation system screen (if so
equipped) with the estimated driving
range shown on the meter. Determine
if it will be necessary to charge the Li-
ion battery before or while driving to LEV2067
your planned destination.
DRIVING THE VEHICLE 5. Release the brake pedal.
• If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion
battery, use the navigation system (if 1. Depress the brake pedal O
1 . 6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start
so equipped) to search for available driving.
2. Release the parking brake O
2 .
charging stations on your planned
driving route. 3. Move the shift lever O 3 into the D (Drive)
position. When released, the shift lever
returns to its original center position.
4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
position. The indicator next to the “D” by
the shift lever illuminates and “D” is dis-
played on the meter.
EV-18 EV Overview
NOTE:
The regenerative brake converts the ve-
hicle's forward motion to electric power
to help slow the vehicle.
Use the ECO mode for maximum vehicle
range and for city driving. The ECO mode
helps reduce power consumption by re-
ducing acceleration when compared to
the same accelerator pedal position in the
D (Drive) position (normal mode).
LEV2051
These are the following gear positions for
driving the vehicle forward:
• Use the D (Drive) position for optimum
driving performance.
• Use the B mode for downhill driving.
When the B mode is used, more regen-
erative brake is applied when the accel-
erator pedal is released in comparison to
the D (Drive) position.
For additional information, see “Driving the
vehicle” (P. 5-14).
EV Overview EV-19
LIC3945
If the low battery charge indicator
illuminates yellow, the Li-ion battery charge
is too low for travel. For additional informa-
tion, see "Li-ion battery available charge
gauge" (P. 2-9). Charge the Li-ion battery as
soon as possible.
EV-20 EV Overview
LEV2068
Parking the vehicle 2. Apply the parking brake O 2 . For models

with the pedal type, firmly depress the
1. When stopping the vehicle, apply the
parking brake. For models with the
foot brake, then push the P (Park) posi-
switch type, the electronic parking brake
tion switch O1 on the shift lever. Confirm
is applied automatically (or for manual
that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position
operation, pull the electronic parking
by checking the shift indicator located
brake switch up).
near the shift lever or on the vehicle in-
formation display. 3. Push the power switch O
3 to the OFF
position.
4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging
facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as
necessary. For additional information,
see “Charging” (P. CH-2).
EV Overview EV-21
NOTE:
• Charging can be started remotely, even
if the charging timer is set up.
• When you have forgotten to connect
the charge connector at home, there is
a function that can notify you via a text
message capable cellular phone, inter-
net enabled smart phone or personal
computer. For additional information,
see “Charging related remote function”
(P. CH-48) (models with Navigation
System).
• NISSAN recommends that you connect
the normal charge cable when getting
LEV2099
out of the vehicle, even if it is not going
CHARGING AFTER DRIVING are displayed on the vehicle information to be used. By doing this, you can get
display. For additional information, see the most out of the remote climate
Charging the Li-ion battery “Timer display” (P. CH-46). control (models with Navigation Sys-
When you return home, connect the ve- tem) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions
2. Open the charge port lid and charge
hicle to the charging device installed at the next time you use the vehicle.
port cap. For additional information, see
your home or the EVSE plugged to outlet
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20).
using the normal charge connector.
Charge the vehicle or set the charging 3. Connect the charge connector to the
timer function to have the vehicle charge vehicle.
at a specific time. For additional informa- 4. When the charging timer is turned on,
tion, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43). charging starts at the set time. When the
1. When the power switch is turned off, the charging timer is not turned on, charg-
settings of the charging timer, the Cli- ing starts immediately.
mate Ctrl. Timer and the charge connec-
tor lock functions and the driving range
EV-22 EV Overview
EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE
RANGE • Battery age, • Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently

• Weather or temperature, press and release the accelerator pedal
The distance you can drive the vehicle
• Topography, for acceleration and deceleration.
(range) varies considerably depending
upon available charge, weather, tempera- • Charging habits. • Drive at moderate speeds on the
ture, usage, battery age, topography, and highway.
NISSAN recommends the following driv- • Avoid extending highway driving with
driving style.
ing habits to help maximize vehicle multiple quick charges.
Refer to the Monroney label (window range:
sticker) for the official EPA range. Your ac- • Avoid frequent stopping and braking.
Before driving: Maintain a safe distance behind other
tual range will vary and could be signifi-
cantly less, either initially or as the battery • Follow recommended periodic vehicles.
ages and with use over time. For additional maintenance. • Turn off the air conditioner/heater when
information, see “Improve driving range” • Keep tires inflated to correct pressure. it is not necessary.
(P. EV-23) for information on the factors that • Keep wheels in correct alignment. • Select a moderate temperature setting
affect vehicle range and how to use the • Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin for heating or cooling to help reduce
vehicle to maximize vehicle range. while the vehicle is charging. power consumption.
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the • Use the air conditioner/heater and close
IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE windows to reduce drag when cruising at
vehicle.
Vehicle range depends on a number of highway speed.
factors. While driving:
• Vehicle range may be substantially re-
Actual vehicle range will vary depending • Drive in ECO mode duced in extremely cold conditions (for
upon: –– The ECO mode helps reduce power example, -4°F (-20°C)).
consumption by reducing acceleration
• Speed, • Using the climate control system to heat
when compared to the same accelera-
• Vehicle load, the cabin when the outside temperature
tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi-
is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity
• Electrical load from vehicle accessories, tion (normal mode).
and affects vehicle range more than
• Traffic and road conditions, • Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis- when using the heater when the tem-
• Distance driven without stopping, ing speeds with constant accelerator po- perature is above 32°F (0°C).
• Usage, sitions or by using cruise control when
appropriate.
• Driving style,
EV Overview EV-23
• When it is cold, use the steering wheel The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge • Moderate driving.
heater in substitution for the heater/air can be affected by how you drive the ve- • Use of ECO mode.
conditioner. The steering wheel heater hicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the • Do not operate the charging timer re-
consumes less power than the heater/ Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery tempera- peatedly while the charge connector is
air conditioner. ture during vehicle operation and charging. connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion
• Release the accelerator pedal to slow To maximize the battery's useful life, use battery charging is completed. Doing so
down and do not apply the brakes when the following driving and charging habits may discharge the 12-volt battery.
traffic and road conditions allow. where possible: • The power of the Li-ion battery can be
–– This vehicle is equipped with a regen- • Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme am- checked on the Li-ion battery available
erative brake system. The primary pur- bient temperatures for extended periods. charge gauge. For additional information,
pose of the regenerative brake system see “Li-ion battery available charge
• Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures be-
is to provide some power to recharge low −13°F (−25°C) for more than seven days. gauge” (P. 2-9).
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine • Avoid leaving your vehicle for more than
14 days where the Li-ion battery available LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi- charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero In addition to the regular maintenance rec-
(state of charge). ommended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires
tion, when the accelerator is released,
the regenerative brake system pro- • Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to some special Li-ion battery inspections.
vides some deceleration and some cool down after use before charging. • For additional information, refer to the
power to the Li-ion battery. • Park/store your vehicle in cool locations NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for
out of direct sunlight and away from heat significant limitations, exclusions and
LI-ION BATTERY LIFE sources. possible voiding of your warranty result-
The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge, • Avoid sustained high battery tempera- ing from failure to have these necessary
like all batteries, decreases with battery tures (caused, for example, by exposure inspections, repairs and/or adjustments
age and usage which results in decreased to very high ambient temperatures or ex- performed.
vehicle range when compared to the ve- tending highway driving with multiple • For a detailed explanation of the Li-ion
hicle range when the vehicle was new. This quick charges. battery inspection and intervals, see “EV
is normal and expected, and does not indi- • Use the normal charging or trickle charg- maintenance schedules (EM57 electric
cate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion ing methods to charge the Li-ion battery motor) (P. 9-7).
battery. and minimize the use of public Fast
Charge or Quick Charger.
EV-24 EV Overview
EV UNIQUE INFORMATION
METERS AND INDICATORS

Various meters and gauges related to the
EV functions are displayed in the vehicle
information display.
LEV2084 LEV2085
Meter Li-ion battery temperature gauge

Master warning light This gauge O 2 displays the temperature of
The master warning light (red or yellow) O

1
the Li-ion battery.
illuminates when messages are displayed For additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
on the vehicle information display. tery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
For additional information, see “Master
warning light (red/yellow)” (P. 2-18) (P. 2-22).
EV Overview EV-25
LEV2055 LIC3937 LIC3938
Power meter Driving range Li-ion battery available charge gauge
This meter displays the actual traction mo- This indicator displays the estimated driv- This indicator displays the available Li-ion
tor power consumption and the regenera- ing range (calculated based on a program battery capacity remaining to drive the
tive brake power provided to the Li-ion that accounts for current driving style and vehicle.
battery. operational conditions) that can be driven For additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
For additional information, see “Power me- before recharging is necessary. tery available charge gauge” (P. 2-9).
ter” (P. 2-7). For additional information, see “Driving The EV unique information is displayed on
range” (P. 2-8). the vehicle information display as well. For
additional information, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display” (P. 2-26).
EV-26 EV Overview
3. 12-volt battery charge warning light
4. Plug-in indicator light
5. READY to drive indicator light
6. Power limitation indicator light
7. EV system warning light
8. Electric shift control system warning
light
9. Brake system warning light (yellow)
10. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
trians (VSP) system OFF warning light
For additional information, see “Warning LEV2060
lights, indicator lights and audible remind-
ers” (P. 2-14). APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND
FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
trians (VSP) system is a function that uses
sound to alert pedestrians of the presence
of the vehicle when it is being driven at a
LEV2102 low speed.
Warning and indicator lights When the vehicle starts to move, it pro-
The EV system uses the following EV spe- duces a sound.
cific warning and indicator lights: The sound stops when the vehicle speed is
1. Master warning light (red) more than 25 mph (40 km/h) while
accelerating.
2. Master warning light (yellow)
EV Overview EV-27
The sound starts when the vehicle speed is LED HEADLIGHT (low beam) (if so
less than 22 mph (35 km/h) while equipped)
decelerating.
This vehicle uses an LED headlight for the
WARNING headlight low beam. The LED headlight has
the following features:
• If the sound cannot be heard, pedes- • Low power consumption
trians may not notice the oncoming • The shape is very compact.
vehicle, which may cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death. It It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
is recommended that you immedi- certified LEAF dealer to replace the
ately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF headlight.
dealer for VSP system inspection.
DRIVING RANGE
• If the VSP system OFF warning light
illuminates while the power switch is On the vehicle information display or navi-
LEV2051
in the ON position, or in the READY to gation system screen (if so equipped), you
drive position, it may indicate the VSP ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL can check the estimated distance the ve-
system is not functioning properly. SYSTEM hicle may be driven with the available Li-ion
Have the VSP system checked. It is battery charge. For additional information,
This vehicle is equipped with an electric refer to the NissanConnect® Manual.
recommended that you visit a shift control system. This control system
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this has three features:
service. For additional information,
see “Approaching Vehicle Sound for • Smooth and easy shift lever operation.
Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF • To place the vehicle in the P (Park) posi-
warning light” (P. 2-19). tion, push the P (Park) position switch on
the shift lever.
NOTE:
• The vehicle automatically applies the P
The volume of the (VSP) sound cannot be (Park) position when the power switch is
raised or lowered. placed in the OFF position.
For additional information, see “Driving the
vehicle” (P. 5-14).
EV-28 EV Overview
Charging
Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-2 Charge connector lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-41

Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-5 Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43
How to normal charge (AC 220–240 Timer Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-46
volt) by charging device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-9 Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-48
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt) Charging related remote function
by L1 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-11 (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . CH-48
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt) Charging related indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-49
by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-18 Charging status indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . CH-49
How to normal charge (AC 220–240 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
volt) by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-26 Equipment) control box indicator light . . . . . CH-52
How to quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-35 Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-56
How to charge/discharge using quick
charge port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-38
PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING
WARNING – Do not touch the metal contacts of • If you notice an unusual odor, smoke
the charge port, charge connec- or abnormal noises coming from the
• If you use any medical electric de- tor, electrical plug or Genuine vehicle, stop charging immediately.
vices, such as an implantable cardiac NISSAN Adapter. • Be careful not to allow your hands,
pacemaker or an implantable cardio- – Do not touch the vehicle and EVSE hair, jewelry or clothing to come into
vascular defibrillator, check with the when there is lightning. contact with, or get caught in, the
electric medical device manufac- traction motor cooling fan. The cool-
turer concerning the effects that – Do not pull, twist, bend, step on, or
drag the cable. ing fan can start at any time during
charging may have on implanted de- charging.
vices before starting the charge op- • Make sure the charge connector is
eration. Charging may affect the removed from the charge port before • Do not use extension cords or adapt-
operation. starting your vehicle. If the charge ers unless they are Genuine NISSAN
connector is only partially engaged parts.
• Make sure there is no water or for-
eign materials in the charge port, and the connector latch is unlocked, • Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
charge connector, or electrical plug, it is possible to place the EV in the Adapter with any devices except the
and that they are not damaged or READY to drive position. Genuine NISSAN EVSE.
affected by rust or corrosion. If any of • Do not touch the plug or the Genuine • Do not allow an unattended child to
these conditions are noticeable, do NISSAN Adapter if they are wet or handle or use this product.
not charge the Li-ion battery. This with wet hands. Do not put the plug • Use the EVSE with outlet and wiring
may result in a short circuit or electric or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter in installed according to the
shock and could cause a fire which water, liquid or snow. This may cause regulations/standards.
may result in serious personal injury an electric shock which may result in • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
or death. serious personal injury or death. case securely through the fastener
• To avoid serious personal injury or • Do not disassemble or modify the on the bottom of the luggage board.
death when the Li-ion battery is charge port, the EVSE or the Genuine If the case suddenly becomes loose,
charging, be aware of the following NISSAN Adapter. This may cause a it may cause serious injury or death.
precautions. fire or an electric shock which may
result in serious personal injury or
death.
CH-2 Charging
• Make sure the charge port cap is • In normal charging (AC 220 - 240 volt)
closed on the charge port when and trickle charging (AC 110 - 120 volt)
charging is finished. If the charge using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Sup-
port lid is closed when the charge ply Equipment) provided with the ve-
port cap is open, water or foreign hicle, NISSAN recommends using an
materials may enter the charge port. AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A and an AC 110-
• Do not charge when a vehicle body 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical cir-
cover is in use. This may cause dam- cuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit
age to the charge connector. is used to help prevent circuit dam-
• Do not attempt to perform a jump age or the circuit breaker from trip-
start on the 12-volt battery at the ping due to the high draw of charging
same time that the Li-ion battery is the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated
being charged. Doing so may dam- circuit is not used, the circuit may
age the vehicle or charging equip- cause adverse interference on MCB
LCH2136 (Moulded Circuit Board) and house-
ment and could cause an injury. For
additional information, see “Jump hold electrical appliances such as
CAUTION starting” (P. 6-10). televisions and audio systems. If the
circuit is shared, and another electri-
• To prevent damage to the charging cal device is being used at the same
equipment: time the vehicle is charging, the
– Do not close the charge port lid breaker may trip. A qualified electri-
without closing the charge port cian should install a dedicated circuit
cap. if one is not already available.
– Do not subject the charging NOTE:
equipment to impact. • When charging the Li-ion battery, place
– Do not store and use charging the power switch in the OFF position.
equipment in locations where the When the power switch is in the ON
temperature is over 185°F (85°C) position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
Charging CH-3
• For your safety, if the charge connector • The power switch can be set to the ON • If foreign materials have entered the
is connected to the vehicle while the position and the climate control and charge connector and charge port and
power switch is in the READY to drive, navigation system (if so equipped) can it is not possible to connect it, do not
the vehicle will automatically switch to be used while the Li-ion battery is attempt to force the connection. It is
the ON position. Because charging will charging. However, because these op- recommended that you visit a NISSAN
not be started while the power switch erations consume Li-ion battery certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the
is in this position, be sure to place the power, it will take longer for the Li-ion charge connector to connect may
power switch in the OFF position. battery to become fully charged. Place cause damage to the charging equip-
• When the ambient temperature is 32°F the power switch in the OFF position to ment and vehicle.
(0°C) or less, charging time may be lon- help reduce Li-ion battery charge time. • There is a hole on the charge port for
ger than normal and the level to which • If electrical power is interrupted while water drainage. If the water drainage
the Li-ion battery can be charged may charging, charging restarts automati- hole becomes blocked, or if water gets
be less than at higher temperatures. cally when the electrical power is trapped inside the charge port, do not
• Do not operate the charging timer re- restored. charge. It is recommended that you
peatedly while the charge connector is • It is recommended to keep the charge visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
connected to the vehicle after the Li- cable connected to save Li-ion battery
ion battery charging is completed. Do- power, when the heater and air condi-
ing so may discharge the 12-volt bat- tioner are operating with remote op-
tery. For additional information, see eration (models with Navigation
“Charging timer” (P. CH-43). If the Li-ion System).
battery becomes discharged, charge it • If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
immediately. using a hair dryer. After the ice has
melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forc-
ing the charge connector to connect
may cause a malfunction.
CH-4 Charging
TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO
CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY
LTI2429
Charging CH-5
LTI2645
*1: V2X (Vehicle to everything); The EV sup- This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it re- There are three methods available to
plies electric power to a home or a building quires electricity to operate. The Li-ion bat- charge the Li-ion battery:
etc. (e.g. Vehicle to home (V2H), Vehicle to tery is the only source of power to operate • Normal charge
building (V2B), Vehicle to grid (V2G), Vehicle the vehicle. It is important to conserve power • Trickle charge
to load (V2L), and Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)). and plan your charging needs when you
drive to avoid completely discharging the • Quick charge
Li-ion battery and being unable to drive. • V2X charge/discharge
CH-6 Charging
The time to completely charge the vehicle than normal charging. Trickle charge can Quick charging is possible (even several
Li-ion battery varies based on the state of be used when it is necessary to perform an times a day). If the battery temperature is
charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and emergency charge at a destination such near the red zone, in order to protect the
age of the Li-ion battery, temperature of as a friend’s house. battery, power of the quick charging will be
the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Ve- limited.
and condition of the power source con- hicle Supply Equipment) provided with the Public charging:
nected to the vehicle, and whether the vehicle or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set
electric equipment (such as the air condi- This vehicle is compatible with any public
to connect the vehicle to an AC 110–120 volt, charging station that is SAE J1772 compli-
tioner, which consumes electric power) is 15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be
used. ant. If you attempt to charge from a non-
protected by a circuit breaker to avoid compliant charging station, you may not
Normal charge overloading the circuit or other electrical receive a complete charge, or you may not
NISSAN recommends using normal charg- hazard. be able to charge at all due to hardware
ing for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of For additional information, see “How to and software differences. NISSAN is work-
quick charge should be minimized in order trickle charge” (P. CH-11) or (P. CH-18). ing with states, municipalities, utility com-
to help prolong Li-ion battery life. Quick charge panies and others to assist in the prepara-
Normal charging uses L1 & L2 EVSE (Electric tion of markets and infrastructure.
Quick charge capability is only available on However, NISSAN makes no representa-
Vehicle Supply Equipment), or an SAE J1772 vehicles manufactured with the quick
compliant charging device connected to a tions that public charging stations will be
charge option, which includes the quick available in locations where you wish to
dedicated AC 220 - 240 volt circuit. L1 & L2 charge port. If your vehicle does not have
EVSE is provided with the vehicle (if so operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict
such a port, quick charging cannot be the period of time it may take for public
equipped). The charging device is a home used.
charging dock installed in your home by a charging infrastructure to be developed in
qualified electrician. Contact your NISSAN A vehicle equipped with a quick charge your area. Depending on where you live or
certified LEAF dealer. For additional infor- port is compatible with most CHAdeMO drive, there may not be sufficient public
mation, see “How to normal charge” (Japanese industry standard) connectors charging stations available to meet your
(P. CH-9). on charging stations. Charging stations particular needs for driving range and
using this standard are UL certified and charging away from your home. Trip plan-
Trickle charge safe to use in the US. While supported by ning is therefore important, and you should
Trickle charging is not recommended for NISSAN, this connector may not become plan trips with these facts in mind.
regular use because it takes more time the US SAE standard.
Charging CH-7
Quick charge uses public charging sta-
tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 60
kWh battery models]).
The time needed to charge the Li-ion bat-
tery from discharged (low battery charge
indicator light illuminated) to 80% charged
using the quick charger depends on many
factors including the Li-ion battery tem-
perature and the type of quick charger
used.
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion
battery using the quick charger if the ve-
hicle is parked in a cold location for a long LHA5087 LHA5635
time.
For 40 kWh battery models For 60 kWh battery models*
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion *Subject to charging equipment
battery using the quick charger if the tem- capability to output 100kW
perature of the Li-ion battery is high or low. V2X charge/discharge
The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can V2X charge/discharge capability is only
be used to estimate the approximate time available on vehicles manufactured with
needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%. the V2X charge/discharge option, which in-
If charging stops mid-charge, you can re- cludes the quick charge port.
start charging by pressing the start button
on the quick charger station again. Quick A vehicle equipped with a quick charge
charging is possible (even several times a port is compatible with most CHAdeMO
day). If the battery temperature is near the (Japanese industry standard) connectors
red zone, in order to protect the battery, on charging stations.
power of the quick charging will be limited.
CH-8 Charging
Charging stations or V2X charging/ Checking Li-ion battery charge • For safety reasons, it is not possible to
discharging devices using this standard The three methods for checking the switch to the READY to drive position
are UL certified and safe to use in the US. amount of charge are as follows: while a charge connector is connected.
While supported by NISSAN, this connector • During charging, it is possible that the
may not become the US SAE standard. V2X • Check by using the Li-ion battery avail-
able charge gauge on the vehicle infor- radio may be inaudible due to noise by
charging/discharging is possible (even the electromagnetic wave.
several times a day). If the battery tempera- mation display when the power switch is
ture is near the red zone, in order to protect placed in the ON position. For additional HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC
the battery, power of the V2X charging/ information, see “Li-ion battery available
charge gauge” (P. 2-9) and “Low battery 220–240 volt) BY CHARGING
discharging will be limited. DEVICE
charge indicator” (P. 2-38).
For additional information, consult a V2X • Check by using an internet enabled
device manufacturer or a V2X charging/ smart phone or personal computer. For WARNING
discharging service provider. additional information, refer to the • If you use any medical electric de-
Power limitation mode “NissanConnect® Manual”. vices, such as an implantable cardiac
This mode protects the health and opera- • Check by using the charging status indi- pacemaker or an implantable cardio-
tion of the vehicle's Li-ion battery. This cator light. For additional information, see vascular defibrillator, check with the
mode operates in certain extreme condi- “Charging status indicator lights” electric medical device manufac-
tions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power (P. CH-49). turer concerning the effects that
available to vehicle systems, including its charging may have on implanted de-
NOTE: vices before starting the charge op-
traction motor, is limited resulting in limited
performance, acceleration and top speed. • During the charge operation, charge eration. Charging may affect the
Charging may be automatically termi- continues when the power switch is operation.
nated, especially with repeated quick placed in the ON position. • Be sure to follow the precautions for
charging in extreme hot weather. • The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if using the charging device that can be
the quick charge connector and the installed in your home. Failing to do
normal charge connector are con- so could result in serious injury or
nected at the same time. If another death.
charge connector is connected mid-
charge, charging will stop.
Charging CH-9
CAUTION • NISSAN recommends that you connect
the charging device when getting out of
Do not use any charging equipment the vehicle, even if it is not going to be
that is not compatible with the LEAF. used. By doing this, you can get the most
Doing so could prevent the Li-ion bat- out of the remote climate control (mod-
tery from charging properly or could els with Navigation System) and Climate
result in damage to the vehicle or Li-ion Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you
battery. use the vehicle.
• Normal charge uses the charging device To start normal charge:
(AC 220 - 240 volt, 16A or 32A) that can be
installed in your home to charge the Li- 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
ion battery. the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
• Immediate charge, charging timer and
remote charge (models with Navigation 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place LCH2104
System) can be performed in the normal the power switch in the OFF position.
charge mode. For additional information, When the power switch is in the ON po- 4. Connect the charge connector to the
see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43). sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charge port. If it is connected normally, a
charging. beep will sound once.
• The charging equipment communicates
with the vehicle before Li-ion battery 3. Open the charge port lid and charge 5. If charging has started or if the battery is
charging starts. If this communication port cap. For additional information, see waiting for the charging timer, a beep
does not occur because other equip- “Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge will sound twice and the charging status
ment is used, the Li-ion battery will not port cap” (P. 3-22). indicator light display will change. For
charge. additional information, see “Charging
status indicator lights” (P. CH-49).
CH-10 Charging
NOTE: • Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
To stop charging mid-charge, remove plug or outlet becomes hot to the
the charge connector. Charging auto- touch or if you notice any unusual
matically stops. odors.
• Never use extension cords or plug
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC adapters with EVSE.
110–120 volt) BY L1 EVSE • Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
WARNING • The Genuine NISSAN L1 EVSE charg-
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im- ing device draws 12 amps continu-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- ously while charging the Li-ion bat-
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) tery with AC 110–120 volt outlet. Do
away from the EVSE. not plug in to any electrical circuit
LCH2105 unless it is inspected by a licensed
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
electrician to confirm that the elec-
To stop normal charge: plantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
trical circuit can accept a 12 amp
tor (ICD), check with the electric
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is draw. Any electrical circuit has a
medical device manufacturer con-
not engaged. For additional information, much higher likelihood of being
cerning the effects that charging
see “Charge connector lock system” compromised in the following condi-
may have on implanted devices be-
(P. CH-41). tions listed below.
fore starting the charge operation.
2. Press the button on the charge connec- Charging may affect the operation. – Improper use of the EVSE may re-
tor, release the lock and remove the sult in a fire and serious injury or
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
charge connector from the charge port death.
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
and properly store it. GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit – Do not use the EVSE in structures
breaker and use a waterproof electri- more than 40 years old.
3. Close the charge port cap.
cal ground socket.
4. After closing the charge port cap on the
charge port, close the charge port lid.
Charging CH-11
– Do not use the EVSE in structures – Do not use the EVSE if the cable or – If in any doubt about the outlet
using fuse-based circuit protec- cord is frayed, has broken insula- and circuit, consult a qualified
tion. Use only with electrical cir- tion, or shows any other indica- electrician.
cuits protected by circuit tions of damage. – The EVSE has parts that may
breakers. – Stop using the EVSE immediately spark inside. Do not use it where
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical if charging stops before comple- gasoline, paint, or flammable liq-
circuits with two-prong outlets. tion when you move the plug or uids are used or stored.
– Do not use the EVSE if other de- cord. – Do not use if a malfunction occurs
vices are plugged into the same – Do not use the EVSE if the control or if the EVSE has been damaged
circuit. box, plug, the EVSE or charge con- in any manner. It is recommended
– When unplugging, be sure to pull nector is broken, cracked, open, that you visit a NISSAN certified
by the plug or the EVSE, not the corroded or shows any other indi- LEAF dealer for replacement.
cord. cations of damage. – The EVSE contains no user ser-
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or – Do not use the EVSE if the plug has viceable parts. Do not attempt to
drag the cable. a loose connection with the outlet repair the EVSE, doing so will void
– Do not attach or detach the or if the outlet is damaged or your warranty.
Genuine NISSAN Adapter while rusted. • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in- – Before you connect the EVSE, be case securely through the fastener
serted into an outlet. sure to check the rated current on the bottom of the luggage board.
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN shown on the EVSE to ensure that If the case suddenly becomes loose,
Adapter if the plug is not fully in- the outlet and circuit have enough it may cause serious injury or death.
serted and not locked. current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle the outlet and circuit is not
it with care to avoid injuries due to enough, wiring may cause over-
contact with its edges or other heating or a fire.
parts.
CH-12 Charging
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using non-
NISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
LCH2136 tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
CAUTION dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 - and/or cord wound around the control
120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out- box.
let (for example, do not use an elec-
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
tric generator). Failure to do so may
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the • The control box will become hot while the
EVSE equipment due to power EVSE is charging. This is not a
surges. malfunction.
Charging CH-13
NOTE:
You can pass a cord through the holes
OA in the control box in order to hang it
up while the Li-ion battery is charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in an up-
right position (the cord should extend
down from the outlet).
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, see “Charge port cap”
(P. 3-22).
LCH2106
To start trickle charging: 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
NOTE: When the power switch is in the ON po-
Charging timer, remote charge (models sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
with navigation system) and immediate charging.
charge can be performed in the trickle 3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
charge mode. For additional informa- information, see “Charge port lid”
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43). (P. 3-20).
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake. 5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
CH-14 Charging
LCH2200 LCH2107 LCH2108
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge 10. When recharging outside, such as in
connector. your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a OA to prevent theft.
beep will sound once.

9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charg-
ing status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
Charging CH-15
6. Store in its case.
NOTE: Perform the following proce-
dure to store the EVSE in the case:
a. Wind the charge cable into a size that
will allow it to be stored in the case
(approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diam-
eter). Winding the charge cable in the
direction shown below avoids short-
ening of cable life.
LCH2105 LCH2138
To stop trickle charge: b. Place the EVSE into the case.
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Close the charge port cap.
4. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
5. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical
outlet.
CH-16 Charging
LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137
c. Pass the lower side belt from the case d. Hang the hook O D from the case to
through the fastener on the bottom of the ring from the trim.
the luggage board O C .
e. Fix the belt O
E with the hook-and-loop
fastener on the side of the case by
pulling the end of the belt.
Charging CH-17
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC • Never use plug adapters other than
110–120 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for
EVSE.
WARNING • Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- • The Genuine NISSAN L1 & L2 EVSE
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) draws 12 amps continuously while
away from the EVSE. charging the Li-ion battery with AC
110–120 volt outlet. Do not plug in to
• If you use any medical electric de-
any electrical circuit unless it is in-
vices, such as an implantable cardiac
spected by a licensed electrician to
pacemaker or an Implantable Car-
confirm that the electrical circuit can
diovascular Defibrillator (ICD), check
accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical
with the electric medical device
circuit has a much higher likelihood
LCH2206 manufacturer concerning the effects
of being compromised in the follow-
that charging may have on im-
WARNING ing conditions listed below.
planted devices before starting the
charge operation. Charging may af- – Improper use of the EVSE may re-
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE sult in a fire and serious injury or
fect the operation.
case securely through the fastener on death.
the bottom of the luggage board. If the • In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a – Do not use the EVSE in structures
case suddenly becomes loose, it may more than 40 years old.
cause serious injury or death. GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electri- – Do not use the EVSE in structures
1. After closing the cap on the charge port, cal ground socket. using fuse-based circuit protec-
close the charge port lid. • Discontinue EVSE use immediately if tion. Use only with electrical cir-
plug or outlet becomes hot to the cuits protected by circuit
NOTE: breakers.
touch or if you notice any unusual
To stop charging mid-charge, remove odors. – Do not use the EVSE on electrical
the charge connector. Charging auto- • Never use extension cords. circuits with two-prong outlets.
matically stops.
CH-18 Charging
– Do not use the EVSE if other de- – Stop using the EVSE or Genuine – The device has parts that may
vices are plugged into the same NISSAN Adapter immediately if spark inside. Do not use it where
circuit. charging stops before completion gasoline, paint, or flammable liq-
– When unplugging, be sure to pull when you move the Genuine uids are used or stored.
by the plug or the Genuine NISSAN NISSAN Adapter, the plug or the – Do not use if a malfunction occurs
Adapter, not the cord. cord. or if the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or – Do not use the EVSE or Genuine Adapter has been damaged in any
drag the cable. NISSAN Adapter if the control box, manner. It is recommended that
– Do not attach or detach the plug, Genuine NISSAN Adapter or you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
Genuine NISSAN Adapter while charge connector is broken, dealer for replacement.
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in- cracked, open, corroded or shows – The EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
serted into an outlet. any other indications of damage. Adapter contains no user service-
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN – Do not use the EVSE or Genuine able parts. Do not attempt to re-
Adapter if the plug is not fully in- NISSAN Adapter if the plug or pair the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
serted and not locked. Genuine NISSAN Adapter has a Adapter, doing so will void your
loose connection with the outlet warranty.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle or if the outlet is damaged or
it with care to avoid injuries due to • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
rusted. case securely through the fastener
contact with its edges or other
parts. – Before connecting the EVSE, be on the bottom of the luggage board.
sure to check the rated current If the case suddenly becomes loose,
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine shown on the EVSE to ensure that it may cause serious injury or death.
NISSAN Adapter if the cable or the outlet and circuit have enough
cord is frayed, has broken insula- current capacity to charge your
tion, or shows any other indica- vehicle safely. If the capacity of
tions of damage. the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause over-
heating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
Charging CH-19
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using non-
NISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
LCH2136 wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
CAUTION tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 - dust.
120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out- • Do not store the EVSE with the cable
let (for example, do not use an elec- and/or cord wound around the control
tric generator). Failure to do so may box.
cause charging to fail and could
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
cause damage to the vehicle or the
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
EVSE due to power surges.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
CH-20 Charging
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet
using a Genuine NISSAN Adapter. If it is
connected normally, the green light on
the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
LCH2201
To start trickle charging: 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
charge can be performed in the trickle 3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43) (P. 3-20).
Charging CH-21
LCH2202 LCH2200 LCH2107
NOTE: 6. Open the charge port cap. For additional 7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
information, see “Charge port cap” connector.
You can pass a cord through the holes OA
(P. 3-22).
on the control box to the holder in order
to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in the upright
position. (The cord should extend down
from the outlet.)
CH-22 Charging
LCH2114 LCH2104 LCH2108
8. Connect the charge connector to the 10. When recharging outside, such as in
charge port. If it is connected normally, a your driveway, use a commercially
beep will sound once. available padlock attached in position
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion OA to prevent theft.

(P. CH-49).
Charging CH-23
LCH2105 LCH2138 LCH2110
To stop trickle charge: 5. Store in its case.
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
outlet.
CH-24 Charging
LCH2139 LCH2137 LCH2206
NOTE: 3. Pass the lower side belt from the case 4. Hang the hook O D from the case to the
Perform the following procedure to through the fastener on the bottom of ring from the trim.
store the EVSE in the case. the luggage board OC .
5. Fix the belt O
1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will fastener on the case, pulling the belt
allow it to be stored in the case (approxi- from the case.
mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding
the charge cable in the direction shown WARNING
above avoids shortening of cable life.
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
2. Place the EVSE into the case. case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
1. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
Charging CH-25
NOTE: • Discontinue EVSE use immediately if – Do not use the EVSE in structures
To stop charging mid-charge, remove plug or outlet becomes hot to the using fuse-based circuit protec-
the charge connector. Charging auto- touch or if you notice any unusual tion. Use only with electrical cir-
matically stops. odors. cuits protected by circuit
• Never use extension cords or plug breakers.
HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC
adapters with EVSE. – Do not use the EVSE on electrical
220–240 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE circuits with two-prong outlets.
• Never use plug adapters other than
WARNING the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for – Do not use the EVSE if other de-
EVSE. vices are plugged into the same
Please be sure to follow the warnings • Always unplug the EVSE when not in circuit.
below. Failure to do so may result in use. – When unplugging, be sure to pull
serious injury or death. • The Genuine NISSAN L1 & L2 EVSE by the plug and not the cord.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im- draws 30 amps continuously while – Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- charging the Li-ion battery with AC drag the cable.
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) 220–240 volt outlet. Do not plug in to – If you use the EVSE holder, handle
away from the EVSE. any electrical circuit unless it is in- it with care to avoid injuries due to
• If you use a pacemaker or an Im- spected by a licensed electrician to contact with its edges or other
plantable Cardiovascular Defibrilla- confirm that the electrical circuit can parts.
tor (ICD), check with the electric accept a 30 amp draw. Any electrical – Do not use the EVSE if the cable or
medical device manufacturer con- circuit has a much higher likelihood cord is frayed, has broken insula-
cerning the effects that charging of being compromised in the follow- tion, or shows any other indica-
may have on implanted devices being conditions listed below. tions of damage.
fore starting the charge operation. – Improper use of the EVSE may re- – Stop using the EVSE immediately
Charging may affect the operation. sult in a fire and serious injury or if charging stops before comple-
• In order to avoid an electric shock or death. tion when you move the plug or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a – Do not use the EVSE in structures the cord.
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit more than 40 years old.
breaker and use a waterproof electri-
cal ground socket.
CH-26 Charging
– Do not use the EVSE if the control – The EVSE contains no user ser-
box, plug, the EVSE or charge con- viceable parts. Do not attempt to
nector is broken, cracked, open, repair the EVSE, doing so will void
corroded or shows any other indi- your warranty.
cations of damage. • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
– Do not use the EVSE if the plug has case securely through the fastener
a loose connection with the outlet on the bottom of the luggage board.
or if the outlet is damaged or If the case suddenly becomes loose,
rusted. it may cause serious injury or death.
– Before you connect the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
CAUTION
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough • Only charge using a standard AC 220
current capacity to charge your - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical LCH2136
vehicle safely. If the capacity of outlet (for example, do not use an
the outlet and circuit is not electric generator). Failure to do so
enough, wiring may cause over- may cause charging to fail and could Precautions on storage
heating or a fire. cause damage to the vehicle or the • Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
– If in any doubt about the outlet EVSE due to power surges. to direct sunlight.
and circuit, consult a qualified • NISSAN recommends using Genuine • Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
electrician. NISSAN charging equipment to to wind or rain.
– The EVSE has parts that may charge the vehicle. Using non- • Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
spark inside. Do not use it where NISSAN equipment could cause the tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
gasoline, paint, or flammable liq- Li-ion battery to not charge correctly charge connector away from dirt and
uids are used or stored. and may damage the vehicle or the dust.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs EVSE. • Do not store the EVSE with the cable
or if the EVSE has been damaged and/or cord wound around the control
in any manner. It is recommended box.
that you visit a NISSAN certified • Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
LEAF dealer for replacement. which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
Charging CH-27
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
• Normal charge (AC 220–240 volt) by L1 &
L2 EVSE is performed using an AC 220 —
240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet
using the L1 & L2 EVSE provided with the
vehicle.
LHA5095
NEMA 14–50 outlet and plug
• 120V/240V EVSE (L1/L2) plug must be connected to a NEMA 14–50 outlet that is con-
nected to a single phase power supply obtained from a delta connection.
• If connected to another type of power supply, EVSE will not work normally.
CH-28 Charging
LHA5096
Correct electric outlet connection
If connected to three phase power supply, EVSE does not work normally.
Charging CH-29
LHA5094
Incorrect electric outlet connection
If EVSE is connected to this miswired outlet, EVSE does not work and the POWER
indicator light (orange) on the EVSE control box will blink.
To start normal charging 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
charge can be performed in the normal 3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43) (P. 3-20).
CH-30 Charging
LCH2201 LCH2202
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 220
- 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
OA on the control box or place the con-
trol box to the holder in order to hang
it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.Use the EVSE with the plug in
an upright position. (The cord should
extend down from the outlet.)
Charging CH-31
LCH2114 LCH2107 LCH2104
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional 7. Remove the safety cap from the charge 8. Connect the charge connector to the
information, see “Charge port cap” connector. charge port. If it is connected normally, a
(P. 3-22). beep will sound once.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
(P. CH-49).
CH-32 Charging
LCH2108 LCH2138 LCH2105
10. When recharging outside, such as in To stop normal charging: 2. Press the button on the charge connec-
your driveway, use a commercially 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is tor, release the lock and remove the
available padlock attached in position not engaged. For additional information, charge connector from the charge port.
OA to prevent theft.
see “Charge connector lock system” 3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
(P. CH-41).
outlet.
Charging CH-33
LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137
5. Store in its case. 1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will 3. Pass the ring of the lower side belt from
allow it to be stored in the case (approxi- the case through the fastener on the
NOTE: mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding bottom of the luggage board O C .
Perform the following procedure to store the charge cable in the direction shown
the EVSE in the case: above avoids shortening the cable life.
2. Place the EVSE into the case.
CH-34 Charging
NOTE: NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove • Quick charging is possible (even sev-
the charge connector. Charging auto- eral times a day) if the battery tem-
matically stops. perature is not near the red zone. If the
battery temperature reaches the red
HOW TO QUICK CHARGE zone, in order to protect the battery,
quick charging is not allowed and the
Quick charge uses public charging sta-
power limitation mode will be trig-
tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
gered. For additional information, see
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 60
“Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
kWh battery models]) to charge the battery
(P. 2-7).
in a short period of time.
• When the Li-ion battery available
WARNING charge and the Li-ion battery capacity
are shown on the quick charger unit,
LCH2206 • Always use a quick charger that is the readings may differ from the Li-ion
4. Hang the hook O D from the case to the compatible with the LEAF. Using an battery available charge/capacity
ring from the trim. incompatible quick charger may reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
cause a fire or malfunction resulting
5. Fix the belt O
in serious personal injury or death.
fastener on the case, pulling the belt
• Before starting the quick charge,
from the case.
carefully read the instructions pro-
vided on the quick charger and make
WARNING
sure the quick charge connector is
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE properly connected and locked. Fail-
case securely through the fastener on ure to connect or operate the quick
the bottom of the luggage board. If the charger correctly could cause dam-
case suddenly becomes loose, it may age to the vehicle or the charging
cause serious injury or death. equipment.
6. After closing the cap on the charge port,

close the charge port lid.
Charging CH-35
LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117
To start charging: 4. Align O
1 with the groove of the charge
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place port and insert the charge connector. CAUTION
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and Be sure to insert the charge connector
apply the parking brake. straight into the quick charge port right
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place up to the base. Failure to do so may
the power switch in the OFF position. result in the Li-ion battery not charging
When the power switch is in the ON po- or could cause damage to the charging
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start equipment.
charging.
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge
port cap” (P. 3-22).
CH-36 Charging
NOTE:
• Charging may automatically stop even
if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge port during charging and can-
not be disconnected. Follow the in-
structions on the quick charge equip-
ment to stop charging. Confirm
charging is stopped by looking at the
indicators on the instrument panel.
The charge connector can be discon-
LCH2118 LCH2119
nected from the vehicle when charging
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge is stopped. To finish charging:
connector. • When quick charging, the Li-ion bat- 1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking
6. Follow the instructions on the quick tery charging rate is slower as the per- at the indicators on the instrument
charge equipment. When the equip- centage of available battery charge panel. The charge connector can be dis-
ment is properly installed and ready to increases. connected from the vehicle when charg-
charge a beep sounds twice and the ing is stopped.
charging status indicator light will 2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
change. For additional information, see from the vehicle and properly store it.
(P. CH-49). 3. Close the quick charge port cap.
Charging ends in the following situations: 4. Shut the charge port lid.
• When charging is complete
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
Charging CH-37
CAUTION WARNING • When the Li-ion battery available
charge/discharge and the Li-ion bat-
As the quick charge connector is • Always use a quick charger/V2X de- tery capacity are shown on the quick
heavier in comparison to the other vice that is compatible with the LEAF. charger unit or V2X device, the read-
charge connectors, allowing it to drop Using an incompatible quick ings may differ from the Li-ion battery
could cause damage to the vehicle or charger/V2X device may cause a fire available charge/discharge/capacity
charge connector or personal injury. or malfunction resulting in serious reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
When removing the connector, be sure personal injury or death. • The vehicle outputs 12-volt battery
to pull it out straight and as carefully as • Before starting the quick charge/V2X power to a V2X device upon its connec-
possible. charge, carefully read the instruction to the inlet. It can start to work
tions provided on the quick charger/ without further customer's operation,
HOW TO CHARGE/DISCHARGE V2X device and make sure the quick if the device is capable to receive 12-
USING QUICK CHARGE PORT charge connector is properly con- volt battery power from the vehicle.
V2X (vehicle to everything) enables the EV nected and locked. Failure to connect The 12-volt battery power output stops
to supply electric power to a home or a or operate the quick charger cor- automatically after 5 minutes elapses.
building, etc. rectly could cause damage to the ve- Remove then insert the connector in
hicle or the charging equipment. order to restart the power-delivery.
“V2X” includes all of the following:
• Vehicle to home (V2H) NOTE:
• Vehicle to building (V2B) • Charging/discharging using quick
• Vehicle to grid (V2G) charge port is possible (even several
times a day) if the battery temperature
• Vehicle to load (V2L) is not near the red zone. If the battery
• Vehicle to vehicle (V2V) temperature reaches the red zone, in
V2X charge/discharge uses a V2X device. order to protect the battery, charging/
discharging is not allowed and the
power limitation mode will be trig-
gered. For additional information, see
“Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
(P. 2-7).
CH-38 Charging
LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117
To start charging/discharging: 4. Align O
1 with the groove of the charge
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place port and insert the charge connector. CAUTION
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and Be sure to insert the charge connector
apply the parking brake. straight into the quick charge port right
2. When charging/discharging the Li-ion up to the base. Failure to do so may re-
battery, place the power switch in the sult in the Li-ion battery not charging/
OFF position. When the power switch is discharging or could cause damage to
in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will the charging equipment.
not start charging/discharging.
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge
port cap” (P. 3-22).
Charging CH-39
Charging/discharging ends in the follow-
ing situations:
• When charging is complete
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
NOTE:
• Charging/discharging may automati-
cally stop even if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge port during charging/
LCH2118 LCH2119
discharging and cannot be discon-
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge nected. Follow the instructions on the To finish charging/discharging:
connector. quick charge equipment or the V2X de- 1. Confirm charging/discharging is
6. Follow the instructions on the quick vice to stop charging/discharging. stopped by looking at the indicators on
charge equipment, or the V2X device, to Confirm charging/discharging is the instrument panel. The charge con-
start charging. When the equipment or stopped by looking at the indicators on nector can be disconnected from the
V2X is properly installed and ready to the instrument panel. The charge con- vehicle when charging/discharging is
charge/discharge, a beep sounds twice nector can be disconnected from the stopped.
and the charging status indicator light vehicle when charging is stopped.
• When V2X charging, the Li-ion battery 2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
will change. For additional information, from the vehicle and properly store it.
see “Charging status indicator lights” charging rate is slower as the percent-
(P. CH-49). age of available battery charge 3. Close the quick charge port cap.
increases.
4. Shut the charge port lid.
CH-40 Charging
3. Press the button until the pre- LOCK mode
ferred mode of AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK,
To select the LOCK mode, push the up and
is selected and then press the OK
down switch until "LOCK" is selected and
button.
then press the OK button. The indicator
NOTE: light for "LOCK" will illuminate.
The charge connector lock can be acti- When LOCK mode is selected, the charge
vated when the shift lever is in the P connector will remain locked. The charge
(Park) position and the charge connector connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK
is connected. The charge connector lock mode is selected or temporary unlock op-
will not be activated if the charge con- eration is performed.
nector is not properly connected.
UNLOCK mode
AUTO mode To select UNLOCK mode, push the up and
LHA5081 down switch until "UNLOCK" is selected
To select AUTO mode, push the up and
CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK down switch until "AUTO" is selected and and then press the OK button. The indica-
then press the OK button. The indicator tor light for "UNLOCK" will illuminate.
SYSTEM
light for "AUTO" will illuminate. When UNLOCK mode is selected, the
The normal or trickle charge connector
When AUTO mode is selected, the charge charge connector will remain unlocked.
can be locked to the normal charge port.
connector is locked while charging is in Temporary unlock mode
Perform the following steps and the process. The charge connector will be un-
charge connector lock mode can be se- When the charge connector lock system is
locked automatically when charging is
lected: in the AUTO or LOCK mode, the charge
complete.
connector lock can be unlocked temporar-
1. Press the button to select “EV
ily by using the NISSAN Intelligent Key® or
settings” and then press the OK button.
the charge port lid switch.
2. Press the button until “Chg.
Connector Lock” is selected and then
press the OK button.
Charging CH-41
The charge connector lock can also be un-
locked for 30 seconds when unlocking a
door or the rear hatch (in this case, the
charging status indicator light does not
operate). If the lock is operated again within
30 seconds after unlocking the door/rear
hatch, the charge connector lock is locked
again.
LCH2009 LIC3808
Unlock operation using Intelligent Unlock operation using charge

Key port lid switch
1. Press the charge port lid opener button 1. Push the charge port lid switch.
on the Intelligent Key for more than 1
2. The charging status indicator light
second.
flashes three times and a beep sounds
2. The charging status indicator light three times. The charge connector lock
flashes three times and a beep sounds is unlocked for 30 seconds.
three times. The charge connector lock
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
is unlocked for 30 seconds.
lock is locked.
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
lock is locked.
CH-42 Charging
CHARGING METHODS
NOTE: CHARGING TIMER

• Depending on the charging station, the Use charging timer to schedule when the
lock mechanism established by local Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle auto-
standards may not be compatible with matically begins charging at the scheduled
your vehicle. It may not be possible for times when the charge connector is con-
the charge connector to lock to your nected to the vehicle. The timers do not
vehicle. need to be reset each time the Li-ion bat-
• When the power source is cut off while tery needs charging.
charging in AUTO mode, the connector
The charging timer can save two timer set-
will be continuously locked for 5 min-
tings that include the charging start time
utes, then it will be released.
and end time. The charging timer can be
• When timer charging is set with AUTO applied to the timer settings for each day
mode, the connector will not lock until of the week (models with Navigation
charging is started. System).
LCH2143
• When the following system(s) are oper-
If the charge connector cannot be The vehicle automatically begins charging
ated individually or the 12-volt battery
at the scheduled times when the charge
is being charged, the charging connec- unlocked connector is connected to the vehicle. The
tor lock will not lock: 1. Place power switch in the OFF position. timers do not need to be reset each time
– Climate Ctrl. Timer
the Li-ion battery needs to be charged.
– Remote climate control (if so 2. Open the hood.
equipped)
3. Insert a flat head screwdriver or suitable
– Li-ion battery warmer (if so
tool into the screw that is located on the
equipped)
front of the hood lock.
4. Turn it clockwise to release the charge
connector lock.
5. Remove the charge connector.
Charging CH-43
5. Press the button to set “Hour” • Charging stations that are used to per-
and then press the OK button. form normal charging may be
equipped with timer functions. If the
6. Press the button to set “Min-
charging timer function and the ve-
ute” and then press the OK button.
hicle timer are both set, and the two
7. Press the button to select “End timers are not set to operate at the
time” and then press the OK button. same time, it is possible that the char-
ger will not start or the battery will not
8. Press the button to set “Hour” be charged to the level expected.
and then press the OK button.
• The Li-ion battery may not charge to
9. Press the button to set “Min- the expected level using the charging
ute” and then press the OK button. timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
10. Models with Navigation System: Press (if so equipped) operates.
the button to select the days • Charging timer is performed according
LCH2144 to the current time setting of the clock
of the week you wish to activate the
1. Press the button to select “EV charging timer and then press the OK on the vehicle information display.
settings” and then press the OK button. button. Press the Back button to return When setting the charging timer func-
to the previous display. tion, be sure to check that the current
2. Press the button to select time displayed is correct.
“Charge Timer1” or “Charge Timer2” and 11. After the setting is complete, place the
• To turn off the charging timer function,
then press the OK button. power switch in the OFF position, and
select "Timer" on the charge timer dis-
then connect the charge connector to
3. Press the button to select play (vehicle information display) us-
the vehicle.
“Timer” and then press the OK button. ing the button and press the
The indicator light will turn on when the NOTE: OK button to turn off the indicator
timer setting is turned on. • Always place the power switch in the light. The start and end time settings
OFF position after setting the charging are not deleted, even if the charging
4. Press the button until to select
timers. When the power switch in the timer function is turned off.
“Start time” and then press the OK
button. ON position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
CH-44 Charging
• If the day of the week is not selected on
the timer charge setting screen, the
charging timer will not operate on that
day. The system will wait until the next
set charging time to perform charging
(models with Navigation System).
LCH2144 LHA5085
Timer Charge setting screen Full charge has priority

Chg. Timer Only at HOME (models If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, the
with Navigation System) charge start timer will be advanced if the
fully charged condition of the Li-ion battery
If you register your home in the navigation cannot be achieved during the start time
system and turn on “Chg. Timer Only at to end time interval. If the fully charged
HOME,” the timer charging is applied only battery condition cannot be achieved, the
when the normal or trickle charge is per- charge continues until the battery is fully
formed at home. For additional informa- charged.
tion, refer to the NissanConnect® Manual
for the registration. When the charging is
performed at a place other than home, the
charging automatically starts when a nor-
mal or trickle charge connector is con-
nected to the vehicle.
Charging CH-45
• The estimated time may be recalculated
depending on the actual electrical power
after the charge cable is connected. Al-
though the estimated time may be differ-
ent from the time that was displayed
when the power switch was placed in the
OFF position, this is not a malfunction.
• When the charging timer is set to OFF, the
estimated end time to charge the Li-ion
battery to a full level in the case of per-
forming the immediate charge. The end
time is calculated based on the electrical
power selected in the “Charge Time
Screen”.
LHA5086 LCH2210 • When the Li-ion battery was fully charged,
NOTE: O
1 Charging time the charging time will be displayed as
“--:--”.
If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, it The estimated time of charging the Li-ion
is possible that the battery is not battery (start time and end time) is dis- O
2 Charging timer setting status
charged fully by the charge end time due played. When the charging timer is set, the start
to the operating condition of Climate • When the charging timer is set, the charg- time and end time of the charging using
Ctrl. Timer and the tolerance of charging ing system calculates the estimated time the timer are displayed
time, etc. In that case, the charging con- to charge the Li-ion battery based on the
tinues until the Li-ion battery is fully electrical power supplied in the last O
3 Climate Ctrl. timer setting status
charged. charging using the timer, and the start When the Climate Ctrl. timer is set, the de-
time and end time are displayed. parture time (end time) set for the Climate
TIMER DISPLAY Ctrl. Timer is displayed.
The timer display appears for approxi- O
4 Charge connector lock setting status
mately 30 seconds when the power switch
is placed in the OFF position. The current mode of the charge connector
lock (AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK) is displayed.
CH-46 Charging
For additional information, see “Charge • The charging time is displayed by the 10 • When “Full charge has priority” is set to ON
connector lock system” (P. CH-41). minutes. If the estimated charging time is in the EV Settings and the Li-ion battery
When the OK button on the steering wheel longer than 24 hours, “Over 24h” is cannot be charged to a full level within
is pressed, the display will be switched to displayed. the hours between the scheduled start
the “EV Settings” menu. In the EV Settings, • When the charging is set to start imme- time and end time of the charging timer,
the setting of the charging timer, Climate diately after connecting the charge con- the charging time shows the time that
Ctrl. timer and charge connector lock nector to the vehicle, the start time is exceeds the scheduled hours in the
mode can be changed. For additional infor- displayed as “Charge Now”. charging timer.
mation, see “Vehicle information display” • While being charged, the time when the • If you need to confirm the estimated
(P. 2-26). charging has actually started is displayed charging time depending on the avail-
as the start time. The end time is disable electrical power (supplied to the
When the button on the steering charger), see the Estimated Charge Time
wheel is pressed while the timer display is played according to the estimated
charging time that was calculated based display. For additional information, see
shown, the display is switched to the ECO “Meters and gauges” (P. 2-5).
Drive Report (if the vehicle was driven). on the electrical power being supplied.
• For models with Li-ion battery warmer, NOTE:
Either display will continue to be displayed the charging system calculates the elec-
for another 30 seconds when the button is • The displayed end time of charging is
trical power used by the battery warmer
operated. If the doors are locked after the an estimation. The Li-ion battery may
when the Li-ion battery temperature is
power switch was placed in the OFF posi- not be charged to a full level by the
low, and longer charging time will be
tion, the display will turn off before the pre- estimated end time.
displayed.
set time. • If the charging timer and the Climate
• When “Chg. Timer Only at HOME” is set to
For models with Navigation System, the Ctrl. timer are set to operate at the
ON (models with Navigation System) in
day of the week is displayed with the time same time, longer charging time will be
the EV Settings, the start time is displayed
(hour and minute) in each information O 1 – displayed or the Li-ion battery may not
only when the power switch is placed in
be charged to a full level at the sched-
O3 . the OFF position at home. If the power
uled end time.
In addition to the above, note the following switch is placed in the OFF position other
conditions for the charging time O 1 infor- than at home, the immediate charge
mation: mode is selected and “Charge Now” will
appear as the start time.
Charging CH-47
IMMEDIATE CHARGE NOTE:
When a charging timer is not turned on, • You have 15 minutes to connect a nor-
charging automatically starts when a normal or trickle charge connector to the
mal or trickle charge connector is con- vehicle after the immediate charge
nected to the vehicle. switch is pushed. If a charge connector
is not connected to the vehicle within
Use the immediate charge mode anytime 15 minutes, the vehicle automatically
you want to start charging when a charg- returns to the previous setting.
ing timer is turned on by performing the
following: • To cancel immediate charge mode push
the immediate charge switch again.
1. Place the power switch in the OFF • If the charge cable is disconnected, the
position. Li-ion battery automatically switches
to charging timer. To perform an im-
mediate charge again, push the imme-
LCH2125
diate charge switch and connect the
2. Push the immediate charge switch. charge cable.
3. Connect the normal or trickle charge • If the charge cable is already con-
cable when the charging status indica- nected, push the immediate charge
tor light changes to display immediate switch to start performing an immedi-
charge mode. For additional informa- ate charge.
tion, see “Charging status indicator
lights” (P. CH-49).
CHARGING RELATED REMOTE
FUNCTION (models with
Navigation System)
This vehicle incorporates a communica-
tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics
Communication Unit). The communication
connection between this unit and NISSAN
Data Center allows for various remote
function services.
CH-48 Charging
CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR
LIGHTS
• Remote battery status check: – The vehicle must be located in a cel-

The charging status of the Li-ion battery lular phone coverage area.
can be checked using the – The cellular phone must be located
“NissanConnect® EV & Services”, or in an area with cellular phone
“NissanConnect®”, or Owners Portal even coverage.
if you are not in the vehicle. – If using a computer, the computer
• Remote start charge: must be connected to the internet.
The function of starting the Li-ion battery – Some cellular phones are not com-
charge or starting the heater and air con- patible and cannot be used to check
ditioner is available using your personal the Li-ion battery charging status.
computer or internet enabled smart Please confirm beforehand.
phone. • Certain remote functions require a
• Plug-in reminder: compatible smart phone, which is not
A notification e-mail will be sent to your included with the vehicle.
personal computer or internet enabled • NissanConnect® EV & Services, or LCH2146
smart phone if the plug is not connected NissanConnect® information system CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR
at the specific time you selected, after features are included through a sub-
turning off the power switch. scription service which requires owner
LIGHTS
consent to activate. The subscription The charging status indicator lights (1) to (3)
NOTE: must be active to use these features. display the charging status, and are visible
• Establishing the NissanConnect® EV & • NissanConnect® EV & Services, or from both inside and outside the vehicle.
Services, or NissanConnect® is neces- NissanConnect® communications may
sary before using this service. For addi- be received at a verified e-mail address
tional information, refer to the or by SMS/text messaging-enabled
NissanConnect® Manual. mobile phone.
• To check the Li-ion battery charging • Standard text rates and/or data usage
status using an internet enabled smart may apply depending on your carrier.
phone or personal computer, the fol-
lowing conditions must be met:
Charging CH-49
LCH2147 LCH2148 LCH2149
When the normal charge connector lock Ready for charging timer Ready for immediate charge
is unlocked If the charging timer is set, the indicator When the power switch is off and if the
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash lights illuminate in order from (1) to (3). The immediate charge switch is pushed while
and a beep will sound three times when indicator lights turn off after approximately the charge cable is not connected, the in-
the normal charge connector lock switch 5 minutes. dicator light (2) illuminates.
on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid This indicator light (2) illuminates when the
switch is pushed. vehicle is ready for immediate charge. You
When the normal charge connector is have 15 minutes to connect the charge
connected incorrectly connector to the vehicle. If the charge con-
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash nector is not connected within 15 minutes,
and a beep will sound three times within 30 the indicator light (2) turns off and you
seconds when the charge connector is must start the immediate charge mode
connected incorrectly to the normal again to charge the Li-ion battery.
charge port.
CH-50 Charging
LCH2150 LCH2151 LCH2152
When charging When fully charged When the indicator light (3) flashes
When the Li-ion battery is being charged, All of the indicator lights (1) to (3) illuminate The indicator light (3) flashes when the 12-
the charging status indicator lights will when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to volt battery is being charged. For additional
change depending on the amount the Li- the selected charging mode level. information, see “Charging the 12-volt bat-
ion battery is charged. The indicator lights turn off after approxi- tery” (P. EV-5).
* : This value is also displayed by the battery mately 5 minutes or when the charge con- The indicator light will also flash for up to 5
available charge gauge on the vehicle in- nector is removed. minutes if the electrical power from the
formation display. EVSE or charging device is interrupted dur-
ing charging. Charging will restart auto-
matically when the electrical power from
the EVSE or charging device is restored if
the normal charge connector is con-
nected. The charge start beep will not
sound when charging restarts.
Charging CH-51
The indicator will also flash when the fol-
lowing systems are operating:
• Climate Ctrl. Timer
• Remote climate control (if so equipped)
• Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)
LCH2153 LCH2203
When not charging EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
None of the lights are illuminated when the Equipment) CONTROL BOX
Li-ion battery and 12-volt battery are not INDICATOR LIGHT
charging.
When a charge is being performed, the
charging status is shown by the indicator
light that is on the EVSE control box.
An indicator light also indicates if there is
an EVSE malfunction.
CH-52 Charging
LCH2204
Meaning Light ON Blinking Light OFF

Symbol ○ 嘷
○ ●
Charging CH-53
READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken
All LED lamps will light for a 1/2 second check when EVSE is first connected to an
○ ○ ○
outlet.
After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE is not connected to the ve-
○ ● ● hicle, or the EVSE is connected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed.
For additional information, see “Charging troubleshooting guide” (P. CH-56).
○ ○ ● While the Li-ion battery is being charged
If the EVSE control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the
plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the
GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EVSE. You
● ● ●
should have a qualified electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the
GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The EVSE could not detect sufficient grounding at outlet for reliable EV charging.
嘷
○ ● ●
Consult a qualified electrician to have the outlet checked.
When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot or the EVSE is unable to de-
tect the temperature of the electrical plug.
嘷嘷嘷 The EVSE is restricting the charging current for safety according to the tempera-
○ ○ ○
ture of the electrical plug.
POWER Lamp status:
○ = No charging current restricted.
嘷○ = Charge current restricted
● = Charge stopped
This problem may be caused by a failure in the outlet.
嘷
○ ● 嘷
○ Stop using the outlet and consult a qualified electrician.
If the same indication continues after checking an outlet, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
CH-54 Charging
READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken
The temperature detection circuit in the plug of the EVSE is malfunctioning.
嘷
○ 嘷
○ ○ Power Lamp status:
嘷○ = Charge current reduced
● = Charge stopped
嘷
○ ● ○ Since the EVSE is restricting the charging current, it is recommended that you visit
This trouble is caused by a malfunction of the EVSE internal circuits.
○ ● ○ Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer.
For L1 & L2 EVSE:
This trouble may be caused by a miswired outlet. Check if the outlet, which the
EVSE is connected to, is correctly wired and installed according to the regulations/
standards. If the same indication continues after checking the outlet wiring, the
○ 嘷
○ ○ EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
For L1 EVSE:
The EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer.
The EVSE detected leakage current or PWM signal error
○ ● 嘷
○ Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer.
Charging CH-55
CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The vehicle power switch is in the ON posi-
Before charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position.
tion.
Both the normal charge connector and the
The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at
quick charge connector are connected at
the same time.
the same time.
Confirm the available Li-ion battery capacity remaining by checking the Li-ion battery
available charge gauge. If the Li-ion battery charge gauge reaches 100%, the Li-ion bat-
The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.
tery is already fully charged and cannot be charged. Charging automatically turns off if
All types of charging can- the Li-ion battery is fully charged.
not be performed. Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
hot or cold to charge. zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg-
ing. For additional information, see “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
If the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on even when the power switch is
The 12-volt battery is discharged.
turned on, the 12V battery may be discharged. Charge or replace the 12V battery.
The vehicle may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illumi-
The vehicle has a malfunction. nated. If a warning is displayed, stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet
There is no electrical power coming from
with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the
the outlet.
timer.
The EVSE or charging device may have a If Genuine NISSAN EVSE is used, see “Charging troubleshooting guide” (P. CH-56) for the
malfunction. device.
Normal charge or trickle The charge connector is not connected Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.
charge cannot be per- correctly.
formed. Plug might not be connected correctly. Confirm if the plug is connected correctly.
There is no electric power coming from the
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
normal charging station.
The outlet (that the EVSE is connected to) Confirm the condition according to the illumination pattern of the indicator light on the
is not connected to the power source cor- EVSE. For additional information, see "EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control
rectly. box indicator light" (P. CH-52).
CH-56 Charging
Immediate charge can-
Charging timer has been set. Turn off the charging timer. For additional information, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
not be performed.
The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable.
The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the
vehicle information display. Adjust the clock. For additional information, see “Clock”
The time on the clock is wrong.
(P. 2-12). If the 12-volt battery is discharged or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the
time setting must be updated.
The immediate charge switch has been
Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected.
Charging timer cannot be pushed.
performed. Set the charging timer schedule. For additional information, see “Charging timer”
Charging timer has not been set.
(P. CH-43).
Charging does not start because the
Confirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging
charging timer start time and end time are
timer setting to the desired charge time or push the immediate charge switch. For addi-
set and the current time is before the set
tional information, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
start time.
The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable beforehand.
There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charg-
There is no power coming from the outlet.
ing will resume when the power source is reset.
The charge cable has been disconnected. Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected.
Both the normal charge connector and the
If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the
quick charge connector were connected at
same time, charging will be stopped.
the same time.
Normal charge stops in Charging timer end time has been When the charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be
the middle of charging. reached. stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.
Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
hot or too cold to charge. zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg-
ing. For additional information, see “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
The electric power supply from the normal
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
charging station was stopped.
Charging CH-57
Incorrect charge connector connection,
Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.
not fully inserted or may not be locked.
Quick charge cannot be The self-diagnostic function of the quick There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging. It is recom-
performed. charge device returns a negative result. mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The power switch of the quick charger is
Check the power switch of the quick charger.
off.
Charging is stopped by the quick charge Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If
Quick charge stops in the timer. you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.
middle of charging. The power supply for the quick charger is
Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.
off.
CH-58 Charging
1 Safety–Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Front manual seat adjustment Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
(for passenger’s seat and if so Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
equipped for driver’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Front power seat adjustment Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
(if so equipped for driver’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Flexible Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Adjustable head restraint/headrest CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Rear-facing child restraint installation
Non-adjustable head restraint/ using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Rear-facing child restraint installation
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Forward-facing child restraint
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Forward-facing child restraint
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Three-point type seat belt with Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-65
retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-66
Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
SEATS
• Do not leave children unattended in-

side the vehicle. They could unknow-
ingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in
serious accidents.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
SSS0133 come high enough to cause a signifi-
• For the most effective protection cant risk of injury or death to people
WARNING
when the vehicle is in motion, the and pets.
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when seat should be upright. Always sit • Do not adjust the driver’s seat while
the seatback is reclined. This can be well back and upright in the seat with driving so full attention may be given
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not both feet on the floor and adjust the to vehicle operation. The seat may
be against your body. In an accident, seat properly. For additional infor- move suddenly and could cause loss
you could be thrown into it and re- mation, see “Precautions on seat belt of control of the vehicle.
ceive neck or other serious injuries. usage” (P. 1-11). • The seatback should not be reclined
You could also slide under the lap belt • After adjustment, gently rock in the any more than needed for comfort.
and receive serious internal injuries. seat to make sure it is securely Seat belts are most effective when
locked. the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback
is reclined, the risk of sliding under
the lap belt and being injured is
increased.
1-2 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damage.
FRONT MANUAL SEAT
ADJUSTMENT (for passenger’s
seat and if so equipped for
driver’s seat)
Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-
ally. For additional information about ad-
justing the seats, refer to the steps outlined
in this section. LRS2229 LRS2231
Forward and backward Reclining

Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the To recline the seatback, pull the lever up
seat forward or backward to the preferred and lean back. To bring the seatback for-
position. Release the bar to lock the seat in ward, pull the lever up and lean your body
position. forward. Release the lever to lock the seat-
back in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different sizes
for added comfort and to help obtain proper
seat belt fit. For additional information, see
“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11). Also,
the seatback can be reclined to allow occu-
pants to rest when the vehicle is stopped
and the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

LRS2965 LRS2966
Seat lifter (driver’s seat) FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to (if so equipped for driver’s seat) Moving the switch as shown will slide the
adjust the seat height to the preferred seat forward or backward to the desired
position. Operating tips position.
• The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor Reclining
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds Move the recline switch as shown until the
then reactivate the switch. desired angle is obtained.
• Do not operate the power seat switch for
a long period of time when the system is
not in the READY mode. This will dis-
charge the battery.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-
tion, see “Precautions on seat belt usage”
(P. 1-11). Also, the seatback can be reclined to
allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is
parked.
LRS2967 LRS2968
Seat lifter Lumbar support

Move the switch as shown to adjust the The lumbar support feature provides ad-
angle and height of the seat cushion. justable lower back support to the driver.
Push the switch as shown to adjust the
seat lumbar area.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from slid-
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
den stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured
in an accident or sudden stop.
LRS3233
FLEXIBLE SEATING WARNING

Folding the rear bench seat • Do not fold down the rear seats when
To fold down the seatback, pull the release occupants are in the rear seat area or
knob. any objects are on the rear seats.
To return the seatback to the seating posi- • Never allow anyone to ride in the
tion, lift up each seatback and push it to the cargo area or on the rear seats when
upright position until it is latched. they are in the folded-down position.
Use of these areas by passengers
without proper restraints could re-
sult in serious injury or death in an
accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
WARNING • Adjustable head restraints/headrests

have multiple notches along the stalks to
Head restraints/headrests supplement lock them in a desired adjustment
the other vehicle safety systems. They position.
may provide additional protection • The non-adjustable head restraints/
against injury in certain rear end colli- headrests have a single locking notch to
sions. Adjustable head restraints/ secure them to the seat frame.
headrests must be adjusted properly, • Proper Adjustment:
as specified in this section. Check the –– For the adjustable type, align the head
adjustment after someone else uses restraint/headrest so the center of
the seat. Do not attach anything to the your ear is approximately level with the
head restraint/headrest stalks or re- center of the head restraint/headrest.
move the head restraints/headrests. –– If your ear position is still higher than
Do not use the seat if the head the recommended alignment, place
restraint/headrest has been removed. LRS2695 the head restraint/headrest at the
If the head restraint/headrest was re- The illustration shows the seating posi- highest position.
moved, reinstall and properly adjust tions equipped with head • If the head restraint/headrest has been
the head restraint/headrest before an restraints/headrests. removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and
occupant uses the seating position. locked in place before riding in that des-
Failure to follow these instructions can 䉱 Indicates the seating position is
equipped with a head restraint. ignated seating position.
reduce the effectiveness of the head
restraint/headrest. This may increase 쮿 Indicates the seating position is
the risk of serious injury or death in a equipped with a headrest.
collision.
+ Indicates the seating position is not
equipped with a head restraint or headrest
(if applicable).
• Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be inte-
grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD REMOVE

HEADREST COMPONENTS RESTRAINT/HEADREST Use the following procedure to remove the
1. Removable head restraint/headrest COMPONENTS head restraint/headrest.
2. Multiple notches 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to
the highest position.
3. Lock knob 2. Single notch
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
4. Stalks 3. Lock knob
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest
4. Stalks
from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-
erly in a secure place so it is not loose in
the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
uses the seating position.
LRS2303 WRS0134
INSTALL ADJUST
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks For adjustable head restraint/headrest
with the holes in the seat. Make sure the Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
head restraint/headrest is facing the center is level with the center of your ears. If
correct direction. The stalk with the your ear position is still higher than the
notch (notches) O 1 must be installed in
recommended alignment, place the head
the hole with the lock knob O 2 .
restraint/headrest at the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/
headrest before an occupant uses the
seating position.

LRS2304 LRS2305 LRS2306
For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest Raise Lower
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in up. push the head restraint/headrest down.
the notch before riding in that designated
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
seating position.
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated the notch before riding in that designated
seating position. seating position.

SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and
well back in your seat with both feet on the
floor, your chances of being injured or killed
in an accident and/or the severity of injury
may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly
encourages you and all of your passengers
to buckle up every time you drive, even if
your seating position includes a supple-
mental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
worn at all times when a vehicle is being SSS0136
driven.

SSS0134 SSS0016

• Always route the shoulder belt over • No changes should be made to the
your shoulder and across your chest. seat belt system. For example, do not
Never put the belt behind your back, modify the seat belt, add material, or
under your arm or across your neck. install devices that may change the
The belt should be away from your seat belt routing or tension. Doing so
face and neck, but not falling off your may affect the operation of the seat
shoulder. belt system. Modifying or tampering
• Position the lap belt as low and snug with the seat belt system may result
as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT in serious personal injury.
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high • Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have
could increase the risk of internal in- activated, they cannot be reused and
juries in an accident. must be replaced together with the
• Be sure the seat belt tongue is se- retractor. It is recommended that you
curely fastened to the proper buckle. visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
SSS0014 for this service.
• Do not wear the seat belt inside out
WARNING or twisted. Doing so may reduce its • All seat belt assemblies, including re-
effectiveness. tractors and attaching hardware,
• Every person who drives or rides in should be inspected after any colli-
• Do not allow more than one person
this vehicle should use a seat belt at sion. It is recommended that you visit
to use the same seat belt.
all times. Children should be in the a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
rear seats and in an appropriate • Never carry more people in the ve- this service. NISSAN recommends
restraint. hicle than there are seat belts. that all seat belt assemblies in use
• The seat belt should be properly ad- • If the seat belt warning light glows during a collision be replaced unless
justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so continuously while the power switch the collision was minor and the belts
may reduce the effectiveness of the is turned ON with all doors closed and show no damage and continue to op-
entire restraint system and increase all seat belts fastened, it may indi- erate properly. Seat belt assemblies
the chance or severity of injury in an cate a malfunction in the system. not in use during a collision should
accident. Serious injury or death can Have the system checked. It is rec- also be inspected and replaced if ei-
occur if the seat belt is not worn ommended that you visit a NISSAN ther damage or improper operation
properly. certified LEAF dealer for this service. is noted.

• All child restraints and attaching • The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-
hardware should be inspected after tened and the seat is occupied by a pas-
any collision. Always follow the re- senger for 7 seconds after the power
straint manufacturer’s inspection in- switch is placed in the ON position.
structions and replacement recom- • The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-
mendations. The child restraints tened and objects or external force on
should be replaced if they are the passenger seat change the seat belt
damaged. reminder classification to Occupied.
The seat belt warning light will flash under
the conditions shown above until the nec-
essary seat belt is securely fastened.
A warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 90 seconds or until one of the fol-
LRS0786 lowing conditions is met:
• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND is securely fastened.
CHIME • The seat belt reminder function in the
The driver and front passenger seat is front passenger seat no longer detects
equipped with an enhanced seat belt re- that the front passenger seat is occupied.
minder function. If your vehicle is equipped • The power switch is turned off or the ve-
with an enhanced seat belt reminder func- hicle is placed in P (Park).
tion, a visual and audible alert will operate if
a driver or front passenger seat belt is un- The below situations could result in the
buckled at speeds of approximately 9 mph seat belt reminder light being illuminated
(15 km/h) or more under the following con- and the chime sounding, even with no oc-
ditions: cupant present in the passenger seat:
• If the driver seat belt is not fastened. • Heavy objects placed on the seat.
• Someone pushing or pulling on the front
passenger seat.

• An object placed under the front passen- INJURED PERSONS • Do not allow children to play with the
ger seat. seat belts. Most seating positions are
NISSAN recommends that injured persons
• An object placed between the seat cush- use seat belts, depending on the injury. equipped with Automatic Locking
ion and center console or between the Check with your doctor for specific Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If
seat cushion and the door. recommendations. the seat belt becomes wrapped
• An object hanging on the seat or placed around a child’s neck with the ALR
in the seatback pocket. THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT mode activated, the child can be se-
• A child restraint or other object pressing WITH RETRACTOR riously injured or killed if the seat belt
against the rear of the seatback. retracts and becomes tight. This can
WARNING occur even if the vehicle is parked.
NOTE: Unbuckle the seat belt to release the
• Every person who drives or rides in child. If the seat belt cannot be un-
The rear seats may be equipped with a this vehicle should use a seat belt at buckled or is already unbuckled, re-
seat belt warning in the vehicle informa- all times. lease the child by cutting the seat
tion display.
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when belt with a suitable tool (such as a
For additional information, see “Vehicle In- the seatback is reclined. This can be knife or scissors) to release the seat
formation display” (P. 2-26). dangerous. The shoulder belt will not belt.
be against your body. In an accident,
PREGNANT WOMEN you could be thrown into it and re- Fastening the seat belts
NISSAN recommends that pregnant ceive neck or other serious injuries.
1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-
women use seat belts. The seat belt should You could also slide under the lap belt
tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).
be worn snug, and always position the lap and receive serious internal injuries.
belt as low as possible around the hips, not • For the most effective protection
the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your when the vehicle is in motion, the
shoulder and across your chest. Never put seat should be upright. Always sit
the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal well back and upright in the seat with
area. Contact your doctor for specific both feet on the floor and adjust the
recommendations. seat belt properly.

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-
tend and retract to allow the driver and
passengers some freedom of movement
in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt
when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks
the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat
belt tongue is detached from the buckle
and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to
the ELR mode after the seat belt fully re-
SSS0292 SSS0290 tracts. For additional information, see “Child
restraints” (P. 1-22).
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac- 3. Position the lap belt portion low and
tor and insert the tongue into the buckle snug on the hips as shown. The ALR mode should be used only for
until you hear and feel the latch engage. child restraint installation. During nor-
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
• The retractor is designed to lock retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure mode should not be activated. If it is ac-
during a sudden stop or on impact. A the shoulder belt is routed over your tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
slow pulling motion permits the belt shoulder and across your chest. belt tension.
to move and allows you some free-
dom of movement in the seat. The front passenger seat and the rear
seating positions three-point seat belts
• If the seat belt cannot be pulled
have two modes of operation:
from its fully retracted position,
firmly pull the belt and release it. • Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
Then smoothly pull the belt out of • Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
the retractor.

WARNING To increase your confidence in the seat
belts, check the operation as follows:
When fastening the seat belts, be cer- • Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
tain that seatbacks are completely se- quickly. The retractor should lock and re-
cured in the latched position. If they are strict further belt movement.
not completely secured, passengers If the retractor does not lock during this
may be injured in an accident or sud- check, get the system checked. It is recom-
den stop. mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service, or to learn
more about seat belt operation.
SSS0326
Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button
on the buckle. The seat belt automatically
retracts.
Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock
seat belt movement by two separate
methods:
• When the belt is pulled quickly from the
retractor
• When the vehicle slows down rapidly

WARNING
• After adjustment, release the adjust-
ment button and then try to move
the shoulder belt anchor up and
down to make sure that it is securely
fixed in position.
• The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
that is best for you. Failure to do so
may reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
LRS3224 JVC0036X
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
Center of rear seat Shoulder belt height adjustment
If, because of body size or driving position, it
Selecting correct set of seat belts: (front seats) is not possible to properly fit the lap/
The rear center seat belt buckle is identified The shoulder belt anchor height should be shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender
by the CENTER mark O A . The rear center adjusted to the position that is best for you. that is compatible with the installed seat
seat belt tongue can be fastened only into For additional information, see “Precau- belts is available for purchase. The ex-
the rear center seat belt buckle. tions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11). tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)
To adjust, pull the adjustment button O 1 , of length and may be used for either the
and then move the shoulder belt anchor to driver or front passenger seating position.
the preferred position O 2 so that the belt It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
passes over the center of the shoulder. The certified LEAF dealer for assistance with
belt should be away from your face and purchasing an extender if an extender is
neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. required.
Release the adjustment button to lock the
shoulder belt anchor into position.

CHILD SAFETY
WARNING • Periodically check to see that the seat WARNING

belt and the metal components, such
• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible Do not allow children to play with the
made by the same company which wires and anchors, work properly. If loose seat belts. Most seating positions are
made the original equipment seat parts, deterioration, cuts or other dam- equipped with Automatic Locking Re-
belts, should be used with NISSAN age on the webbing is found, the entire tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
seat belts. seat belt assembly should be replaced. belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
• Adults and children who can use the neck with the ALR mode activated, the
standard seat belt should not use an child can be seriously injured or killed if
extender. Such unnecessary use the seat belt retracts and becomes
could result in serious personal injury tight. This can occur even if the vehicle
in the event of an accident. is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-
• Never use seat belt extenders to in- lease the child. If the seat belt cannot
stall child restraints. If the child re- be unbuckled or is already unbuckled,
straint is not secured properly, the release the child by cutting the seat
child could be seriously injured or belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife
killed in a collision or a sudden stop. or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE them. They need to be properly
• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a restrained.
mild soap solution or any solution rec-
ommended for cleaning upholstery or In addition to the general information in
carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow this manual, child safety information is
the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not available from many other sources, includ-
allow the seat belts to retract until they ing doctors, teachers, government traffic
are completely dry. safety offices, and community organiza-
• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt tions. Every child is different, so be sure to
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat learn the best way to transport your child.
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-
der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

There are three basic types of child re- additional information, see “Child re- your vehicle and always follow the manu-
straint systems: straints” (P. 1-22). facturer’s instructions for installation and
• Rear-facing child restraint A child restraint may be secured in the ve- use.
• Forward-facing child restraint hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An- SMALL CHILDREN
• Booster seat chor and Tethers for CHildren) system or
with the vehicle seat belt. For additional Children that are over 1 year old and weigh
The proper restraint depends on the child’s information, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-22). at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a
size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year rear-facing child restraint as long as pos-
and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens sible up to the height or weight limit of the
in rear-facing child restraints. Forward- and children be restrained in the rear child restraint. Children who outgrow the
facing child restraints are available for chil- seat. According to accident statistics, height or weight limit of the rear-facing
dren who outgrow rear-facing child re- children are safer when properly re- child restraint and are at least 1 year old
straints and are at least 1 year old. Booster strained in the rear seat than in the front should be secured in a forward-facing child
seats are used to help position a vehicle seat. restraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-
lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no This is especially important because facturer’s instructions for minimum and
longer use a forward-facing child restraint. your vehicle has a supplemental re- maximum weight and height recommen-
straint system (air bag system) for the dations. NISSAN recommends that small
WARNING front passenger. For additional informa- children be placed in child restraints that
tion, see “Supplemental Restraint Sys- comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Infants and children need special pro- tem (SRS)” (P. 1-44). Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle
tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may Safety Standards. You should choose a
not fit them properly. The shoulder belt INFANTS child restraint that fits your vehicle and al-
may come too close to the face or neck. ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
The lap belt may not fit over their small Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
placed in a rear-facing child restraint. tions for installation and use.
hip bones. In an accident, an improp-
NISSAN recommends that infants be
erly fitting seat belt could cause serious
placed in child restraints that comply with
LARGER CHILDREN
or fatal injury. Always use appropriate
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Children should remain in a forward-facing
child restraints.
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. child restraint with a harness until they
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or You should choose a child restraint that fits reach the maximum height or weight limit
territories require the use of approved child allowed by the child restraint
restraints for infants and small children. For manufacturer.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight A booster seat should be used until the
limit of the harness-equipped forward- child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends • Are the child’s back and hips against the
that the child be placed in a commercially vehicle seatback?
available booster seat to obtain proper • Is the child able to sit without slouching?
seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the
booster seat should raise the child so that • Do the child’s knees bend easily over the
the shoulder belt is properly positioned front edge of the seat with feet flat on the
across the chest and the top, middle por- floor?
tion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt • Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap
should not cross the neck or face and belt low and snug across the hips and
should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt shoulder belt across mid-chest and
should lie snugly across the lower hips or shoulder)?
upper thighs, not the abdomen. • Is the child able to use the properly ad-
A booster seat can only be used in seating justed head restraint/headrest? LRS2690
positions that have a three-point type seat • Will the child be able to stay in position for If you answered no to any of these ques-
belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle the entire ride? tions, the child should remain in a booster
seat and have a label certifying that it com- seat using a three-point type seat belt.
plies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle NOTE:
Safety Standards. Once the child has Laws in some communities may follow
grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on different guidelines. Check local and
or near the face and neck, the lap belt can state regulations to confirm your child is
be positioned properly across the lower using the correct restraint system before
hips or upper thighs, use the seat belt with- traveling.
out the booster seat.

CHILD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo areas. The child could be seri-
ously injured or killed in an accident or
sudden stop.
SSS0099 SSS0100
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD WARNING

RESTRAINTS
• Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use and instal-
lation of child restraints could result
in serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
– The child restraint must be used
and installed properly. Always fol-
low all of the child restraint manu-
facturer's instructions for instal-
lation and use.

– Infants and children should never – Child restraint anchorages are de- CAUTION
be held on anyone's lap. Even the signed to withstand only those
strongest adult cannot resist the loads imposed by correctly fitted A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
forces of a collision. child restraints. Under no circum- become very hot. Check the seating
– Do not put a seat belt around both stances are they to be used to at- surface and buckles before placing a
a child and another passenger. tach adult seat belts, or other items child in the child restraint.
– NISSAN recommends that all child or equipment to the vehicle. Doing This vehicle is equipped with a universal
restraints be installed in the rear so could damage the child restraint child restraint anchor system, referred to
seat. Studies show that children anchorages. The child restraint will as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
are safer when properly re- not be properly installed using the for CHildren) system. Some child restraints
strained in the rear seat than in damaged anchorage, and a child include rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
the front seat. If you must install a could be seriously injured or killed ments that can be connected to these
forward-facing child restraint in in a collision. anchors.
the front seat, see “Forward- – Never use the anchor points for
adult seat belts or other items. For additional information, see “LATCH
facing child restraint installation (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)
using the seat belts” (P. 1-36). – A child restraint with a top tether system” (P. 1-24).
– Even with the NISSAN Advanced strap should not be used in the
Air Bag System, never install a front passenger seat. If you do not have a LATCH compatible
rear-facing child restraint in the – Keep seatbacks as upright as pos- child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be
front seat. An inflating air bag sible after fitting the child used.
could seriously injure or kill a child. restraint. Several manufacturers offer child re-
A rear-facing child restraint must – Infants and children should al- straints for infants and small children of
only be used in the rear seat. ways be placed in an appropriate various sizes. When selecting any child re-
– Be sure to purchase a child re- child restraint while in the vehicle. straint, keep the following points in mind:
straint that will fit the child and • When the child restraint is not in use, • Choose only a restraint with a label certi-
vehicle. Some child restraints may keep it secured with the LATCH sys- fying that it complies with Federal Motor
not fit properly in your vehicle. tem or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
collision, loose objects can injure oc- Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
cupants or damage the vehicle.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s territories require that infants and small
seat and seat belt system. children be restrained in an approved
• If the child restraint is compatible with child restraint at all times while the ve-
your vehicle, place your child in the child hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-
restraint and check the various adjust- quires the top tether strap on forward-
ments to be sure the child restraint is facing child restraints be secured to the
compatible with your child. Choose a designated anchor point on the vehicle.
child restraint that is designed for your
child’s height and weight. Always follow all
recommended procedures.
• If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),
you may use either the LATCH anchors or
the seat belt to install the child restraint LRS3227
(not both at the same time). LATCH system lower anchor locations
• If the combined weight of the child and LATCH (Lower Anchors and
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM
kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child Your vehicle is equipped with special an-
restraint. chor points that are used with LATCH sys-
tem compatible child restraints. This sys-
• Be sure to follow the child restraint tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIX
manufacturer's instructions for or ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-
installation. tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint unless the
combined weight of the child and child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and child restraint
is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg) use the vehi-
cle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to
install the child restraint. Be sure to follow – Inspect the lower anchors by in-
the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- serting your fingers into the lower
tions for installation. anchor area. Feel to make sure
The LATCH anchor points can be used to there are no obstructions over the
install child restraints in either of the rear anchors such as seat belt webbing
outboard seating positions or in the center or seat cushion material. The child
rear seating position. Please refer to the restraint will not be secured prop-
following section of this Owner’s Manual for erly if the lower anchors are
specific information about installing a child obstructed.
restraint in the center rear seating position • Child restraint anchorages are de-
using the LATCH anchors. signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
LATCH lower anchor straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used for adult seat belts,
WARNING harnesses or for attaching other LRS3036
items or equipment to the vehicle. LATCH lower anchor location
• Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use and instal-
Doing so could damage the child re- LATCH lower anchor location
straint anchorages. The child re-
lation of child restraints could result The LATCH lower anchors are located at
straint will not be properly installed
in serious injury or death of a child or the rear of the seat cushion near the seat-
using the damaged anchorage, and a
other passengers in a sudden stop or back. A label is attached to the seatback to
child could be seriously injured or
collision: help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.
killed in a collision.
– Only attach LATCH system com-
patible child restraints shown in
the illustration. For additional in-
formation, refer to the following
sections of this Owner’s Manual
for installation guidance.

(These are sometimes referred to as
“shared anchors” or “borrowed anchors.”)
CRS with rigid lower attachments cannot
be installed in the center seat. This type of
CRS should only be installed in the out-
board seating positions.
WARNING
• Never attach two CRS attachments
to the same LATCH anchor. This may
overload the anchor in a collision,
which could increase the risk of the
occupant’s serious injury or death.
LRS3320 • When installing the CRS in the center SSS0643
LATCH in the center rear seating rear seating position with the in- LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
board LATCH anchors, be careful to Installing child restraint LATCH
position ensure any occupant or CRS in the
There are no LATCH anchors dedicated to outboard seating positions is prop-
lower anchor attachments
the center rear seating position. However, erly restrained using the vehicle seat LATCH compatible child restraints include
the inboard LATCH anchors belonging to belt and there is no interference with two rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
the two outboard seating positions (indi- the center CRS installation. If the out- ments that can be connected to two an-
cated by the arrows) can be used together board occupants cannot be properly chors located at certain seating positions
to secure a CRS in the center rear seating restrained, consider using the vehicle in your vehicle. With this system, you do not
position. These anchors are separated by a seat belt to restrain the CRS in the have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
distance O A of 15.8 in (400.3 mm). Before center seating position, or moving child restraint. Check your child restraint for
attempting to secure a CRS in this seating the CRS to another position instead. a label stating that it is compatible with the
position, ensure that the CRS manufactur- LATCH system. This information may also
er’s instructions permit the use of LATCH be in the instructions provided by the child
anchors with the spacing indicated above. restraint manufacturer.

Top tether anchor • Child restraint anchorages are de-
WARNING signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
• If the tonneau cover (if so equipped) straints. Under no circumstances are
contacts the top tether strap when it they to be used to attach adult seat
is attached to the top tether anchor, belts, or other items or equipment to
remove the tonneau cover (if so the vehicle. Doing so could damage
equipped) from the vehicle or secure the child restraint anchorages. The
it on the cargo floor below its attach- child restraint will not be properly in-
ment location. If the tonneau cover (if stalled using the damaged anchor-
so equipped) is not removed, it may age, and a child could be seriously
damage the top tether strap during a injured or killed in a collision.
collision. Your child could be seri-
ously injured or killed in a collision if
SSS0644 the child restraint top tether strap is
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment damaged.
The child restraint top tether strap must be • Do not allow cargo to contact the top
used when installing the child restraint with tether strap when it is attached to
the LATCH lower anchor attachments or the top tether anchor. Properly se-
seat belts. For additional information, see cure the cargo so it does not contact
"Top tether anchor" (P. 1-27) for installation the top tether strap. Cargo that is not
instructions. properly secured or that contacts the
top tether strap may damage the top
When installing a child restraint, carefully
tether strap during a collision. Your
read and follow the instructions in this
child could be seriously injured or
manual and those supplied with the child
killed in a collision if the child re-
restraint.
straint top tether strap is damaged.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING LATCH
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
LRS3225 to follow the child restraint manufacturer's LRS2996
instructions for installation. Rear-facing webbing-mounted — step 2
Top tether anchor point locations
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
Anchor points are located on the back side tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
child restraint using the LATCH system:
of the seatbacks. Check to make sure that the LATCH at-
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
The child restraint top tether strap must be tachment is properly attached to the
Always follow the child restraint manu-
used when installing child restraints with lower anchors.
facturer’s instructions.
the LATCH lower anchor attachments or
seat belts. For additional information, see
“Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-35).
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for details.

LRS2997 SSS0639 SSS0650
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4
3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
with webbing-mounted attachments, before you place the child in it. Push it
remove any additional slack from the from side to side while holding the seat
anchor attachments. Press downward near the LATCH attachment path. The
and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint should not move more
child restraint with your hand to com- than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
press the vehicle seat cushion and seat- to tug it forward and check to see if the
back while tightening the webbing of LATCH attachment holds the restraint in
the anchor attachments. place. If the restraint is not secure,
tighten the LATCH attachment as nec-
essary, or put the restraint in another
seat and test it again. You may need to

try a different child restraint or try install- For additional information, see all Warnings
ing by using the vehicle seat belt (if ap- and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
plicable). Not all child restraints fit in all “Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
types of vehicles. child restraint. Do not use the lower an-
chors if the combined weight of the child
5. Check to make sure that the child re-
and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg).
straint is properly secured prior to each
If the combined weight of the child and
use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5
steps 2 through 4.
kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT anchors) to install the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the child restraint manufac-
INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT turer’s instructions for installation.
BELTS
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
WARNING child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in
the rear seats: SSS0100
The three-point seat belt with Auto- Rear-facing — step 1
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be 1. Child restraints for infants must be
used when installing a child restraint. used in the rear-facing direction and
Failure to use the ALR mode will result therefore must not be used in the front
in the child restraint not being properly seat. Position the child restraint on the
secured. The restraint could tip over or seat. Always follow the child restraint
be loose and cause injury to a child in a manufacturer’s instructions.
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front pas-
senger air bag. For additional informa-
tion, see “Front passenger air bag and
status light” (P. 1-55).

SSS0654 SSS0655 SSS0656
Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
child restraint and insert it into the extended. At this time, the seat belt re- the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
buckle until you hear and feel the latch tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint the belt.
engage. Be sure to follow the child re- mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when
straint manufacturer’s instructions for the seat belt is fully retracted.
belt routing.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-
straint is properly secured prior to each
use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
SSS0657 SSS0658 “Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 6 child restraint.
5. Remove any additional slack from the 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
child restraint. Press downward and before you place the child in it. Push it bined weight of the child and the child re-
rearward firmly in the center of the child from side to side while holding the child straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
restraint with your hand to compress restraint near the seat belt path. The bined weight of the child and the child
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback child restraint should not move more restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
while pulling up on the seat belt. than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
to tug it forward and check to see if the chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
belt holds the restraint in place. If the to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat instructions for installation.
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
another seat and test it again. You may child restraint using the LATCH system:
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of 1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
vehicles. Always follow the child restraint manu-
Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap in seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
LRS2995 LRS2994
Forward-facing webbing-mounted — Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
step 2 3. The back of the child restraint should be
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- secured against the vehicle seatback.
tachments to the LATCH lower anchors. If necessary, remove the head restraint/
Check to make sure that the LATCH at- headrest to obtain the correct child re-
tachment is properly attached to the straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest
lower anchors. is removed, store it in a secure place. Be
If the child restraint is equipped with a sure to reinstall the head restraint/
top tether strap, route the top tether headrest when the child restraint is
strap and secure the tether strap to the removed. For additional information,
tether anchor point. For additional infor- see “Head restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
mation, see “Installing top tether strap”
(P. 1-35).

If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper child re-
straint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
SSS0647 SSS0638
Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 6
4. For child restraints that are equipped 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
with webbing-mounted attachments, before you place the child in it. Push it
remove any additional slack from the from side to side while holding the child
anchor attachments. Press downward restraint near the LATCH attachment
and rearward firmly in the center of the path. The child restraint should not
child restraint with your knee to com- move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
press the vehicle seat cushion and seat- side to side. Try to tug it forward and
back while tightening the webbing of check to see if the LATCH attachment
the anchor attachments. holds the restraint in place. If the re-
straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
5. Tighten the tether strap according to
attachment as necessary, or put the re-
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
straint in another seat and test it again.
move any slack.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is Rear bench seat
properly secured prior to each use. If the OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6. 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, see “Head
restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
2. Position the top tether strap O
1 as
shown.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-
chor point O2 as shown.
LRS2638 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint

䊊
1 Top tether strap installation procedure steps in this sec-
tion before tightening the tether strap.
䊊
2 Tether anchor point
CENTER SEATING POSITION
Installing top tether strap
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
The child restraint top tether strap must be and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
used when installing the child restraint with reinstall the head restraint/headrest
the LATCH lower anchor attachments. when the child restraint is removed. For
First, secure the child restraint with the additional information, see “Head
LATCH lower anchors (rear bench out- restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
board seating positions only).
1 as
shown.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint FORWARD-FACING CHILD
installation procedure steps in this sec- RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
tion before tightening the tether strap.
THE SEAT BELTS
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended WARNING
dealer for details. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
WARNING used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
Child restraint anchorages are de- in the child restraint not being properly
signed to withstand only those loads secured. The restraint could tip over or
imposed by correctly fitted child re- be loose and cause injury to a child in a
straints. Under no circumstances are sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
they to be used to attach adult seat change the operation of the front pas- SSS0640
belts, or other items or equipment to senger air bag. For additional informa- Forward-facing (front passenger seat)
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the tion, see “Front passenger air bag and — step 1
child restraint anchorages. The child status light” (P. 1-35). For additional information, see all Warnings
restraint will not be properly installed and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
using the damaged anchorage, and a “Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child could be seriously injured or killed child restraint.
in a collision.
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forward- Do not install child restraints that require
facing child restraint using the vehicle seat the use of a top tether strap in seating
belt in the rear seat or in the front passen- positions that do not have a top tether
ger seat: anchor.
1. If you must install a child restraint in the
front seat, it should be placed in the
forward-facing direction only. Move the
seat to the rearmost position. Child re-
straints for infants must be used in the
rear-facing direction and therefore
must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions. SSS0360B
The back of the child restraint should be Forward-facing — step 3
secured against the seatback. 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
If necessary, adjust the head restraint/ child restraint and insert it into the
headrest to obtain the correct child re- buckle until you hear and feel the latch
straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest engage. Be sure to follow the child re-
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be straint manufacturer’s instructions for
sure to reinstall the head restraint/ belt routing.
headrest when the child restraint is If the child restraint is equipped with a
removed. For additional information, top tether strap, route the top tether
see “Head restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7). strap and secure the tether strap to the
If the seating position does not have an tether anchor point (rear seat installa-
adjustable head restraint/headrest and tion only). For additional information, see
it is interfering with the proper child re- “Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-40).
straint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
SSS0651 SSS0652 SSS0653
Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on 6. Remove any additional slack from the
extended. At this time, the seat belt re- the shoulder belt to remove any slack in seat belt. Press downward and rearward
tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint the belt. firmly in the center of the child restraint
mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when with your knee to compress the vehicle
the seat belt is fully retracted. seat cushion and seatback while pulling
up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove
any slack.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
SSS0641 LRS2980
Forward-facing — step 8 10. If the child restraint is installed on the
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it front passenger seat, push the power
before you place the child in it. Push it switch to the ON position. The front
from side to side while holding the child passenger air bag status light
restraint near the seat belt path. The should illuminate. If this light does not
child restraint should not move more illuminate, see “Front passenger air bag
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try and status light” (P. 1-55). Move the child
to tug it forward and check to see if the restraint to another seating position.
belt holds the restraint in place. If the Have the system checked. It is recom-
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat mended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in fied LEAF dealer for this service.
another seat and test it again. You may
After the child restraint is removed and the
need to try a different child restraint. Not
seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode
all child restraints fit in all types of
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
vehicles.

additional information, see “Head BOOSTER SEATS
restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
For additional information on installing a
1 as booster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-
shown. structions outlined in this section.
Precautions on booster seats
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint WARNING
installation procedure steps in this sec-
tion before tightening the tether strap. If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
If you have any questions when install- injured or killed in a sudden stop or col-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended lision greatly increases:
dealer for this service. • Make sure the shoulder portion of
LRS2638
the belt is away from the child’s face
䊊
1 Top tether strap
WARNING
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.
䊊
2 Tether anchor point
Child restraint anchorages are de- • Make sure the shoulder belt is not
Installing top tether strap signed to withstand only those loads behind the child or under the child’s
The child restraint top tether strap must be imposed by correctly fitted child re- arm.
used when installing the child restraint with straints. Under no circumstances are • A booster seat must only be installed
the seat belts. they to be used for adult seat belts, har- in a seating position that has a lap/
nesses or for attaching other items or shoulder belt.
First, secure the child restraint with the seat
equipment to the vehicle. Doing so
belt.
could damage the child restraint an-
Rear bench seat chorages. The child restraint will not be
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest properly installed using the damaged
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to anchorage, and a child could be seri-
reinstall the head restraint/headrest ously injured or killed in a collision.
when the child restraint is removed. For
LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464
Booster seats of various sizes are offered • Make sure the child’s head will be properly • If the booster seat is compatible with
by several manufacturers. When selecting supported by the booster seat or vehicle your vehicle, place your child in the
any booster seat, keep the following points seat. The seatback must be at or above booster seat and check the various ad-
in mind: the center of the child’s ears. For example, justments to be sure the booster seat is
• Choose only a booster seat with a label if a low back booster seat O 1 is chosen, compatible with your child. Always follow
certifying that it complies with Federal the vehicle seatback must be at or above all recommended procedures.
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Ca- the center of the child’s ears. If the seat- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. back is lower than the center of the child’s territories require that infants and small
• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to ears, a high back booster seat O 2 should
children be restrained in an approved
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s be used. child restraint at all times while the ve-
seat and seat belt system. hicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats
or the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-
ing a booster seat with the seat belts.
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19),“Child
restraints” (P. 1-22) and “Booster seats”
(P. 1-40) before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat
in the rear seats or in the front passenger
seat: WRS0699 LRS0454
1. If you must install a booster seat in the Front passenger position
front seat, move the seat to the rear-
most position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat.
Only place it in a front-facing direction.
Always follow the booster seat manu-

If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper booster
seat fit, try another seating position or a
different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt
low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure
to follow the booster seat manufactur-
er’s instructions for adjusting the seat
belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat
belt toward the retractor to take up ex-
tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is
LRS0451 LRS0452 positioned across the top, middle por-
Rear center position Rear outboard position tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
3. The booster seat should be positioned
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
routing.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint/headrest to obtain the correct 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-
booster seat fit. If the head restraint/ structions for properly fastening a seat
headrest is removed, store it in a secure belt shown in “Three-point type seat belt
place. Be sure to reinstall the head with retractor” (P. 1-15).
restraint/headrest when the booster
seat is removed. For additional infor-
mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”
(P. 1-7).

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS Front seat-mounted side-impact

This SRS section contains important infor- supplemental air bag system
mation concerning the following systems. This system can help cushion the impact
• Driver and front passenger supplemental force to the chest and pelvic area of the
front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced driver and front passenger in certain side
Air Bag System) impact collisions. The side air bags are de-
• Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- signed to inflate on the side where the ve-
mental air bag hicle is impacted.
• Rear outboard seat-mounted side- Rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag impact supplemental air bag system
• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and This system can help cushion the impact
rollover supplemental air bag force to the chest area of the rear outboard
• Driver and front passenger supplemental seat passengers in certain side impact col-
LRS0865 knee air bag lisions. The side air bags are designed to
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front • Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seat inflate on the side where the vehicle is
passenger seat, place the power switch and rear outboard seats) impacted.
in the ON position. The front passenger Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
Supplemental front-impact air bag
air bag status light may or may not rollover supplemental air bag system
system
illuminate, depending on the size of the
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can This system can help cushion the impact
child and the type of booster seat being
help cushion the impact force to the head force to the head of occupants in front and
used. For additional information, see
and chest of the driver and front passenger rear outboard seating positions in certain
“Front passenger air bag and status
in certain frontal collisions. side impact collisions. In a side impact, the
light” (P. 1-55).
curtain air bags are designed to inflate on
the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a
rollover, the curtain air bags are designed
to inflate and remain inflated for a short
time.

Driver and front passenger supplemen-
tal knee air bags
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the driver’s and front passenger’s
knee in certain collisions.
The SRS is designed to supplement the
crash protection provided by the driver,
passenger and rear outboard seat belts
and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn, and the
occupant should be seated a suitable dis-
tance away from the steering wheel, instru-
ment panel and door finishers. For addi-
tional information, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-11). SSS0131
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the power switch is in the ON
position.
After the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
mental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.

• The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are sit-
ting well back and upright in the seat
with both feet on the floor. The front
air bags inflate with great force. Even
with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System, if you are unrestrained, lean-
ing forward, sitting sideways or out
of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious
or fatal injuries from the front air bag
if you are up against it when it in-
flates. Always sit back against the
seatback and as far away as practical
SSS0132
from the steering wheel or instru-
WARNING • The front passenger air bag and front ment panel. Always properly use the
passenger supplemental knee air seat belts.
• The front air bags ordinarily will not bag will not inflate if the passenger • The driver and front passenger seat
inflate in the event of a side impact, air bag status light is lit. For addi- belt buckles are equipped with sen-
rear impact, rollover or lower severity tional information, see “Front pas- sors that detect if the seat belts are
frontal collision. Always wear your senger air bag and status light” fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air
seat belts to help reduce the risk or (P. 1-55). Bag System monitors the severity of
severity of injury in various kinds of a collision and seat belt usage then
accidents. inflates the air bags as needed. Fail-
ure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.

• The front passenger seat is equipped
with occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) that turns the front
passenger air bag and front passen-
ger supplemental knee air bag OFF
under some conditions. This sensor
is only used in this seat. Failure to be
properly seated and wearing the seat
belt can increase the risk or severity
of injury in an accident. For addi-
tional information, see “Front pas-
senger air bag and status light”
(P. 1-55).
• Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside SSS0007 SSS0006
the steering wheel rim could increase
the risk that they are injured if the
front air bag inflates.

SSS0008 SSS0009 SSS0099

• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint on the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. For
additional information, see “Child re-
straints” (P. 1-22).
SSS0100 SSS0059A
Do not lean against doors or windows.
WARNING
• Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some ex-
amples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
• Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side air
bags or curtain air bags inflate if they
are not properly restrained. Pre-
teens and children should be prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat, if
possible.

SSS0188A SSS0140 SSS0162

• The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback of
the front and rear seat or near the
side roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear out-
board seats to extend their hand out
of the window or lean against the
door. Some examples of dangerous
SSS0159 riding positions are shown in the pre-
vious illustrations.
WARNING
• When sitting in the rear seat, do not
Front and rear outboard seat-mounted hold onto the seatback of the front
side-impact supplemental air bags and seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
roof-mounted curtain side-impact and may be seriously injured. Be espe-
rollover supplemental air bags: cially careful with children, who
should always be properly re-
• The side air bags and curtain air bags
strained. Some examples of danger-
ordinarily will not inflate in the event
ous riding positions are shown in the
of a frontal impact, rear impact, or
illustrations.
lower severity side collision. Always
wear your seat belts to help reduce • Do not use seat covers on the front
the risk or severity of injury in various and rear seatbacks. They may inter-
kinds of accidents. fere with side air bag inflation.

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag modules
4. Occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor)
5. Occupant classification system control
unit
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag inflators
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag modules
8. Rear-outboard seat belts with
pretensioner(s)
9. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag modules.
10. Satellite sensors
11. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front
seats)
12. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
13. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown;
passengers side similar)
LRS3323 14. Driver and front passenger supple-
1. Crash zone sensor mental knee air bags
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System 15. Door sensors
(front seats) 2. Supplemental front-impact air bag
modules

WARNING • If a forward-facing child restraint is • Do not position the front passenger
installed in the front passenger seat, seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the
To ensure proper operation of the front do not position the front passenger front seat does contact the rear seat,
passenger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag seat so the child restraint contacts the air bag system may determine a
System, please observe the following the instrument panel. If the child re- sensor malfunction has occurred
items. straint does contact the instrument and the front passenger air bag sta-
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear panel, the system may determine the tus light may illuminate and the
seat to push or pull on the seatback seat is occupied and the passenger supplemental air bag warning light
pocket (if so equipped). air bag and front passenger supple- may flash.
• Do not place heavy loads heavier mental knee air bag may deploy in a
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, collision. Also, the front passenger air
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
head restraint/headrest or in the bag status light may not illuminate.
front passenger seats. This system is de-
seatback pocket (if so equipped). For additional information, see “Child
signed to meet certification requirements
restraints” (P. 1-22).
• Make sure that there is nothing under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in
pressing against the rear of the seat- • Confirm the operating condition with Canada. All of the information, cautions
back, such as a child restraint in- the front passenger air bag status and warnings in this manual apply and
stalled in the rear seat or an object light. must be followed.
stored on the floor. • If you notice that the front passenger
The driver supplemental front-impact air
• Make sure that there is no object air bag status light is not operating
bag is located in the center of the steering
placed under the front passenger as described in this section, get the
wheel. The front passenger supplemental
seat. occupant classification system
front-impact air bag is mounted in the in-
checked. It is recommended that you
• Make sure that there is no object strument panel above the glove box. The
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
placed between the seat cushion and front air bags are designed to inflate in
for this service.
center console or between the seat higher severity frontal collisions, although
cushion and the door. • Until you have confirmed with a they may inflate if the forces in another
dealer that your passenger seat oc- type of collision are similar to those of a
cupant classification system is work- higher severity frontal impact. They may
ing properly, position the occupants not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Ve-
in the rear seating positions. hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper front air bag operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System tact NISSAN. Contact information is con- too close to, or is against, the air bag mod-
monitors information from the crash zone tained in the front of this Owner’s Manual. ule during inflation.
sensor and the Air bag Control Unit (ACU). When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud The front air bags deflate quickly after a
Inflator operation is based on the severity noise may be heard, followed by release of collision.
of a collision and seat belt usage for the smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
driver. For the front passenger, the occu- The front air bags operate only when the
does not indicate a fire. Care should be power switch is in the ON position.
pant classification sensor is also moni- taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-
tored. Based on information from the sen- tion and choking. Those with a history of a After the power switch is placed in the
sor, only one front air bag may inflate in a breathing condition should get fresh air ON position, the supplemental air bag
crash, depending on the crash severity. Ad- promptly. warning light illuminates. The supple-
ditionally, the front passenger air bag and mental air bag warning light will turn off
front passenger supplemental knee air Front air bags, along with the use of seat after about 7 seconds if the system is
bag may be automatically turned OFF un- belts, help to cushion the impact force on operational.
der some conditions, depending on the the head and chest of the front occupants.
weight detected on the passenger seat They can help save lives and reduce seri-
and how the seat belt is used. If the front ous injuries. However, an inflating front air
passenger air bag and front passenger bag may cause facial abrasions or other
supplemental knee air bag are OFF, the injuries. Front air bags, other than the driv-
passenger air bag status light will be illumi- er’s and front passenger’s supplemental
nated. For additional information, see knee air bags, do not provide restraint to
“Front passenger air bag and status light” the lower body.
(P. 1-55). One front air bag inflating does not Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
indicate improper performance of the belts should be correctly worn and the
system. driver and front passenger seated upright
If you have any questions about your air as far as practical away from the steering
bag system, it is recommended that you wheel or instrument panel. The front air
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to ob- bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
tain information about the system. If you the front occupants. Because of this, the
are considering modification of your ve- force of the front air bag inflating can in-
hicle due to a disability, you may also con- crease the risk of injury if the occupant is

WARNING Status light
The front passenger seat is equipped with
The front passenger air bag and front an occupant classification sensor (weight
passenger supplemental knee air bag sensor) that turns the front passenger air
are designed to automatically turn OFF bag and front passenger supplemental
under some conditions. Read this sec- knee air bag on or off depending on the
tion carefully to learn how it operates. weight applied to the front passenger seat.
Proper use of the seat, seat belt and The status of the front passenger air bag
child restraints is necessary for most and front passenger supplemental knee
effective protection. Failure to follow all air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front
instructions in this manual concerning passenger air bag status light which
the use of seats, seat belts and child is located on the instrument panel.
restraints can increase the risk or se-
verity of injury in an accident. After the power switch is placed in the “ON”
LRS2980 position, the front passenger air bag status
light on the instrument panel illuminates
Front passenger air bag and status for about 7 seconds and then turns off or
light remains illuminated depending on the
front passenger seat occupied status. The
light operates as follows:
PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND FRONT PASSENGER
CONDITION DESCRIPTION
( ) RESULT SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG STATUS
Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or
Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Small Adult in front passenger seat
Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED
In addition to the above, certain objects For additional information, see “Normal op-
placed on the front passenger seat may eration” (P. 1-57) and “Troubleshooting”
also cause the light to operate as de- (P. 1-58).
scribed above depending on their weight.

Front passenger air bag the child’s weight can be detected and knee air bag OFF for specified child re-
The front passenger air bag and front pas- cause the front passenger air bag and straints as required by regulations. Failing
senger supplemental knee air bag are de- front passenger supplemental knee air to properly secure child restraints and to
signed to automatically turn OFF when the bag to turn OFF. use the ALR mode may allow the restraint
vehicle is operated under some conditions Front passenger seat adult occupants who to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop.
as described below in accordance with U.S. are properly seated and using the seat belt This can also result in the front passenger
regulations. If the front passenger air bag as outlined in this manual should not air bag and front passenger supplemental
and front passenger supplemental knee cause the front passenger air bag and knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of
air bag are OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. front passenger supplemental knee air being OFF. For additional information, see
The driver air bag and other air bags in your bag to be automatically turned OFF. For “Child restraints” (P. 1-22).
vehicle are not part of this system. small adults it may be turned OFF, however If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
The purpose of the regulation is to help if the occupant takes his/her weight off the the front passenger air bag and front pas-
reduce the risk of injury or death from an seat cushion (for example, by not sitting senger supplemental knee air bag are de-
inflating air bag to certain front passenger upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or signed not to inflate in a crash. However,
seat occupants, such as children, by requir- by otherwise being out of position), this heavy objects placed on the seat could re-
ing the front passenger air bag and front could cause the sensors to turn the front sult in air bag inflation, because of the ob-
passenger supplemental knee air bag to passenger air bag and front passenger ject’s weight being detected by the occu-
be automatically turned OFF. Certain sen- supplemental knee air bag OFF. Always be pant classification sensor. Other
sors are used to meet the requirements. sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt conditions could also result in air bag infla-
properly for the most effective protection tion, such as if a child is standing on the
The occupant classification sensor in this by the seat belt and supplemental air bag. seat, or if two children are on the seat, con-
vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to trary to the instructions in this manual. Al-
detect an occupant and objects on the NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and
children be properly restrained in a rear ways be sure that you and all vehicle occu-
seat by weight. For example, if a child is in pants are seated and restrained properly.
the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad- seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-
vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn propriate child restraints and booster Using the front passenger air bag status
the front passenger air bag and front pas- seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If light, you can monitor when the front pas-
senger supplemental knee air bag OFF in this is not possible, the occupant classifica- senger air bag and front passenger
accordance with the regulations. Also, if a tion sensor is designed to operate as de- supplemental knee air bag are automati-
child restraint of the type specified in the scribed above to turn the front passenger cally turned OFF.
regulations is on the seat, its weight and air bag and front passenger supplemental

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the If the front passenger air bag status light Normal operation
front passenger air bag status light is illu- will not illuminate even though you believe In order for the occupant classification
minated (indicating that the front passen- that the child restraint, the seat belts and sensor system to classify the front passen-
ger air bag and front passenger supple- the occupant are properly positioned, it is ger based on weight, please follow the pre-
mental knee air bag are OFF), it could be recommended that you take your vehicle cautions and steps outlined below:
that the person is a small adult, or is not to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A NISSAN
sitting on the seat properly or not using the certified LEAF dealer can check system Precautions
seat belt properly. status by using a special tool. However, un- • Make sure that there are no objects
If a child restraint must be used in the front til you have confirmed with a dealer that weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on
seat, the front passenger air bag status your air bag is working properly, reposition the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
light may or may not be illuminated, de- the occupant or child restraint in a rear • Make sure that a child restraint or other
pending on the size of the child and the seat. object is not pressing against the rear of
type of child restraint being used. If the The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and the seatback.
front passenger air bag status light is not front passenger air bag status light will • Make sure that the rear passenger is not
illuminated (indicating that the front pas- take a few seconds to register a change in pushing or pulling on the back of the front
senger air bag and front passenger the front passenger seat status. This is nor- passenger seat.
supplemental knee air bag might inflate in mal system operation and does not indi- • Make sure that the front passenger seat
a crash), it could be that the child restraint cate a malfunction. or seatback is not forced back against an
or seat belt is not being used properly. If a malfunction occurs in the front passen- object on the seat or floor behind it.
Make sure that the child restraint is in- ger air bag system, the supplemental air • Make sure that there is no object placed
stalled properly, the seat belt is used prop- bag warning light , located in the me- under the front passenger seat.
erly and the occupant is positioned prop- ter and gauges area of the instrument
erly. If the front passenger air bag status Steps
panel, will be illuminated (blinking or
light is still not illuminated, reposition the steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is 1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- (P. 1-2) section of this manual. Sit upright,
tified LEAF dealer for this service. leaning against the seatback, and cen-
tered on the seat cushion with your feet
comfortably extended to the floor.
2. Make sure there are no objects on your
lap.
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Troubleshooting • An object placed between the seat
“Seat belts” (P. 1-11) section of this If you think the front passenger air bag cushion and center console or be-
manual. Front passenger seat belt status light is incorrect: tween the seat cushion and the door.
buckle status is monitored by the occu- If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
pant classification system and is used 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying
the front passenger seat: stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
as an input to determine occupancy correct any of the above conditions. Re-
status. So, it is highly recommended that • Occupant is a small adult — the air bag start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
the front passenger fasten their seat light is functioning as intended. The
belt. front passenger air bag and front pas- NOTE:
senger supplemental knee air bag are A system check will be performed during
4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds
suppressed. which the front passenger air bag status
allowing the system to classify the front
passenger before the vehicle is put into However, if the occupant is not a small light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
motion. adult, then this may be due to the following initially.
conditions that may be interfering with the If the light is still ON after this, the person
5. Ensure proper classification by checking weight sensors:
the front passenger air bag status light. should be advised not to ride in the front
• Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- passenger seat and the vehicle should be
NOTE: ing against the seatback, and cen- checked as soon as possible. It is recom-
tered on the seat cushion with his/her mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
This vehicle’s occupant classification feet comfortably extended to the floor.
sensor system generally keeps the clas- LEAF dealer for this service.
sification locked during driving, so it is • A child restraint or other object press- 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child
important that you confirm that the ing against the rear of the seatback. or child restraint occupying the front
front passenger is properly classified • A rear passenger pushing or pulling on passenger seat.
prior to driving. However, the occupant the back of the front passenger seat. This may be due to the following condi-
classification sensor may recalculate the • Forcing the front seat or seatback tions that may be interfering with the
weight of the occupant under some con- against an object on the seat or floor weight sensors:
ditions (both while driving and when behind it. • Small adult or child is not sitting upright,
stopped), so front passenger seat occu- • An object placed under the front pas- leaning against the seatback, and cen-
pants should continue to remain seated senger seat. tered on the seat cushion with his/her
as outlined above. feet comfortably extended to the floor.

• The child restraint is not properly in- NOTE: Other supplemental front-impact air
stalled, as outlined in the “Child re- bag precautions
straints” (P. 1-22) section of this A system check will be performed during
manual. which the front passenger air bag status
WARNING
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
• An object weighting over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) initially. • Do not place any objects on the
hanging on the seat or placed in the
If the light is still OFF after this, the small steering wheel pad or on the instru-
seatback pocket (if so equipped).
adult, child or child restraint should be re- ment panel. Also, do not place any
• A child restraint or other object press- objects between any occupant and
ing against the rear or the seatback. positioned in the rear seat and the vehicle
should be checked as soon as possible. It is the steering wheel or instrument
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- panel. Such objects may become
the back of the front passenger seat. tified LEAF dealer for this service. dangerous projectiles and cause in-
pushing or pulling on the seatback of jury if the front air bags inflate.
the front passenger seat. 3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger
• Do not place objects with sharp
• Forcing the front seat or seatback and no objects on the front passenger
edges on the seat. Also, do not place
against an object on the seat or floor seat the vehicle should be checked as
heavy objects on the seat that will
behind it. soon as possible. It is recommended
leave permanent impressions in the
• An object placed under the front pas- seat. Such objects can damage the
dealer for this service.
senger seat. seat or occupant classification sen-
• An object placed between the seat sor (weight sensor). This can affect
cushion and center console. the operation of the air bag system
and result in serious personal injury.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
• Do not use water or acidic cleaners
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This
correct any of the above conditions. Re-
can damage the seat or occupant
start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
classification sensor. This can also
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.

• Immediately after inflation, several • Modifying or tampering with the • It is recommended that you visit a
front air bag system components will front passenger seat may result in NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
be hot. Do not touch them; you may serious personal injury. For example, on and around the front air bag sys-
severely burn yourself. do not change the front seats by tem. It is also recommended that you
• No unauthorized changes should be placing material on the seat cushion visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
made to any components or wiring or by installing additional trim mate- for installation of electrical equip-
of the supplemental air bag system. rial, such as seat covers, on the seat ment. The Supplemental Restraint
This is to prevent accidental inflation that is not specifically designed to System (SRS) wiring harnesses*
of the supplemental air bag or dam- assure proper air bag operation. Ad- should not be modified or discon-
age to the supplemental air bag ditionally, do not stow any objects nected. Unauthorized electrical test
system. under the front passenger seat or the equipment and probing devices
• Do not make unauthorized changes seat cushion and seatback. Such ob- should not be used on the air bag
to your vehicle’s electrical system, jects may interfere with the proper system.
suspension system or front end operation of the occupant classifica- • A cracked windshield should be re-
structure. This could affect proper tion sensor (weight sensor). placed immediately by a qualified re-
operation of the front air bag system. • No unauthorized changes should be pair facility. A cracked windshield
• Tampering with the front air bag sys- made to any components or wiring could affect the function of the
tem may result in serious personal of the seat belt system. This may af- supplemental air bag system.
injury. Tampering includes changes fect the front air bag system. Tam-
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
to the steering wheel and the instru- pering with the seat belt system may
yellow and orange for easy
ment panel assembly by placing ma- result in serious personal injury.
identification.
terial over the steering wheel pad
When selling your vehicle, we request that
and above the instrument panel or
you inform the buyer about the front air
by installing additional trim material
bag system and guide the buyer to the
around the air bag system.
appropriate sections in this Owner’s
• Removing or modifying the front Manual.
passenger seat may affect the func-
tion of the air bag system and result
in serious personal injury.

lisions, although they may inflate if the head of occupants in the front and rear
forces in another type of collision are simi- outboard seating positions. They can help
lar to those of a higher severity side impact. save lives and reduce serious injuries. How-
They are designed to inflate on the side ever, side air bags and curtain air bags may
where the vehicle is impacted. They may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air
not inflate in certain side collisions on the bags and curtain air bags do not provide
side where the vehicle is impacted. restraint to the lower body.
The curtain air bags are also designed to The seat belts should be correctly worn
inflate in certain types of rollover collisions and the driver, front passenger and rear
or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle outboard occupants seated upright as far
movements (for example, during severe as practical away from the side air bags.
off-roading) may cause the curtain air Rear seat passengers should be seated as
bags to inflate. far away as practical from the door finish-
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always ers and side roof rails. The side air bags and
LRS3142 curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to
an indication of proper side air bag and
Front and rear outboard curtain air bag operation. help protect the occupants in the outboard
seating positions. Because of this, the force
seat-mounted side-impact When the side air bags and curtain air bags of the side air bags and curtain air bags
supplemental air bag and inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, inflating can increase the risk of injury if the
roof-mounted curtain followed by release of smoke. This smoke is occupant is too close to, or is against, these
side-impact and rollover not harmful and does not indicate a fire. air bag modules during inflation. The side
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it air bags and curtain air bags will deflate
supplemental air bag systems may cause irritation and choking. Those quickly after the collision is over.
The side air bags are located in the outside with a history of a breathing condition
of the seatback of the front seats and rear should get fresh air promptly. The side air bags and curtain air bags
outboard seats. The curtain air bags are operate only when the power switch is in
Side air bags, along with the use of seat the ON position.
located in the side roof rails. All of the in-
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
formation, cautions, and warnings in this
the chest and pelvic area of the front and
manual apply and must be followed. The
rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags
side air bags and curtain air bags are de-
help to cushion the impact force to the
signed to inflate in higher severity side col-

After turning the power switch to the ON • Do not make unauthorized changes *The SRS wiring harness connectors are
position, the supplemental air bag to your vehicle’s electrical system, yellow and orange for easy
warning light illuminates. The supple- suspension system or side panel. identification.
mental air bag warning light will turn off This could affect proper operation of When selling your vehicle, we request that
after about 7 seconds if the systems are the side air bag and curtain air bag you inform the buyer about the side air bag
operational. systems. and curtain air bag systems and guide the
• Tampering with the side air bag sys- buyer to the appropriate sections in this
WARNING Owner’s Manual.
tem may result in serious personal
• Do not place any objects near the injury. For example, do not change
seatback of the front and rear seats. the front and rear seats by placing
Also, do not place any objects (an material near the seatbacks or by in-
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front stalling additional trim material,
and rear door finishers and the front such as seat covers, around the side
and rear seats. Such objects may be- air bag.
come dangerous projectiles and • It is recommended that you visit a
cause injury if a side air bag inflates. NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
• Right after inflation, several side air around and on the side air bag and
bag and curtain air bag system com- curtain air bag systems. It is also rec-
ponents will be hot. Do not touch ommended that you visit a NISSAN
them; you may severely burn certified LEAF dealer for installation
yourself. of electrical equipment. The Supple-
• No unauthorized changes should be mental Restraint System (SRS) wiring
made to any components or wiring harnesses* should not be modified or
of the side air bag and curtain air bag disconnected. Unauthorized electri-
systems. This is to prevent damage cal test equipment and probing de-
to or accidental inflation of the side vices should not be used on the side
air bag and curtain air bag systems. air bag and curtain supplemental air
bag systems.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the im-
pact force on the knees of the driver and
passenger. It can help reduce serious inju-
ries. However, an inflating knee air bag may
cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee
air bag provides restraint to the lower body.
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to
help protect the occupants. Because of
this, the force of the knee air bag inflating
can increase the risk of injury if the occu-
pant is too close to, or is against, this air bag
module during inflation. The knee air bag
will deflate quickly after the collision is over
OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for
LRS3347 LRS3250 a short time.
Driver’s side Passenger’s side
The knee air bag operates only when the
Driver and front passenger Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always power switch is placed in the ON
supplemental knee air bag an indication of proper knee air bag position.
operation.
The knee air bag is located in the knee After placing the power switch in the ON
bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud position, the supplemental air bag
side. All of the information, cautions and noise may be heard, followed by release of warning light illuminates. The supple-
warnings in this manual apply and must smoke. This smoke is not harmful and mental air bag warning light will turn off
be followed. The knee air bag is designed does not indicate a fire. Care should be after about 7 seconds if the system is
to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita- operational.
although it may inflate if the forces in an- tion and choking. Those with a history of a
other type of collision are similar to those of breathing condition should get fresh air
a higher severity frontal impact. It may not promptly.
inflate in certain collisions.

WARNING • It is recommended that you visit a • If the vehicle becomes involved in a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work collision but pretensioner(s) are not
• Do not place any objects between the on and around the knee air bag. It is activated, be sure to have the preten-
knee bolster and the driver’s or pas- also recommended that you visit a sioner system checked and, if neces-
senger’s seat. Such objects may be- NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for in- sary, replaced. It is recommended
come dangerous projectiles and stallation of electrical equipment. that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
cause injury if a knee air bag inflates. The SRS wiring harnesses* should dealer for this service.
• Right after inflation, the knee air bag not be modified or disconnected. Un- • No unauthorized changes should be
system components will be hot. Do authorized electrical test equipment made to any components or wiring
not touch them; you may severely and probing devices should not be of the pretensioner system. This is to
burn yourself. used on the knee air bag system. prevent damage to or accidental ac-
• No unauthorized changes should be *The SRS wiring harness or connectors tivation of the pretensioner(s). Tam-
made to any components or wiring are yellow or orange for easy pering with the pretensioner system
of the knee air bag system. This is to identification. may result in serious personal injury.
prevent damage to or accidental in- • It is recommended that you visit a
flation of the knee air bag system. When selling your vehicle, we request that
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
you inform the buyer about the knee air
• Do not make unauthorized changes around and on the pretensioner sys-
bag system and guide the buyer to the
to your vehicle's electrical system or tem. It is also recommended that you
appropriate sections in this manual.
suspension system. This could affect visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
proper operation of the knee air bag for installation of electrical equip-
system. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) ment. Unauthorized electrical test
• Tampering with the knee air bag sys- (front and rear outboard seats) equipment and probing devices
tem may result in serious personal should not be used on the preten-
injury. For example, do not change WARNING sioner system.
the driver or passenger knee bolster • The pretensioner(s) cannot be re- • If you need to dispose of the preten-
or install additional trim material used after activation. They must be sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-
around the knee air bag. replaced together with the retractor ommended that you visit a NISSAN
and buckle as a unit. certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Incorrect disposal procedures could
cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate The supplemental air bag warning light
with the supplemental air bag system in is used to indicate malfunctions in the
certain types of collisions. Working with the pretensioner system. For additional infor-
seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help mation, see “Supplemental air bag warning
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be- light” (P. 1-66). If the operation of the supple-
comes involved in certain types of colli- mental air bag warning light indicates
sions, helping to restrain front and rear out- there is a malfunction, have the system
board seat occupants. checked. It is recommended that you visit a
The pretensioner(s) are encased with the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
seat belt retractor and to the seat belt an- service.
chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle. When selling your vehicle, we request that
These seat belts are used the same way as you inform the buyer about the preten-
conventional seat belts. sioner system and guide the buyer to the
When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re- appropriate sections in this Owner’s
Manual. LRS2620
leased and a loud noise may be heard. This
smoke is not harmful and does not indi- A. Supplemental front-impact air bag sys-
cate a fire. Care should be taken not to tem warning labels
inhale it, as it may cause irritation and SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
choking. Those with a history of a breath- LABELS
ing condition should get fresh air promptly.
After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load
limiters allow the seat belt to release web-
bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against
the chest.

cuits include air bag systems, pretension- WARNING
er(s) and all related wiring.
When the power switch is in the ON posi- If the supplemental air bag warning
tion, the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
then turns off. This means the system is knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys-
operational. tems will not operate in an accident. To
help avoid injury to yourself or others,
If any of the following conditions occur, the have your vehicle checked as soon as
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, possible. It is recommended that you
knee air bag and pretensioner systems visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
need servicing: this service.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 Repair and replacement
SPA1097 seconds. procedure
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING flashes intermittently. The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
bags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) are
LIGHT • The supplemental air bag warning light
designed to activate on a one-time-only
The supplemental air bag warning light, does not come on at all.
basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged,
displaying in the instrument panel, Under these conditions, the front air bag, the supplemental air bag warning light will
monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag remain illuminated after inflation has oc-
Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zone and pretensioner systems may not oper- curred. These systems should be repaired
sensor, occupant classification sensor, the ate properly. They must be checked and and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is
supplemental front-impact air bag, front repaired. It is recommended that you visit recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
and rear outboard seat-mounted side- the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer tified LEAF dealer for this service.
impact supplemental air bag, roof- for this service.
mounted curtain side-impact supplemen-
tal air bag, knee air bag and seat belt
pretensioner systems. The monitored cir-

When maintenance work is required on the • If you need to dispose of a supple-
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
curtain air bags, knee air bags and preten- tem or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-
sioner(s) and related parts should be mended that you visit a NISSAN
pointed out to the person performing the certified LEAF dealer for this service.
maintenance. The power switch should al- Correct supplemental air bag and
ways be in the LOCK position when work- pretensioner system disposal proce-
ing under the hood or inside the vehicle. dures are set forth in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect
WARNING disposal procedures could cause
• Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur- personal injury.
tain air bag or knee air bag has in- • If there is an impact to your vehicle
flated, the air bag module will not from any direction, your Occupant
function again and must be replaced. Classification Sensor (OCS) should be
Additionally, the activated preten- checked. It is recommended that you
sioner(s) must also be replaced. The visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to
air bag module and pretensioner(s) verify it is still functioning correctly.
should be replaced. It is recom- The OCS should be checked even if no
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- air bags deploy as a result of the im-
tified LEAF dealer for this service. The pact. Failure to verify proper OCS
air bag modules and pretensioner function may result in an improper
system cannot be repaired. air bag deployment resulting in in-
• The front air bag, side air bag, curtain jury or death.
air bag and knee air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected if there is any damage to
the front end or side portion of the
vehicle. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.

2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Warning information displays

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 (models with a navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Washer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . . . . 2-9 Rear wiper operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Rear window and outside mirror
Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 (if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
ECO mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
e-Pedal system indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
Warning lights, indicator lights and audible system (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 system (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Warning/Indicator lights (red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Warning/Indicator lights (other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Emblem Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
How to use the vehicle information ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-60
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Emergency call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . 2-60
Vehicle information display warnings
and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Immediate Charge switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Dynamic driver assistance switch Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Tonneau cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Steering Assist switch (for models with Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Seatback Pocket (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Room light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
COCKPIT
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)
Audio control*
Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-26)
4. Steering wheel (P. 3-22)
Power steering system (P. 5-161)
Horn (P. 2-58)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-44)
5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-47)
(right side)
Cruise control switches (if so equipped)
(P. 5-65)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches
ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
7. Shift lever (P. 5-14)
ECO switch (P. 2-58)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-21)
9. Parking brake (switch type)
LII2624 10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever
1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip 2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and (P. 3-23)
odometer (P. 2-5) turn signal switch (P. 2-50, 2-57, 2-56)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-56)
2-2 Instruments and controls
11. Lower instrument panel switches
Charge port lid switch (P. 2-61)
Immediate charge switch (P. 2-61)
Heated steering wheel switch
Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 2-62)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-25, 5-30, 5-45, 2-61)
12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-15)
Instruments and controls 2-3

INSTRUMENT PANEL
6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-44)
7. Glove box (P. 2-66)
8. Front passenger supplemental knee
airbag (P. 1-63)
9. Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-29)
10. Power outlet (P. 2-64)
11. Front heated seat switches
12. USB connection port*
13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-9)
14. Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-55)
15. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-63)
16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
LII2625
1. Vents (P. 4-28) 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 5. Rear window and outside mirror
Vehicle information display (P. 2-26) (if so equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-49)
3. Center multi-function control panel*

METERS AND GAUGES
Indicator for timer (P. CH-46)

Power meter (P. 2-7)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/Hazard indicator light
(P. 2-25)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-25)
3. Speedometer (P. 2-5)
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
The vehicle is equipped with a speedom-
eter and odometer. The speedometer is
located on the right side of the vehicle in-
formation display. The odometer is located
within the vehicle information display.
LIC3861
1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-26) Li-ion battery available charge gauge
Clock (P. 2-34) (P. 2-9)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12) Driving range (P. 2-8)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-5)

Changing the display:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch O 1 located
on the left side of the instrument panel
changes the display as follows:
Odometer → TRIP A → TRIP B → Odometer
For additional information about the ve-
hicle information display, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display” (P. 2-26).
Resetting the trip odometer:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch O 1 for ap-
proximately 1 second resets the currently
displayed trip odometer to zero.
LIC3862 LIC3863
Speedometer Odometer/twin trip odometer

The speedometer indicates the vehicle The odometer and twin trip odometer O 2
speed. are displayed on the vehicle information
display when the power switch is in the ON
or READY to drive position.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the dis-
tance of individual trips.

NOTE:
• If the display indicates that the tem-
perature of the Li-ion battery is near
the red zone end of the normal range,
reduce vehicle speed to decrease the
temperature. If the indicator is over the
normal range, the power provided to
the traction motor is reduced when the
power limitation indicator light is illu-
minated. Therefore, the vehicle is not
as responsive when the accelerator is
depressed while the power limitation
light is illuminated. For additional in-
formation, see “Power limitation indi-
LIC3875 cator light” (P. 2-23). LIC3864
LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE • If the outside temperature is extremely POWER METER

low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may
GAUGE not display a temperature reading. The This meter displays the actual traction mo-
The gauge indicates the temperature of vehicle may not be able to be put in the tor power consumption O A and the regen-
the Li-ion battery. READY to drive mode. Have the system erative brake power provided to the Li-ion
checked. It is recommended that you battery OB .
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is
within the normal range when the display visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for The power meter is in a neutral state O
3 .
is within the zone O shown in the this service.

1 The white illuminated portion O
1 in the dis-
illustration. play moves right or left depending on
The temperature of the Li-ion battery var- demand.
ies according to the outside air tempera- The white illuminated portion O 1 moves to
ture and driving conditions. the right when power is provided to the
traction motor (Li-ion battery discharges).

when the Li-ion battery temperature is
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge)
to prevent Li-ion battery damage.
The more regenerative braking is reduced,
the more illuminated segments on the dis-
play are narrowed O2 .
If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power

provided to the traction motor is reduced.
Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion
battery temperature is high/low (indicated
by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery
temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery
LIC3865 charge level is low. LIC5358
The white illuminated portion O The more power provided to the traction
1 moves to
motor is reduced, the more illuminated
DRIVING RANGE
the left when power is generated and pro-
segments on the display are narrowed O
2 . The driving range O 1 provides an esti-
vided to the Li-ion battery by the regenera-
mated distance that the vehicle can be
tive brake system (Li-ion battery charging). NOTE: driven before recharging is necessary. The
The power meter also indicates if the driving range is constantly being calcu-
If the power meter is selected on the trip
power provided to the motor is limited or if lated, based on the amount of available
computer, the meter is not displayed.
regenerative braking is limited. When Li-ion battery charge and the actual power
power or regenerative braking is limited, consumption average.
the illuminated segments on the display
When the power switch is placed in the OFF
are narrowed O 2 .
position, it remains for approximately 30
Regenerative braking is automatically re- seconds.
duced when the Li-ion battery is fully
charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from
becoming overcharged. Regenerative
braking is also automatically reduced
NOTE: Charge the Li-ion battery before the blue
• The driving range display will flash bar of the gauge O1 disappears.
when the low battery charge indicator The low battery charge indicator O3
illuminates. Additionally, if you con- illuminates yellow when the available Li-ion
tinue to drive the vehicle in this state battery charge is getting low. Charge as
and the Li-ion battery is close to being soon as it is convenient, preferably before
completely discharged, “---” will be the blue bar of the gauge O 1 disappears.
displayed. Charge the Li-ion battery as When the blue bar of the gauge O 1 disap-
soon as possible. When the Li-ion bat- pears and the charge indicator O3
tery is charged, the original display will illuminates, there is a very small reserve of
be restored. Li-ion battery charge remaining.
• After the vehicle is charged, the dis-
played driving range is calculated NOTE:
based on the actual average energy • The length of the blue bar of the gauge
consumption of the previous driving. LIC4659 O1 is determined by the available
The displayed driving range will vary LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE charge and the amount of charge the
every time the vehicle is fully charged. Li-ion battery is capable of storing at
CHARGE GAUGE the current temperature.
• The driving range increases or de-
creases when the air conditioner, 䊊
1 This gauge indicates the approximate
heater or Li-ion battery warmer (if so available Li-ion battery charge to run
equipped) is turned on or off, or when the vehicle.
the ECO mode is selected, or when any 䊊
2 This figure shows the current state of
other accessory is turned on or off charge (%) of the vehicle.
based on driving (for models with
40kWh battery). 䊊
3 Low battery charge indicator :
This indicator illuminates yellow when
• If the rear seat belt reminder message
the available Li-ion battery charge is
is displayed, the driving range display
getting low.
is temporarily unavailable.

• Temperature affects the amount of Estimated Charge Time
charge the Li-ion battery is capable of The Estimated Charge Time mode shows
storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of the estimated time charge the Li-ion bat-
storing less power when the Li-ion battery to a full level. Immediately after the
tery temperature is cold. The Li-ion power switch is placed in the ON position,
battery is capable of storing more longer charging time may be displayed
power when the Li-ion battery tem- than the actual time required.
perature is warm. The length of the
blue bar of the gauge O 1 can change
based on the amount of power the Li-
ion battery is capable of storing. For
example, when the Li-ion battery be-
comes colder, a longer blue bar of the
gauge O 1 illuminates because the
available charge is a greater percent- LIC5359
age of the Li-ion battery's capability of Not charging
storing power. When the Li-ion battery
How to read the display:
becomes warmer, a shorter blue bar of
the gauge O 1 illuminates because the The displayed charging time is calculated
remaining energy is a lower percent- based on the electrical (supplied to the
age of the Li-ion battery's capability of charger), which is selected in the [Charge
storing power. Time Screen] setting under the EV Settings
menu. The display shows:
O
1 The currently remaining Li-ion battery
charge level.
O
2 The estimated charging time to reach
each percentage (25%, 50%, 75%, 100%) of
the Li-ion battery level.
• If the estimated charging time is longer
than 24 hours, [Over 24hr] is displayed.

O
5 The electrical power that is actually sup- • The displayed charging time on each
plied while quick charging. percentage level is the current estima-
tion, and the actual charging time will
O
6 The remaining charging time before the
vary depending on the conditions of
quick charger is shut off.
the vehicle or the state of charge.
When charging is not performed, pushing • Right after starting or stopping
the OK button on the steering wheel will charge, the estimated charging time
switch the display to the [Charge Time may differ from the actual charging
Screen]. Select the electrical power that time. The actual charging time will be
you wish to show in the Estimated Charge displayed after a period of time.
Time display.
NOTE:
• While charging, the estimated charg-
ing time is calculated based on the
LIC5360
electrical power that is currently being
While charging (quick charge) supplied to the charger.
• When the currently remaining Li-ion bat- • The electrical power for the normal
tery level exceeds each percentage level, charging is displayed at a fixed value.
the charging time will be displayed as Therefore, the displayed electrical
[---]. power may differ from the one that is
• When the Li-ion battery was fully charge, actually supplied.
all the charging time information will be • For the quick charging, the electrical
displayed as [---]. power display will change to the actual
O3 The currently selected electrical power electrical power while charging. If the
(supplied to the charger). charging is stopped or the power sup-
ply is stopped (unplugged, etc.), the
O
4 The estimated charge level of the Li-ion
displayed electrical power returns to
battery to be reached when the remaining
charging time has passed. the selected electrical power.

LIC4348 LIC3868 LIC3869
LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE CLOCK

GAUGE The outside air temperature is displayed in Adjust the clock on the setting screen of
This gauge displays the available capacity °F or °C. the vehicle information display. For addi-
of the Li-ion battery remaining to store The display may differ from the actual out- tional information, see “Settings” (P. 2-28). If
power. side temperature displayed on various the power supply (12-volt battery) is dis-
signs or billboards. connected, the clock will not indicate the
To check this gauge, select it in the trip
correct time. Readjust the time.
computer menu.

LIC3870 LIC3871
ECO MODE INDICATOR E-PEDAL SYSTEM INDICATOR

The ECO mode indicator illuminates in the This indicator "e-Pedal" illuminates within
vehicle information display when the ECO the vehicle information display when the
mode has been activated. The ECO mode e-Pedal system has been activated. The
is used to help extend the range that the "e-Pedal OFF" illuminates when the system
vehicle can be driven by consuming less has been deactivated. For additional infor-
power. For additional information, see "ECO mation, see “e-Pedal system” (P. 5-21).
mode" (P. 5-157).

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS
AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)
12-volt battery charge warning light or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Exterior light indicator light (green)
warning light
or Brake warning light Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri- Front fog light indicator light (green)
ans (VSP) OFF system warning light (if so equipped)
Electric shift control system warning light Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with High Beam Assist indicator light (green)
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
or Electronic parking brake or Brake system warning light High beam indicator light (blue)
indicator light (if so equipped)
Master warning light Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light Plug-in indicator light (green)
Seat belt warning light or Electronic parking brake READY to drive indicator light (green)
system warning light
(if so equipped)
Security indicator light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)
Supplemental air bag warning light Low tire pressure warning light
Master warning light

Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)
Power limitation indicator light
Power steering warning light
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light
Slip indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

indicator light

CHECKING LIGHTS 12-volt battery charge It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
warning light certified LEAF dealer for this service.
With all doors closed, apply the parking
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the The DC/DC converter converts 400–volt Li- CAUTION
power switch for LEAF to the ON position ion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt
without starting the EV system. The follow- battery. • The DC/DC converter system may
ing lights (if so equipped) will come on: not be functioning properly if the 12-
This light illuminates continuously after the
, , or , ; bulb is checked when the power switch is volt battery charge warning light illu-
in the ON position, and turns off when the minates continuously when the
The following lights (if so equipped) come power switch is in the READY to drive
on briefly and then turn off: power switch is placed in the READY to
drive position. position. Immediately stop the ve-
or (yellow), , or hicle in a safe location and have the
When this warning light illuminates, a system checked. It is recommended
(red), or , , , ,
chime sounds and the following warnings that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
, , , are also displayed. dealer for this service.
If any light does not come on or operate in • Master warning (red) • The DC/DC converter system may
a way other than described, it may indicate • EV system warning light not be functioning properly if the 12-
a burned-out bulb and/or a system mal- volt warning light illuminates con-
The following messages also flash on and
function. Have the system checked. It is tinuously when the power switch is in
off on the vehicle information display.
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- the READY to drive position. Do not
tified LEAF dealer for this service. If the vehicle is being driven; “Stop the ve- charge the 12-volt battery while this
hicle” and if the vehicle is stopped; “When warning light is illuminated. It may
Some indicators and warnings are also dis-
parked apply parking brake”. When these lead to a malfunction of the DC/DC
played on the vehicle information display.
messages flash, immediately stop the ve- converter system. Have the system
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
hicle in a safe location, pull the parking checked. It is recommended that you
formation display” (P. 2-26).
brake switch and push the P (Park) position visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red) switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle for this service.
in the P (Park) position. The warning on the
For additional information, see “Vehicle in- meter and the chime stops when the park-
formation display” (P. 2-26) ing brake is operated or the vehicle is in the
P (Park) position. Have the system checked.

NOTE: or Brake warning 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is
• If the vehicle does not go into the light necessary, add fluid and have the sys-
READY to drive position (when the tem checked. It is recommended that
When the power switch is placed in the ON you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
power switch is pushed and the brake position or in the READY to drive position,
pedal is depressed), jump-start the ve- for this service. For additional informa-
the light remains illuminated for about a tion, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-7).
hicle to place the power switch in the few seconds. If the light illuminates at any
READY to drive position. For additional other time, it may indicate that the hydrau- 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
information, see “Jump starting” lic brake system is not functioning properly. warning system checked. It is recom-
(P. 6-10). If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
• Do not jump-start the vehicle if the the vehicle immediately and have the sys- LEAF dealer for this service.
conditions below occur. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you
tem checked. It is recommended that visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this WARNING
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer service.
for this service: • Your brake system may not be work-
– If the 12-volt charge warning light Parking brake indicator ing properly if the warning light is on.
turns off when the vehicle is in the When the power switch is placed in the ON Driving could be dangerous. If you
READY to drive mode, the 12-volt bat- position, the light comes on when the park- judge the brake system to be safe,
tery may be discharged or there may ing brake is applied. drive carefully to the nearest service
be a malfunction in the 12-volt bat- station for repairs. Otherwise, have
Low brake fluid warning light your vehicle towed because driving it
tery related system.
– If the 12-volt charge warning light When the power switch is in the ON posi- could be dangerous.
continues to illuminate when the ve- tion, the light warns of a low brake fluid • Pressing the brake pedal when the
hicle is in the READY to drive mode, level. If this warning light illuminates, the power switch position is not in the
there may be a malfunction in the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning ON or READY to drive position and/or
DC/DC converter. Have the system light and the brake system warning light low brake fluid level may increase the
checked. It is recommended that you (yellow) also illuminate. stopping distance and braking will
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer If the light illuminates while the power require greater pedal effort as well as
for this service. switch is in the READY to drive position with pedal travel.
the parking brake not applied, stop the ve-
hicle and perform the following items.

• If the brake fluid level is below the or Electronic parking For additional information, see “Seat belts”
minimum or MIN mark on the brake brake indicator (P. 1-11) or “Rear seat belt reminder” (P. 2-39)
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the for precautions on seat belt usage.
light (if so
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
equipped) Security
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this When the power switch is placed in the ON indicator light
service. position, the light comes on when the park-
This light blinks when the power switch is in
ing brake is applied.
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This func-
Electric shift control system tion indicates the security system
warning light Master warning light equipped on the vehicle is operational.
This light illuminates to warn when a mal- There are two types of master warning If the security system is malfunctioning,
function occurs in the electric shift control lights: yellow and red. These lights illumi- this light will remain on while the power
system. When the master warning light illu- nate if any warning lights or indicator lights switch is in the ON position. For additional
minates, the chime sounds and the mes- are illuminated or if various vehicle infor- information, see “Security systems” (P. 2-44).
sage, “When parked apply parking brake”, is mation warnings appear in the vehicle in-
displayed on the vehicle information formation display. Supplemental air bag
display. warning light
This light illuminates when a red warning
When the power switch is in the OFF posi- light within the vehicle information display After turning the power switch to the ON
tion, the chime sounds continuously. Make is illuminated or when a warning is dis- position, the supplemental air bag warning
sure the parking brake is applied. played on the vehicle information display. light will illuminate. The supplemental air
Have the system checked. It is recom- bag warning light will turn off after about 7
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified Seat belt seconds if the supplemental front air bag
LEAF dealer for this service. warning light and supplemental side air bag, curtain
side-impact air bag systems and/or pre-
The light and chime remind you to fasten tensioner seat belt are operational.
the driver and passenger seat belts.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
The rear seats may also be equipped with a front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
seat belt reminder warning. and pretensioner systems need servicing

and your vehicle must be taken to your WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Approaching Vehicle
nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. (yellow) Sound for Pedestrians
• The supplemental air bag warning light (VSP) system OFF
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
remains on after approximately 7
seconds.
formation display” (P. 2-26) warning light
• The supplemental air bag warning light The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
or Anti-lock trians (VSP) system OFF warning light is
flashes intermittently.
Braking System located on the instrument panel.
does not illuminate at all. (ABS) warning This light comes on if there is a malfunction
light in the VSP system.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-
mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre- When the power switch is in the ON or If the VSP system OFF warning light illumi-
tensioners may not function properly. READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Brak- nates while the power switch is in the ON
ing System (ABS) warning light illuminates position, or in the READY to drive position, it
For additional information, see “Supple- and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is may indicate the VSP system is not func-
mental restraint system (SRS)” (P. 1-44). operational. tioning properly. Have the system checked.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
WARNING certified LEAF dealer for this service.
the power switch is in the READY to drive
If the supplemental air bag warning position, or while driving, it may indicate the For additional information, see “Approach-
light is on, it could mean that the front ABS is not functioning properly. Have the ing Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP)
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag system checked. It is recommended that system” (P. EV-27).
and/or pretensioner systems will not you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
operate in an accident. To help avoid this service. Automatic Emergency
injury to yourself or others, have your If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock Braking (AEB) with
vehicle checked. It is recommended function is turned off. The brake system
Pedestrian Detection
then operates normally, but without anti-
dealer as soon as possible for this lock assistance. For additional information,
system warning light
service. see “Brake system” (P. 5-161). This light comes on when the power switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the EV system is started.

This light illuminates when the AEB with If the BRAKE warning light (red) also illumi- • The cooperative regenerative brake
Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF nates, stop the vehicle immediately and system may not be working properly
in the vehicle information display. have the system checked. It is recom- if the brake system warning light illu-
If the light illuminates when the AEB with mended that you visit a NISSAN certified minates when the READY to drive in-
Pedestrian Detection system is on, it may LEAF dealer for this service. For additional dicator light is ON. If you judge it to be
indicate that the system is unavailable. For information, see “Brake system” (P. 5-161). safe, drive carefully to the nearest
additional information, see “Automatic service station for repairs. Otherwise,
Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian WARNING have your vehicle towed because
Detection” (P. 5-130) and “Intelligent Forward • Pressing the brake pedal when the driving could be dangerous.
Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-141). power switch position is not in the
ON or READY to drive position and/or Electric Vehicle (EV) system
or Brake system low brake fluid level may increase the warning light
warning light stopping distance and braking will This light illuminates if there is a malfunc-
require greater pedal effort as well as tion in the following systems. Have the sys-
This light functions for both the coopera- pedal travel. tem checked. It is recommended that you
tive regenerative brake and the electroni- • If the brake fluid level is below the visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
cally driven intelligent brake systems. minimum or MIN mark on the brake service.
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the • Traction motor and inverter system
When the power switch is placed in the ON brake system has been checked. It is
position or in the READY to drive position, • Charge port or on-board charger
recommended that you visit a
the light remains illuminated for about 2 or NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this • Li-ion battery system
3 seconds. If the light illuminates at any service. • Cooling system
other time, it may indicate that the coop-
• Shift control system
erative regenerative brake and/or the elec-
tronically driven intelligent brake systems • Emergency shut off system is activated.
are not functioning properly. Have the sys- For additional information, see “Emer-
tem checked. It is recommended that you gency shut-off system” (P. EV-10).
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.

or Electronic Low tire pressure warning warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to
parking brake light check the tire pressure.
system warning Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres- The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning
light (if so sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni- appears each time the power switch is
tors the tire pressure of all tires. placed in the ON position as long as the low
equipped) tire pressure warning light remains
The electronic parking brake system The low tire pressure warning light warns illuminated.
warning light function for the electronic of low tire pressure or indicates that the
braking brake system. When the power TPMS is not functioning properly. For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
switch is placed in the ON position, the light formation display” (P. 2-26, “Tire Pressure
After the power switch is placed in the ON Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4) and
illuminates for a few seconds. If the position, this light illuminates for about 1
warning light illuminates at any other time, (P. 6-3).
second and then turns off.
it may indicate that the electronic parking TPMS malfunction
brake system is not function properly. Have Low tire pressure warning
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the
the system checked immediately. It is rec- If the vehicle is being driven with low tire low tire pressure warning light will flash for
ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- pressure, the warning light will illuminate. approximately 1 minute when the power
fied LEAF dealer for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning switch is placed in the ON position. The
also appears on the vehicle information light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have
Front passenger air bag display. the system checked. It is recommended
status light When the low tire pressure warning light that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
The front passenger air bag status light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low—
(located on the center of the instrument tire pressure to the recommended COLD Add Air” warning does not appear if the low
panel) will be lit and the passenger front air tire pressure shown on the Tire and Load- tire pressure warning light illuminates to
bag and passenger knee airbag will be ing Information label. The low tire pressure indicate a TPMS malfunction.
turned off depending on how the front pas- warning light does not automatically turn For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
senger seat is being used. off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After formation display” (P. 2-26, “Tire Pressure
For front passenger air bag status light op- the tire is inflated to the recommended Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4 and (P.
eration, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- pressure, the vehicle must be driven at 6-3).
tem (front seats)” (P. 1-52). speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate
the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure

WARNING light OFF. If the light still illuminates CAUTION
while driving after adjusting the tire
• Radio waves could adversely affect pressure, a tire may be flat or the • The TPMS is not a substitute for the
electric medical equipment. Those TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you regular tire pressure check. Be sure
who use a pacemaker should contact have a flat tire, replace it with a re- to check the tire pressure regularly.
the electric medical equipment placement tire as soon as possible. If • If the vehicle is being driven at
manufacturer for the possible influ- no tire is flat and all tires are properly speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h),
ences before use. inflated, have the vehicle checked. It the TPMS may not operate correctly.
• If the light does not illuminate when is recommended that you visit a
• Be sure to install the specified size of
the power switch is placed in the ON NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
tires to the four wheels correctly.
position, have the vehicle checked. It service.
is recommended that you visit a • When using a wheel without the Master warning light
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon TPMS such as a spare tire, the TPMS
as possible for this service. will not function and the low tire There are two types of master warning
• If the light illuminates while driving, pressure warning light will flash for lights: yellow and red. These lights illumi-
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or approximately 1 minute. The light will nate if any warning lights or indicator lights
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle remain on after 1 minute. Have the are illuminated or if various vehicle infor-
speed, pull off the road to a safe loca- system checked. It is recommended mation warnings appear in the vehicle in-
tion and stop the vehicle as soon as that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF formation display.
possible. Driving with under-inflated dealer as soon as possible for tire re-
placement and/or system resetting. This light illuminates when a yellow
tires may permanently damage the
• Replacing tires with those not origi- warning light within the vehicle information
tires and increase the likelihood of
nally specified by NISSAN could af- display is illuminated or when a message is
tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
fect the proper operation of the displayed on the vehicle information
could occur and may lead to an acci-
TPMS. display.
dent and could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death. Check the tire
pressure for all four tires. Adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended
COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label to
turn the low tire pressure warning
Power limitation cation. The Li-ion battery temperature may NOTE:
indicator light be increased by charging the Li-ion battery.
You can reduce charging time and keep
When the power limitation indicator light is If the light illuminates when the EV system the Li-ion battery temperature lower if
illuminated, the power provided to the trac- becomes hot due to continuous hill climbing, you:
tion motor is reduced. Therefore the ve- either continue driving at a slower safe speed • Charge more frequently in smaller
hicle is not as responsive when the accel- or stop the vehicle in a safe location. If this amounts, and
erator is depressed while the power indicator does not turn off, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a • Keep the battery at a higher level of
limitation light is illuminated. charge.
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
When this light comes on, the warning dis-
play appears within the vehicle information The indicator illuminates when a part in the Power steering
display. Follow the instructions provided on EV system has malfunctioned. If the indica- warning light
the vehicle information display. tor illuminates in a situation other than
those described above, or if it does not turn When the power switch is in the ON posi-
This light illuminates in the following off, there may be a system malfunction. tion, the electric power steering warning
conditions. Have the system checked. It is recom- light illuminates and turns off when the
• Li-ion battery available charge is ex- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified power switch is placed in the READY to
tremely low LEAF dealer for this service. drive position. This indicates the electric
• Li-ion battery temperature is very low power steering system is operational.
(approximately −4°F (−20°C) WARNING If the electric power steering warning light
• When the temperature of the EV system illuminates while the READY to drive indica-
is high (motor, inverter, coolant system, Power limitation mode can result in re- tor light is ON, it may indicate the electric
Li-ion battery etc.) duced power and vehicle speed. The re- power steering system is not functioning
duced speed may be lower than other properly and may need servicing. Have the
• When the EV system has a malfunction. traffic, which could increase the chance electric power steering system checked. It
If the low battery charge indicator is illumi- of a collision. Be especially careful is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
nated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as when driving. If the vehicle cannot certified LEAF dealer for this service.
possible. maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
the side of the road in a safe area. When the electric power steering warning
If this indicator illuminates because the Li- light illuminates while the READY to drive
Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge
ion battery is cold due to low outside tem- indicator is ON, the power assist to the
is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool.
peratures, move the vehicle to a warmer lo- steering will cease operation but you will
still have control of the vehicle. At this time, You may feel or hear the system working; Exterior light
greater steering efforts are required to op- this is normal. The light will blink for a few indicator light (green)
erate the steering wheel, especially in seconds after the VDC system stops limit-
sharp turns and at low speeds. ing wheel spin. This indicator illuminates when the head-
light switch is turned to the AUTO, or
For additional information, see “Power The indicator light also comes on when position and the front parking lights,
steering system” (P. 5-161). you place the power switch in the ON side marker lights, tail and license plate
position. lights are on. The indicator turns off when
Rear Automatic Braking The light will turn off after approximately 2 these lights are turned off.
(RAB) warning light seconds if the system is operational. If the
This light comes on when the power switch light does not come on, have the system Front fog light indicator
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after checked. It is recommended that you visit a light (green) (if so
the EV system is started. NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this equipped)
service.
This light illuminates when the RAB system The front fog indicator light illuminates
is turned off in the vehicle information when the front fog lights are on. For addi-
display.
Vehicle Dynamic Control tional information, see “Fog light switch”
(VDC) OFF indicator light (P. 2-57).
If the light illuminates when the RAB sys-
tem is on, it may indicate that the system is This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dy-
unavailable. For additional information, see namic Control (VDC) is turned off in the High Beam Assist indicator
“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-125). vehicle information display. This indicates light (green)
that the VDC system is not operating. For
The indicator light illuminates when the
Slip indicator light additional information, see “Vehicle Dy-
headlights come on while the headlight
namic Control (VDC) system” (P. 5-164).
switch is in the AUTO position with the high
This indicator light will blink when the VDC beam selected. This indicates that the high
system or the traction control system is WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
beam assist system is operational. For ad-
operating, thus alerting that the vehicle is (other) ditional information, see “High Beam Assist”
nearing its traction limits. The road surface For additional information, see “Vehicle in- (P. 2-53).
may be slippery. formation display” (P. 2-26)

High beam indicator light • The READY to drive indicator light turns Electric shift control system
(blue) off immediately before the Li-ion battery reminder chime
is completely discharged. If the Li-ion bat-
This light illuminates when the headlight tery becomes completely discharged, If an improper shift operation is performed,
high beam is on and goes out when the low the vehicle must be charged in order to for safety reasons a chime will sound and
beam is selected. be driven. For additional information, see at the same time, depending on the condi-
“Low battery charge indicator” (P. 2-38). tions, the operation will be canceled or the
Plug-in shift position will switch to the N (Neutral)
indicator light (green) Turn signal/hazard position.
This light illuminates when the charge con- indicator lights (green) For additional information, see “Driving the
nector is connected to the vehicle and This light flashes when the turn signal vehicle” (P. 5-14).
blinks during charging. switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
Key reminder chime
NOTE:
AUDIBLE REMINDERS A chime will sound if the driver's side door is
If the charge connector is connected to opened while the power switch is pushed
the vehicle, the power switch cannot be Brake pad wear warning to the ON or ACC position.
placed in the READY to drive position. The disc brake pads have audible wear Make sure that the power switch is pushed
warnings. When a brake pad requires re- to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent
READY to drive placement, it will make a high-pitched Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
indicator light (green) scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-
The READY to drive indicator light illumi- tion. This scraping sound will first occur Light reminder chime
nates when the EV system is powered and only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the The light reminder chime will sound when
the vehicle may be driven.
sound will always be heard even if the the driver side door is opened with the light
The READY to drive indicator light will turn brake pedal is not depressed. Have the switch in the or position, and
off in the following conditions. brakes checked as soon as possible if the the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK
• Certain EV system malfunctions. warning sound is heard. position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Parking brake reminder chime When the chime sounds, immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe location and push the P
A chime sounds if the parking brake is set
(Park) position switch on the shift lever and
and the vehicle is driven. The chime will
apply the parking brake. The 12-volt battery
stop if the parking brake is released or the
charge warning light turns off and the
vehicle speed returns to zero.
chime will stop when the parking brake is
applied or the vehicle is placed in the P
Power switch reminder chime (Park) position. Have the system checked. It
The power switch reminder chime will is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
sound when the driver's door is opened certified LEAF dealer for this service. For
while the power switch is in the ON or additional information, see “12-volt battery
READY to drive position. Push the power charge warning light” (P. 2-16).
switch to the OFF position.
12-volt battery charge LIC3872

warning chime The vehicle information display is located
If the 12-volt battery charge warning light to the left of the speedometer. It displays
illuminates, the chime will sound when a items such as:
warning message is displayed in the ve- • Battery information
hicle information display. • Energy economy
• Average vehicle speed
• Driving distance
• Driving time
• Cruise control information
• Intelligent Key information
• Indicators and warnings

O
3 Use this button to return to STARTUP DISPLAY
the previous menu. With the vehicle in the ON position, the ve-
hicle information display may display the
O
4 Use these buttons to navi- following screens:
gate the vehicle informa- • Battery information
tion display. • Audio
• Navigation (if so equipped)
• Energy Economy
The OK, , , , , and but-
• Driving Aids
tons also control audio and control panel
functions in some conditions. Most • Warnings
screens and menus offer instruction • Settings
prompts of the steering switches to indi- Warnings will only display if there are any
LHA4545 cate how to control the vehicle information present. For additional information, see
display. White dots appear on the left side “Vehicle information display warnings and
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE of the vehicle information display when indicators” (P. 2-36).
INFORMATION DISPLAY there is more than one page of menu
items. The OK, and change the To control which items display in the ve-
The vehicle information display can be hicle information display, see “How to use
changed by using the , , , , audio source and the buttons also control
voice recognition manual mode. For addi- the vehicle information display” (P. 2-27).
and OK buttons located on the steer-
ing wheel. tional information, refer to the separate
NissanConnect® Manual.
O
1 OK Use this button to change
or select items.
O
2 Use these buttons to navi-
gate the vehicle informa-
tion display.

SETTINGS
The settings mode allows you to change
the information displayed in the vehicle in-
formation display as well as enable and
disable various vehicle features and sys-
tems. The settings include:
• VDC Setting
• Driver Assistance
• Customize Display
• Vehicle Settings
• EV Settings
• TPMS Settings
• Maintenance
• Clock
• Unit/Language
• Factory Reset

VDC Setting
The VDC setting menu allows the user to the adjust the VDC settings.
Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.
Menu Item Explanation

System Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on or off.
Driver Assistance
The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the settings for driving, parking, and braking aids.
Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle

Steering Assist Allows user to turn the steering assist feature on or off. For additional information, see “ProPILOT Assist”
(P. 5-92).
Lane Displays the available lane options.
Lane Departure Warning Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning on and off. For additional information, see “Lane Depar-
ture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-25).
Lane Departure Prevention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) on and off. For additional information, see “Intel-
ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).
Blind Spot Displays the available blind spot options.
Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning on and off. For additional information, see “Blind Spot Warning
(BSW)” (P. 5-36).
Blind Spot Intervention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) on and off. For additional information,
see “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P. 5-45).
Side Indicator Brightness Allows user to set the brightness of the side indicator light.

Emergency Brake Displays the available emergency brake options.
Front Allows user to turn the emergency brake on and off. For additional information, see “Automatic Emer-
gency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-130) and “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-
FCW)” (P. 5-141).
Rear Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on and off. For additional information, see "Rear
Automatic Braking (RAB) (P. 5-125).
Parking Aids Displays the available parking aids.
Sonar Allows user to select sonar system features. For additional information, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS)
(P. 5-169).
Parking sonar Allows user to turn the parking sonar on or off.
Display Allows user to turn the parking sonar display on or off.
Volume Allows user to change the volume of the parking aid chimes: High, Med. Low
Range Allows user to select the range in which the parking sonar will activate: Far, Med, Near.
Moving Object Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection on and off. For additional information, see “Moving Ob-
ject Detection (MOD)” (P. 4-23).
Cross Traffic Allows user to turn the cross traffic alert on and off. For additional information, see “Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-58).
Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the driver attention alert on or off. For additional information, see “Intelligent Driver
Alertness (I-DA)” (P. 5-154).
Timer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific tune interval.
Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.
Chassis Control Displays the available chassis controls.
Active Trace Control (Intelligent Allows user to turn the chassis control on or off. For additional information, see “Chassis control”
Trace Control) (P. 5-167).
e-Pedal Displays the available e-Pedal options.
Retain Mode Allows user to turn the retain mode on or off. For additional information, see “e-Pedal system”(P. 2-13).

Customize Display
The customize display menu allows the user to change the settings for the vehicle information display.

Main Menu Selection Displays the available main menu selection options.
Cruise Allows user to turn the Cruise screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Driving Aids Allows user to turn the safety shield screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Status Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Chassis Control Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
ECO Info Settings Displays the available ECO Info Settings.
ECO Drive Report Allows user to turn the ECO drive report on or off.
View History Allows user to view and reset the ECO drive report history.
Navigation Settings Displays the available navigation settings.
Alerts Allows user to turn the navigation alerts on or off.
Cruise Screen Transition Allows user to turn the Cruise screen transition on or off.
Welcome Effect Displays the available welcome effects.
Gauges Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off.
Animation Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.

Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings menu allows the user to change the settings for the lights, locks, wipers and other vehicle settings.

Rear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert”
(P. 2-62).
Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and horn sounds.
Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.
OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.
Lighting Displays the available lighting options.
Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off
Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.
Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle
is shut off.
Locking Displays the available locking options.
Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the
door is activated.
Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the current door is unlocked
after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front pas-
senger’s side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the
doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When
this item is turned off, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed
once.
Wipers Displays the available wiper settings. For additional information, see “Wiper and washer switch”
(P. 2-47).
Speed Dependent Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.

EV Settings
The EV settings menu allows the user to change the settings for charging the vehicle.

Chg. Connector Lock Allows user to lock or unlock the charging connection.
Charge Timer1 Allows user to set charge timer 1.
Charge Timer2 Allows user to set charge timer 2.
Chg. Timer Only at HOME Allows user to set charging timer only at home.
Charge Time Screen Allows user to select the display time screen based on charge method.
Climate Ctrl. Timer1 Allows user to set climate control timer 1.
Climate Ctrl. Timer2 Allows user to set climate control timer 2.
TPMS Settings
The TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.

Tire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.

Maintenance
The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.

Maintenance Displays available maintenance reminder options.
Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Clock
The clock menu allows the user to change the clock settings.
Some menu items below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Clock Clock Mode Allows user to select the clock setting mode.
Clock Format Allows user to select from 12–hour and 24–hour formats.
Daylight Saving Time Allows user to turn daylight saving time mode on or off.
Time Zone Allows user to set a time zone.
Set Clock Manually Allows user to set a clock manually.

Unit/Language
The unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.

Mileage/Energy Allows user to select the preferred mileage/energy unit of measure to display.
Tire Pressures Allows user to select the preferred tire pressure unit of measure to display.
Temperature Allows user to select the preferred temperature unit of measure to display.
Language Allows user to select the preferred language to display.
Factory Reset
The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.

Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once
selected, the user can confirm or cancel the reset.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY Key System Error: See Unregistered Intelligent Key:
WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Owner’s Manual This warning appears when the power
Some of the following warning messages After the power switch is placed in the ON switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to
may not be equipped on your vehicle. position, this warning appears for a period drive position and the Intelligent Key can-
of time and then turns off. not be recognized by the system. You can-
EV system operation for The Key System Error message warns of a not place the power switch in the READY to
discharged Intelligent Key malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys- drive position with an unregistered key. Use
system indicator tem. If the warning appears while the mo- an Intelligent Key that has been registered.
This indicator appears when the Intelligent tor is stopped, it may be impossible to start For additional information, see “NISSAN In-
Key battery is running out of power and the motor. telligent Key® system” (P. 3-6).
when the Intelligent Key system and ve- If the warning appears while the motor is
hicle are not communicating normally. running, you can drive the vehicle. However, Brightness indicator
If this indicator appears, touch the power have it repaired as soon as possible. It is This indicator shows the brightness ad-
switch with the Intelligent Key while de- recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- justment of the instrument panel. For addi-
pressing the brake pedal. For additional in- tified LEAF dealer for this service. tional information, see “Instrument bright-
formation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® bat- ness control” (P. 2-56).
tery discharge” (P. 5-12). No Key Detected Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual
Key Battery Low This warning appears in either of the fol-
lowing conditions: This warning appears if the chassis control
is not functioning properly. Have the sys-
This indicator appears when the Intelligent No key inside the vehicle: tem checked. It is recommended that you
Key battery is running out of power.
This warning appears when the door is visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
If this indicator appears, replace the bat- closed with the Intelligent Key left outside service. For additional information, see
tery with a new one. For additional infor- the vehicle and the power switch in the “Chassis control” (P. 5-167).
mation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® bat- ACC or ON position. Make sure that the
tery replacement” (P. 8-19). Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Check position of shift lever Rear Door Alert is activated NOTE:
This warning appears if the system cannot When the system is enabled, this message This system is disabled until a driver en-
detect the shift position. Make sure the ve- appears when the Rear Door Alert system ables it using the vehicle information
hicle is placed in a position properly. is active and can remind the driver to check display. For additional information, see
The master warning light (yellow) also illu- the back seat. “How to use the vehicle information dis-
minates and the chime sounds. Check the • Using the steering wheel switch, a driver play” (P. 2-27).
shift position of the vehicle. can select “Dismiss Message” to clear the For additional information, see “Rear Door
display for a period of time. If no selection Alert” (P. 2-62).
Check Rear Seat For All Articles is made, this message automatically
When the system is enabled, this message turns off after a period of time.
Door open
appears when the vehicle comes to a com- • Using the steering wheel switch, a driver
plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned from can select “Disable Alert” to disable the This warning appears if any of the doors
the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position, horn alert for the remainder of the cur- and/or the rear hatch are open or not
and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes- rent trip. closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates
sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,
which door or the rear hatch is open on the
to check for items in the rear seat after the WARNING display. Make sure that all of the doors and
audible alert has been provided.
the rear hatch are closed.
Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a
NOTE: stop within a trip temporarily dis- This warning also appears alternating with
This system is disabled until a driver misses the message for that stop with- the Shift to P range warning while the driv-
enables it using the vehicle informa- out turning the system off. Alerts can er's door is opened with the shift position in
tion display. For additional informa- be provided for other stops during the any position other than the P (Park) posi-
tion, see “How to use the vehicle in- trip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns off tion. For additional information, see “Shift to
formation display” (P. 2-27). the Rear Door Alert system for the re- P range” (P. 2-39).
For additional information, see “Rear Door mainder of a trip and no audible alert
Alert” (P. 2-62). will be provided.

including tire inflation, alignment, driv-
Driver alert ing habits and road conditions affect Low battery charge
tire wear and when tires should be re- indicator
This warning appears when the previously placed. Setting the tire replacement in- This light appears when the available Li-ion
set time for a break is reached. You can set dicator for a certain driving distance battery charge is getting low. Charge as
the time for up to 6 hours in the setting does not mean your tires will last that soon as it is possible, preferably before the
menu. For additional information, see “Ve- long. Use the tire replacement indicator Li-ion battery available charge gauge
hicle information display” (P. 2-26). as a guide only and always perform reaches 0%.
e—Pedal system failure! Press brake regular tire checks. Failure to perform
pedal to slow or stop regular tire checks, including tire pres- NOTE:
sure checks could result in tire failure. The low battery charge indicator turns
This warning appears when the e-Pedal
Serious vehicle damage could occur off immediately before the Li-ion battery
system is malfunctioning. Have the system
and may lead to a collision, which could is completely discharged and the vehicle
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
result in serious personal injury or will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
death. completely discharged, the vehicle must
service.
For scheduled maintenance items and in- be charged in order to be driven.
Indicators for maintenance tervals, see “Maintenance and schedules”
(P. 9-6). Low outside air
These indicators appear when the cus-
temperature
tomer set distance comes for replacing Headlight System Error: See Owner’s
tires or other maintenance items. You can Manual The outside air temperature is displayed in
set or reset the distance for replacing tires °F or °C in the range of −20°F to 140°F (−30°C
This warning appears when the LED head- to 60°C).
and other maintenance items.
lights are not functioning properly.
The outside air temperature mode in-
WARNING If this warning appears, have your system cludes a low temperature warning feature.
checked. It is recommended that you visit a If the outside air temperature is below 37°F
The tire replacement indicator is not a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this (3°C), the warning is displayed on the
substitute for regular tire checks, in- service. screen.
cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-
tional information, see “Changing
wheels and tires” (P. 8-35). Many factors

The outside temperature sensor is located Press brake pedal to will sound and the warning will appear for
in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may operate e-Pedal switch another 65 seconds.
be affected by road, wind directions and This indicator appears when trying to turn Release Parking Brake
other driving conditions. The display may the e-Pedal off without depressing the
differ from the actual outside temperature This warning appears when the vehicle
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped. speed is above 4 mph (7 km/h) (models not
or the temperature displayed on various Depress the brake pedal before pulling the
signs or billboards. equipped with electronic parking brake) or
e-Pedal switch. 2 mph (4 km/h) (models equipped with
Low Washer Fluid Push brake and power electronic parking brake) and the parking
switch to drive brake is applied. Stop the vehicle and re-
This warning appears when the washer lease the parking brake.
tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid This indicator appears while the vehicle is
as necessary. For additional information, in the P (Park) position. This indicator
means that the EV system will start when Reminder Turn OFF
see “Windshield-washer fluid” (P. 8-8).
the power switch is pressed with the brake Headlights
Press Brake Pedal pedal depressed. This warning appears when the power
This message may appear in the following switch is turned to the OFF position but the
situations: Rear seat belt reminder headlight switch is still on. Turn off the
• The driver tries to release the electronic This warning appears for 65 seconds after headlight switch.
parking brake manually without depress- the power switch is placed in the ON posi-
ing the brake pedal. tion and the EV system is started. Shift to P range
• The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; and
This warning shows the status of the rear This warning appears alternately with
there is a possibility of moving back-
seat belts. When one of the rear seat belts is door/rear hatch open warning when the
wards, even if the electronic parking
buckled, the corresponding rear seat belt driver's door is opened with the shift posi-
brake is applied.
warning will appear in gray. When one of tion in any position other than the P (Park)
For additional information, see “Electronic the rear seat belts is unbuckled, the rear position. If this warning appears, push the P
parking brake” (P. 5-19). seat belt warning will appear red. (Park) position switch and place in the P
After the rear seat belt status changes (Park) position.
from buckled to unbuckled and the vehicle For additional information, see “Door open”
is driven above 10 mph (15 km/h), a chime (P. 2-37).

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse When this occurs, check the shift position Automatic Emergency
This warning may appear if the extended indicator by the shift lever or in the vehicle Braking with Pedestrian
storage switch is not pushed in. When this information display to make sure that Detection warning
warning appears, push in the extended shifting has been performed properly. It is indicator
storage switch to turn off the warning. recommended that you contact a NISSAN
This indicator appears along, with an au-
certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.
For additional information, see “Extended dible warning, when the system detects
storage switch” (P. 8-19). When Parked Apply Parking the possibility of a forward collision.
Brake For additional information, see “Automatic
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air This warning appears if there is a malfunc- Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian
This warning appears when the low tire tion in the electric shift control system. This Detection” (P. 5-130) and “Intelligent For-
pressure warning light in the meter illumi- warning appears when the parking brake ward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-141).
nates and low tire pressure is detected. The is not applied, even after the vehicle has
been parked. The master warning light Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
warning appears each time the power indicator
switch is placed in the ON position as long (red) also illuminates and the chime
as the low tire pressure warning light re- sounds. This indicator appears when the BSW/I-BSI
mains illuminated. systems are engaged.
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
If this warning appears, stop the vehicle OFF position, apply the parking brake and For additional information, see “Blind Spot
and adjust the tire pressure to the recom- then place the power switch in the OFF Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-36) or “Intelligent Blind
mended COLD tire pressure shown on the position. The warning turns off and the Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P. 5-45).
Tire and Loading Information label. For ad- chime stops.
ditional information, see “Low tire pressure If this warning appears, have your system Cruise control indicator
warning light” (P. 2-21) and “Tire Pressure checked. It is recommended that you visit a This indicator shows the cruise control sys-
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4). NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this tem status.
T/M system malfunction Visit dealer service. When cruise control is activated, a green
This warning appears if there is a malfunc- circle will appear to indicate it is set. The
tion in the electric shift control system but vehicle information display will also display
operation of the electric shift control is still the speed the cruise control was set at. If
possible. The master warning light (yellow) you accelerate past the set speed, the
also illuminates and the chime sounds. speed will blink until you either cancel

cruise control or go back to the set speed. If For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Departure Warning
cruise control is on and canceled, the Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P. 5-154). (LDW) indicator
speed will be displayed to show the speed
Driver Attention Alert Take This indicator appears when the LDW sys-
the vehicle will return to if the resume but- tem is engaged.
a Break?
ton is activated.
This alert appears when the system has For additional information, see “Lane De-
For additional information, see “Cruise con- detected the driver may be displaying fa- parture Warning (LDW) system” (P. 5-25).
trol” (P. 5-65). tigue or a lack of attention.
Intelligent Cruise Control
Currently not available Forward Driving Aids Temporarily (ICC) indicators
This message may appear when the Intel- Disabled. Front Sensor Blocked. See This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Owner’s Manual Control (ICC) system status. The status is
Assist) system, Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
This message appears when the front ra- shown by the color. For additional informa-
vention (I-BSI), Intelligent Lane Intervention
dar sensor may be obstructed due to: tion, see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”
(I-LI) or the ICC system is engaged.
• mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc. (P. 5-67).
Under the following condition, the ICC (with
• inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual
ProPILOT Assist) system, Intelligent Blind
Spot Intervention (I-BSI), Intelligent Lane In- All forward driving aids are temporarily dis- This warning appears when one or more of
tervention (I-LI) or the ICC system is auto- abled until the system detects that the the following systems (if so equipped) is
matically canceled: front radar sensor is no longer obstructed. not functioning properly:
• When the VDC system is turned off. For additional information, see the follow- • Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
The above system cannot be used in some ing (if so equipped): • Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
situations (VDC operates, wheel slip, and • Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with • Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
VDC system is off.) Pedestrian Detection (P. 5-130) Pedestrian Detection
Driver Attention Alert • Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (P. 5-67), • Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
(P. 5-104) (I-FCW)
System Fault
• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I- • Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
This warning appears when the Intelligent
FCW) (P. 5-141) • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func-
tioning properly.

If one or more of these warning appears, Under the following conditions, the ICC Not Available Visibility is Impaired
have the system checked. It is recom- (with ProPILOT Assist) system, ICC system, This message may appear when the Intel-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified Intelligent Blind Intervention (I-BSI) or Intel- ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
LEAF dealer for this service. ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) is automati- Assist) system is engaged.
cally canceled:
Not Available Bad Weather Under the following conditions, the ICC
• When the VDC operates.
This message may appear when the Steer- (with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-
ing Assist system is engaged. • When a wheel slips. cally canceled:
When the wiper (HI) operates, the Steering The above system cannot be used in some • The camera area of the windshield is
Assist system is automatically canceled. situations (VDC operates and wheel slip). fogged up or covered with dirt, water, ice,
Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened snow, etc.
The system will be available when the
above conditions no longer exist. This indicator appears when the ProPILOT • Strong light, such as sunlight or high
Assist system will not engage because the beams from oncoming vehicles, enters
Not Available Parking Brake On the front camera
driver’s seat belt is not fastened. For addi-
This message may appear when the Intel- tional information, see “ProPILOT Assist” The system will be available when the
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT (P. 5-92). above conditions no longer exist.
Assist) system is engaged.
Not Available System Malfunction If the warning message continues to ap-
Under the following conditions, the ICC pear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn
(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati- This warning appears when one or more of
the following systems (if so equipped) are the EV system off and clean the windshield.
cally canceled:
not functioning properly:
• The electronic parking brake is applied. Parking Sensor
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
The above system cannot be used when • Blind Spot Warning (BSW) This indicator illuminates when the sensor
the electronic parking brake is activated. is activated. Pressing the OK button while
• ProPILOT Assist the sonar screen is displayed will dismiss
Not Available Poor Road Conditions
If one or more of these warning appears, this message until the next time the sen-
This message may appear when the Intel- have the system checked. It is recom- sors are activated. The Parking Sensor sys-
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT mended that you visit a NISSAN certified tem will remain on, unless it is disabled in
Assist) system, the ICC system, Intelligent LEAF dealer for this service. the vehicle information display. For addi-
Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) or Intelligent tional information, see “Rear Sonar System
Lane Intervention (I-LI) is engaged. (RSS) (P. 5-169).
Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’s For additional information, see "Rear Auto- eration is detected, the warning turns off
Manual matic Braking (RAB) (P. 5-125). and the steering assist function is auto-
matically restored.
This warning illuminates when there is an Steering Assist warning
error with the system. For additional infor- indicator Unavailable High Cabin Temperature
mation, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS) This message may appear when the Steer- This message appears when the camera
(P. 5-169). ing Assist system is engaged. detects an interior temperature of more
ProPILOT Assist/Intelligent than approximately 104°F (40°C).
It will be displayed under the following
Lane Intervention (I-LI)/ conditions: For additional information, see “Lane De-
Intelligent Blind Spot parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-25), “Intelligent
• Gray — When in standby mode.
Intervention (I-BSI) Lane Intervention (I-LI) (P. 5-30) or “Intelli-
indicator • Yellow — When there is a failure.
gent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (P. 5-45).
This indicator appears when the following When the steering operation is detected,
the warning turns off and the steering as- Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction
systems (if so equipped) is engaged:
sist function is automatically restored. This warning appears when there is radar
• ProPILOT Assist system (if so equipped) blockage detected. For additional informa-
• Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) Steering Assist warning tion, see “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-36)
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator or “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)”
This message may appear when the Steer- (P. 5-45).
For additional information, see “ProPILOT
ing Assist system is engaged.
Assist” (P. 5-92), “Intelligent Lane Interven- Vehicle ahead detection
tion (I-LI) (P. 5-30), or “Intelligent Blind Spot It will be displayed under the following indicator
Intervention (I-BSI) (P. 5-45). conditions:
This indicator shows when the Automatic
Rear Automatic Braking • Red — When not holding the steering Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detec-
(RAB) system warning wheel or when there is no steering wheel tion system is engaged and has detected a
operation. vehicle.
indicator
• Green — When in active mode.
This indicator appears to indicate the sta- For additional information, see “Automatic
tus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) • Black — When the system is off. Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian
system. When the steering assist warning indicator Detection” (P. 5-130).
appears red, please hold the steering
wheel immediately. When the steering op-
SECURITY SYSTEMS
WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS NOTE:

(models with a navigation • The low battery warning can be set to
system) off. For additional information, refer to
the NissanConnect® Manual.
Low battery warning • When the battery power level is low,
the system automatically obtains
When the low battery charge indicator
charging station information.
and the master warning light (yellow)
illuminate, the system displays a
message on the navigation system screen
that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery
power level is low.
1. The notification is displayed on the up-
per left side of the STATUS screen. Touch
[Show] to display the screen showing JVC0067X
detailed information. Your vehicle has two types of security sys-
2. The system displays a message screen tems, as follows:
and announces the contents of the • Vehicle security system
message to warn that the Li-ion battery • NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
power level is low. Check the message
The security status is shown by the secu-
displayed on the screen.
rity indicator light.
Touch [YES] to search for charging sta-
tions within the estimated driving range. VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
3. Touch or press the MAP button to The vehicle security system provides visual
return to the vehicle location screen. and audio alarm signals if someone opens
the doors or rear hatch when the system is
armed. It is not, however, a motion detec-
tion type system that activates when a ve-
hicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but 3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors Vehicle security system activation
cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the can be locked with:
The vehicle security system will give the
theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo- • the LOCK button on the Intelli- following alarm:
nents in all situations. Always secure your gent Key
vehicle even if parking for a brief period. • The headlights blink and the horn sounds
• any request switch intermittently.
Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and
always lock it when it is left unattended. Be • the power door lock switch • The alarm automatically turns off after
aware of your surroundings, and park in 4. Confirm that the security indicator light approximately 50 seconds. However, the
secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. illuminates. The security indicator light alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-
stays on for about 30 seconds. The ve- pered with again.
Many devices offering additional protec-
tion, such as component locks, identifica- hicle security system is now pre-armed. The alarm is activated by:
tion markers, and tracking systems, are After about 30 seconds the vehicle se- • Unlocking the door without using the In-
available at auto supply stores and spe- curity system automatically shifts into telligent Key or the request switch. (Even if
cialty shops. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer the armed phase. The security light be- the door is opened by releasing the door
may also offer such equipment. Check with gins to flash once every approximately 3 inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)
your insurance company to see if you may seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-
arm time period, the door is unlocked, or • Opening the hood.
be eligible for discounts for various theft
protection features. the power switch is placed in the ACC or
ON position, the system will not arm. How to stop an activated alarm
How to arm the vehicle security Even when the driver and/or passengers The alarm will stop when a door is un-
system are in the vehicle, the system will acti- locked by pushing the UNLOCK but-
vate with all doors locked and the power ton on the Intelligent Key, door handle re-
1. Close all windows. switch in the OFF position. When placing quest switch, or when the power switch is
The system can be armed even if the the power switch to the ACC or ON posi- pushed in the ACC or ON position.
windows are open. tion, the system will be released. If the system does not operate as de-
2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or scribed above, have it checked. It is rec-
OFF position and remove the Intelligent ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
Key from the vehicle. fied LEAF dealer for this service.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER FCC Notice:
SYSTEM For USA:
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System This device complies with Part 15 of the
will not allow the power switch to be placed FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
in the READY to drive position without the lowing two conditions: (1) This device
use of the registered key. may not cause harmful interference, and
If the power switch fails to place the vehicle (2) this device must accept any interfer-
into the READY to drive position using the ence received, including interference
registered key, it may be due to interfer- that may cause undesired operation.
ence caused by another registered key, an
NOTE:
automated toll road device or automated
payment device on the key ring. Restart the Changes or modifications not expressly
EV system using the following procedure: approved by the party responsible for
1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi- compliance could void the user’s author- SIC2045
tion for approximately 5 seconds. ity to operate the equipment.
Security Indicator Light
For Canada:
2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi- The security indicator light is located on
tion and wait approximately 10 seconds. This device contains licence-exempt the meter panel. It indicates the status of
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. with Innovation, Science and Economic
Development Canada’s licence-exempt The light blinks after the power switch was
4. Place the power switch in the READY to
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol- in the ACC or OFF position. This function
drive position while holding the device
lowing two conditions: (1) This device indicates the security systems equipped
(which may have caused the interfer-
may not cause interference. (2) This de- on the vehicle are operational.
ence) separate from the registered key.
vice must accept any interference, in- If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
If this procedure allows the power cluding interference that may cause un- malfunctioning, this light will remain on
switch to be placed in the READY to drive desired operation of the device. while the power switch is in the ON
mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
position.
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
If the light still remains on and/or the WARNING • Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
power switch cannot be placed in the concentrates with water to the
READY to drive position, have the system In freezing temperatures the washer manufacturer’s recommended levels
checked. It is recommended that you solution may freeze on the windshield before pouring the fluid into the
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for and obscure your vision which may windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
this service as soon as possible. Please lead to an accident. Warm the wind- Do not use the windshield-washer
bring all registered keys that you have shield with the defroster before you fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-
when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF wash the windshield. washer fluid concentrate and water.
dealer for service.
NOTE:
CAUTION
If the windshield wiper operation is in-
• Do not operate the washer continu- terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
ously for more than 30 seconds. stop moving to protect its motor. If this
• Do not operate the washer if the occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is position and remove the snow or ice that
empty. is on and around the wiper arms. In ap-
proximately 1 minute, turn the switch on
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
again to operate the wiper.
fluid reservoir with windshield-
washer fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol
based windshield-washer fluid con-
centrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

䊊
2 Low — continuous low speed
operation.
䊊
3 High — continuous high speed
operation.
䊊
4 MIST — one sweep operation of the
wiper.
The Speed Dependent feature may be
disabled. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
WASHER OPERATION
To operate the washer, pull the lever to-
ward the back of the vehicle O 5 until the
LIC2802 LIC2813
desired amount of windshield-washer fluid
The windshield wiper and washer operates is spread on the windshield. The wiper will REAR WIPER OPERATION
when the power switch is in the ON automatically operate several times.
WARNING
position.
Drip Wipe
Push the lever down to operate the wiper In freezing temperatures the
A brief period of time after using the windshield-washer fluid may freeze on
at the following speed:
washer, the wiper will perform a one sweep the rear window glass and obscure
䊊
1 Intermittent — intermittent operation operation automatically to clear any re- your vision. Warm the rear window with
can be adjusted by turning the knob maining windshield-washer fluid from the the defroster before you wash the rear
toward O A (Slower) or O
B (Faster). Also, windshield. window.
the intermittent operation speed varies
in accordance with the vehicle speed.
(For example, when the vehicle speed is
high, the intermittent operation speed
will be faster.)

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR (if so equipped)
DEFROSTER SWITCH
CAUTION NOTE:
If the rear window wiper operation is in-
• Do not operate the washer continu-
terrupted by snow etc., the wiper may
ously for more than 30 seconds.
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
• Do not operate the washer if the occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is position and remove the snow etc. on
empty. and around the wiper arms. After about 1
• Do not fill the windshield-washer minute, turn the switch on again to oper-
fluid reservoir with windshield- ate the wiper.
washer fluid concentrates at full
The rear window wiper and washer oper-
strength. Some methyl alcohol
ate when the power switch is in the ON
based windshield-washer fluid con-
position.
centrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF
windshield-washer fluid reservoir. position to operate the wiper. LIC2693
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid 䊊

1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-
Type A (if so equipped)
To defrost the rear window glass and out-
concentrates with water to the tion (not adjustable)
manufacturer’s recommended levels side mirrors, place the power switch in the
before pouring the fluid into the 䊊
2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed ON position and push the switch (1) on. The
windshield-washer fluid reservoir. operation indicator light will illuminate. Push the
Do not use the windshield-washer Push the switch forward 䊊
3 to operate the switch again to turn the defroster off.
fluid reservoir to mix the windshield- washer. Then the wiper will also operate It will automatically turn off in approxi-
washer fluid concentrate and water. several times. mately 15 minutes.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
LIC3026 SIC3668 LIC3241

Type B (if so equipped) Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped)
CAUTION HEADLIGHT SWITCH
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
Lighting
window, be careful not to scratch or 䊊
1 Rotate the switch to the position,
damage the rear window defroster. the front parking, tail, license plate, and
instrument panel lights come on.
䊊
2 Rotate the switch to the position,
the headlights come on and all the
other lights remain on.

LIC4564 LIC4597 SIC3669
Type C (if so equipped) Type D (if so equipped) Autolight system
The autolight system allows the headlights
and tail lights to be set so they turn on and
off automatically.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position O1 .
2. Place the power switch in the ON

position.
3. The autolight system automatically
turns the headlights and tail lights on
and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the
switch to the OFF, or position.
The autolight system can turn on the
headlights and tail lights automatically
when it is dark and turn off the headlights
when it is light.
For US models: The headlights and tail
lights will also be turned on automatically
at twilight or in rainy weather (when the
windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the power switch is placed in the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened
and this condition continues, the head-
lights remain on for 45 seconds. SAA1232 SIC3670
Automatic headlights off delay Be sure not to put anything on top of the Headlight beam select
photo sensor O 1 located on the top of
You can keep the headlights on for up to
the instrument panel. The photo sensor 䊊
1 To select the low beam, have the lever
180 seconds after you push the power in the neutral position as shown and
controls the autolight; if it is covered, the
switch to OFF and open any door then rotate the switch to the desired posi-
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and
close all the doors. tion. For additional information, see
the headlights will illuminate.
You can adjust the period of the automatic “Headlight switch” (P. 2-50).
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) 䊊
2 To select the high beam, push the lever
to 180 seconds. The factory default setting forward while the switch is in the
is 45 seconds. position. The high beams will come on
and the high beam indicator (blue)
NOTE: will illuminate. Pull it back to return to
For additional information on adjust- the low beam.
ing the automatic headlights off de-
lay, see “Vehicle information display”
(P. 2-26).
䊊
3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash – When a light source similar to a • The timing of switching the low
the headlight high beam even when headlight or tail light is in the vi- beam and high beam may change
the headlight switch is in the OFF cinity of the vehicle. under the following situations.
position.
– When the headlights of the on- – The brightness of the headlights
coming vehicle or the leading ve- of the oncoming vehicle or lead-
High Beam Assist hicle are turned off, when the color ing vehicle.
The High Beam Assist system will operate of the light is affected due to for- – The movement and direction of
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap- eign materials on the lights, or the oncoming vehicle and the
proximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and above. If when the light beam is out of leading vehicle.
an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap- position. – When only one light on the on-
pears in front of your vehicle when the – When there is a sudden, continu- coming vehicle or the leading ve-
headlight high beam is on, the headlight ous change in brightness. hicle is illuminated.
will be switched to the low beam
– When driving on a road that – When the oncoming vehicle or the
automatically.
passes over rolling hills, or a road leading vehicle is a two-wheeled
that has level differences. vehicle.
WARNING
– When driving on a road with many – Road conditions (incline, curve,
• The High Beam Assist system is a curves. the road surface, etc.).
convenience but it is not a substitute – When a sign or mirror-like surface – The number of passengers and
for safe driving operation. The driver is reflecting intense light towards the amount of luggage.
should remain alert at all times, en- the front of the vehicle.
sure safe driving practices and – When the container, etc. being
switch the high beams and low beam towed by a leading vehicle is re-
manually when necessary. flecting intense light.
• The high beam or low beam may not – When a headlight on your vehicle
switch automatically under the fol- is damaged or dirty.
lowing conditions. Switch the high
beam and low beam manually. – When the vehicle is leaning at an
angle due to a punctured tire, be-
– During bad weather (rain, fog, ing towed, etc.
snow, wind, etc.).

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the head-
light remains the low beam.
To turn off the High Beam Assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the posi-
tion or select the low beam position by
placing the lever in the neutral position.
LIC3802 LSD2847
High Beam Assist operations Ambient image sensor maintenance

The ambient image sensor for the High
To activate the High Beam Assist system,
Beam Assist system is located in front of
turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po-
the inside mirror O 1 . To keep the proper
sition O1 and push the lever forward O 2
operation of the High Beam Assist system
(high beam position). The High Beam Assist
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure
indicator light in the meter will illuminate
to observe the following:
while the headlights are turned on.
• Always keep the windshield clean.
If the High Beam Assist indicator light does
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
not illuminate in the above condition, it may
parent material) or install an accessory
indicate that the system is not functioning
near the ambient image sensor.
properly. Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- • Do not strike or damage the areas
tified LEAF dealer for this service. around the ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged • Never leave the light switch on when WARNING
due to an accident, it is recommended that the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ON position for extended periods of When the LED DRL system is active, tail
this service. time even if the headlights turn off lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
automatically. necessary at dusk to turn on your
Battery saver system headlights. Failure to do so could cause
• When the headlight switch is in the LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS an accident injuring yourself and
or position while the power switch (DRL) SYSTEM (Type A) (if so others.
is in the ON position, the lights will auto- equipped)
matically turn off 45 seconds after the LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
The LED portion of the headlights auto- (DRL) SYSTEM (Type B) (if so
power switch has been placed in the OFF
matically illuminates at 100% intensity
position.
when the power switch is in the READY to
equipped)
• When the headlight switch remains in the drive position with the parking brake re- The LED DRL automatically illuminate at
or position after the lights leased. The LED DRL system operates with 100% intensity when the power switch is in
automatically turn off, the lights will turn the headlight switch in the OFF (if so the READY to drive position. The LED Day-
on when the power switch is placed in the equipped) or position. Turn headlight time Running Lights (DRL) operate with the
ON position. switch to the position for full illumina- headlight switch in the OFF (if so equipped)
tion when driving at night. or position. When you turn the head-
CAUTION light switch to the position for full
If the parking brake is applied before the illumination, the LED lights switch from LED
• When you turn on the headlight power switch is in the READY to drive posi- DRL to the park function.
switch again after the lights auto- tion, the LED DRL system does not operate.
matically turn off, the lights will not The LED DRL system illuminates once the The LED DRL will remain on until the power
turn off automatically. Be sure to turn parking brake is released. The LED DRL sys- switch is placed in the OFF position.
the light switch to the AUTO or OFF tem will remain on until the power switch is It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlight
position when you leave the vehicle pushed to the OFF position. switch ON for interior controls and
for extended periods of time, other- switches to illuminate, as those remain
wise the battery will be discharged. OFF while the switch is in the OFF position.

WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active, tail
lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
necessary at dusk to turn on your
headlights. Failure to do so could cause
an accident injuring yourself and
others.
LIC3801 SIC3671
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

CONTROL Turn signal
Press the “+” button to increase the bright-
ness of the instrument panel lights. O1 Move the lever up or down until it
latches to signal the turning direction.
Press the “-” to decrease the brightness of When the turn is completed, the turn signal
the instrument panel lights. cancels automatically.
Lane change signal

O2 Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the
lever until the lane change is completed.

Move the lever up or down until the turn EMBLEM LIGHT
signal begins to flash, but the lever does Regardless of headlight switch position,
not latch, and release the lever. The turn the emblem light illuminates when the
signal will automatically flash three times. power switch is in the ON position and
Choose the appropriate method to signal turns off when the power switch is placed
a lane change based on road and traffic in the OFF position.
conditions.
SIC3672
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so

equipped)
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the head-
light switch to the position, then ro-
tate the switch to the position. To turn
them off, rotate the switch to the OFF
position.
The headlights must be on for the fog
lights to operate.

HORN ECO SWITCH HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so
equipped)
LIC3805 LIC3806 LIC4145

To sound the horn, push the center pad To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO Front
area of the steering wheel. switch. The ECO mode indicator appears The front seats and the rear outboard
on the vehicle information display. seats (if so equipped) can be warmed by
WARNING built-in heaters. The switches, located on
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
the center console and at the side of the
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
front passenger seatback, can be operated
could affect proper operation of the turn off.
independently of each other.
supplemental front air bag system. For additional information, see “ECO mode”
1. Place the power switch in the ON
Tampering with the supplemental (P. 5-157).
position.
front air bag system may result in seri-
ous personal injury. 2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,
as desired, depending on the tempera-
ture. The indicator light in the switch will
illuminate.

NOTE: • Do not place anything hard or heavy
The heated seats consume less power on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
than the heater and can be used to either similar object. This may result in
help extend vehicle range by reducing damage to the heater.
heater use or to maximize comfort by • Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
supplementing the heater. should be removed immediately with
a dry cloth.
WARNING • When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar
Do not use or allow occupants to use materials.
the seat heater if you or the occupants
• If any malfunctions are found or the
cannot monitor elevated seat tem-
heated seat does not operate, turn
peratures or have an inability to feel
the switch off and have the system
pain in those body parts in contact with
LIC2498 checked. It is recommended that you
the seat. Use of the seat heater by such
Rear visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
people could result in serious injury.
for this service.
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch
to the level position. Make sure the indi-
cator light goes off. CAUTION
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, • Do not use the seat heater for ex-
automatically turning the heater on and tended periods or when no one is us-
off. The indicator light will remain on as long ing the seat.
as the switch is on. • Do not put anything on the seat
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or which insulates heat, such as a blan-
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-
the switch off. wise, the seat may become
overheated.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if
so equipped) so equipped)
Push the switch again to turn the heated

steering wheel system off manually. The
indicator light turns off.
NOTE:
• If the surface temperature of the steer-
ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the
switch is turned on, the system will not
heat the steering wheel. This is not a
malfunction.
• If the outside temperature is low (ap-
proximately 50°F (10°C) or less) and the
Climate Control Timer or Remote Cli-
mate Control are used, the steering
LIC3804 wheel heater will automatically oper- LIC3913
ate in the following conditions.
The heated steering wheel system is de- The Emergency Call (SOS) system button is
– When using the Climate Control
signed to operate only when the surface used in combination with a
Timer: Operates from approximately
temperature of the steering wheel is below NissanConnect® Services powered by
15 minutes before the set departure
approximately 68°F (20°C). SiriusXM® subscription to call for assis-
time until the set departure time.
Push the heated steering wheel switch to tance in case of an emergency.
– When using Remote Climate Control:
warm the steering wheel when the power Operates 15 minutes after Remote Pressing the button will (with a paid sub-
switch is in the ACC or ON position. Climate Control starts. scription) reach a Response Specialist that
If the surface temperature of the steering • The heated steering wheel consumes will provide assistance based on the situa-
wheel is below approximately 68°F (20°C), less power than the heater and can be tion described by the vehicle’s occupant.
the system will heat the steering wheel and used to either help extend vehicle For additional information, or to enroll your
cycle off and on to maintain a temperature range by reducing heater use or to vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/
above 68°F (20°C). The indicator light will maximize comfort by supplementing connect or call 855–426–6628.
remain on as long as the system is on. the heater.

CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH IMMEDIATE CHARGE SWITCH DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE
SWITCH (for vehicles without
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)
LIC3808 LCH2125 LIC4290

To open the charge port lid, push the To turn off the charge timer, push the im- The dynamic driver assistance switch is
charge port lid switch. For additional infor- mediate charge switch. For additional in- used to temporarily turn on and off the
mation, see “Charge port lid” (P. 3-20). formation, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43). Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and Intel-
ligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) sys-
tems that are activated using the settings
menu of the vehicle information display.
The I-LI and I-BSI systems must be turned
on with the dynamic driver assistance
switch every time the power switch is
placed in the ON position.

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (for REAR DOOR ALERT
models with ProPILOT Assist) (if so
equipped)
The I-LI system warns the driver with a The Rear Door Alert system functions un-
warning and a chime, and helps assist the der certain conditions to indicate there
driver to return the vehicle to the center of may be an object or passenger in the rear
the traveling lane by applying the brakes to seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the
the left or right wheels individually (for a vehicle.
short period of time). For additional infor- The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis-
mation, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention abled. The driver can enable the system
(I-LI)” (P. 5-30) and “Vehicle information dis- using the vehicle information display. For
play” (P. 2-26). additional information, see “Vehicle infor-
The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of mation display warnings and indicators”
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when (P. 2-36).
changing lanes, and helps assist the driver When the system is enabled:
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane. For additional information, • The system is activated when a rear door
see “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- LIC3932 is opened and closed within 10 minutes of
BSI)” (P. 5-36). the vehicle being driven. When the driver
The Steering Assist switch is used to en-
door is closed and the system is acti-
able and disable the Steering Assist sys-
vated, a visual message appears in the
tem that is activated using the settings
vehicle information display. For additional
menu of the vehicle information display.
information, see “Rear Door Alert is acti-
The Steering Assist system controls the vated” (P. 2-37).
steering system, when ProPILOT Assist is • If a rear door is opened and closed but
engaged, to help keep your vehicle near the vehicle is not driven within approxi-
the center of the lane when driving. For mately 10 minutes, the system will not be
additional information, see “ProPILOT As- activated. A rear door must be opened
sist” (P. 5-92) and “Intelligent Lane Interven- and closed and the car driven within 10
tion (I-LI)” (P. 5-30). minutes for the system to activate.

When the Rear Door Alert system is acti- NOTE: NOTE:
vated:
If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the There may be times when the horn
• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P message alert will still be shown in the sounds but there are no objects or pas-
(Park) position, a notification message vehicle information display but the horn sengers in the rear seat(s).
appears in the vehicle information dis- will not sound.
play with the options to “Dismiss Mes- For additional information, see “Rear Door
sage” or “Disable Alert” if desired. Alert is activated” (P. 2-37).
WARNING
– Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily
disable for that stop. • If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no
– No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will audible alert will be provided regard-
keep the alert enabled for that stop. less of rear door open/close status.
• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits • There may be times when there is an
the vehicle, a message will appear in the object or passenger in the rear
vehicle information display that states seat(s) but the audible alert does not
“Check Rear Seat for All Articles.” sound. For example, this may occur if
If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected: rear seat passengers enter or exit the
–– An audible horn sound will occur after vehicle during a trip.
a short time unless a rear door is • The system does not directly detect
opened and closed within a short time objects or passengers in the rear
to deactivate the alert. seat(s). Instead, it can detect when a
–– If the doors are locked before the alert rear door is opened and closed, indi-
is deactivated by opening a rear door, cating that there may be something
the horn will sound. in the rear seat(s).
–– If the rear hatch is opened before a rear
door is opened, the horn will be delayed
until after the hatch is closed.

POWER OUTLET USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS
• Avoid using the power outlet when

the air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster are on.
• This power outlet is not designed for
use with a cigarette lighter unit.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal tem-
perature fuse may open.
• Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, make sure that the electrical
accessory being used is turned OFF.
• When not in use, be sure to close the
LIC4291 cap. Do not allow water to contact LIC5042
the outlet. 1. Type-A USB
CAUTION There are USB/iPod® charging ports lo-
• The outlet and plug may be hot dur- cated behind the center console. These
ing or immediately after use. ports will charge compatible devices.
• Do not use with accessories that ex- NOTE:
ceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power • Only the USB connection port located
draw. below the instrument panel will allow
• Do not use double adapters or more operation of the USB/iPod® devices
than one electrical accessory. through the audio system.
• Use the power outlet with the power • For best results, it is recommended to
switch is in the ON or READY to Drive use the manufacturer cables, which
position to avoid discharging the 12- are sold separately. A USB Type-C to
volt battery. USB Type-A adapter could be available;
however, results may vary.
STORAGE
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the driv-
er’s and/or front passenger’s NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System (if so
equipped), please observe the following
items:
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket or head restraint/headrest.
• Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint/headrest, or in the
seatback pocket.
LIC0016 LIC4292
SEATBACK POCKET (if so Instrument panel

equipped) STORAGE TRAY
The seatback pockets may be located on WARNING
the driver’s and/or passenger seat. The
Do not place sharp objects in the tray(s)
pocket can be used to store maps.
to help prevent injury in an accident or
sudden stop.

LIC4349 LIC3813 LIC2312
GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES

To open the glove box, pull the handle. To open the console box, pull up the lever STORAGE
To close, push the lid in until it latches. and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid To open the sunglasses holder, push and
down until it is latched. release. Only store one pair of sunglasses
WARNING in the holder.
Keep the glove box lid closed while WARNING

driving to prevent injury in case of an
accident or a sudden stop. Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to avoid obstructing the
driver’s view and to help prevent an
accident.

CAUTION
• Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
• Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.
LIC3810 JVC0046X
Front Soft bottle holder (front)
CUP HOLDERS CAUTION
CAUTION • Do not use the bottle holder for any
other objects that could be thrown
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking about in the vehicle and possibly in-
when the cup holder is being used to jure people during sudden braking or
prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid an accident.
is hot, it can scald you or your
• Do not use the bottle holder for open
passenger.
liquid containers.
• Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from slid-
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
den stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• Properly secure cargo and do not al-
low it to contact the top tether strap
when it is attached to the top tether
anchor. Cargo that is not properly se-
cured or cargo that contacts the top
tether strap may damage the top
tether strap during a collision. If the
cargo cover contacts the top tether
LIC4978 strap when it is attached to the top
Soft bottle holder (rear) tether anchor, remove the cargo
TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped) cover from the vehicle or secure it on
the cargo floor below its attachment
WARNING
location. If the cargo cover is not re-
• Never put anything on the tonneau moved, it may damage the top tether
cover, no matter how small. Any ob- strap during a collision. Your child
ject on it could cause an injury in an could be seriously injured or killed in
LIC4293
accident or sudden stop. a collision if the child restraint top
• Do not leave the tonneau cover in the tether strap is damaged. To remove the tonneau cover:
vehicle with it disengaged from the The tonneau cover keeps the luggage 䊊
1 Remove the straps from the rear hatch.
holder. compartment contents hidden from the
outside. 䊊
2 Pull up the tonneau cover.

WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before clos-
ing the windows. Use the window
lock switch to prevent unexpected
use of the power windows.
vehicle or its systems, including en-
trapment in windows or inadvertent
door lock activation, do not leave chil-
LIC4294 dren, people who require the assis-
STOWING GOLF BAGS tance of others, or pets unattended in
your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-
Normally, two standard golf bags can be perature inside a closed vehicle on a
stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of warm day can quickly become high
the golf bag into the right side of the cargo enough to cause a significant risk of
area O1 then rotate the bag backward O 2 .
injury or death to people and pets.
Insert the top of the second golf bag into
LIC2497 right side of the cargo area O 3 and stow The power windows operate when the
power switch is in the ACC or ON position,
䊊
3 Remove the tonneau cover holders the bottom of golf bag forward all the way
O4 . or for about 45 seconds after the power
from the rear pillar. switch is placed in the OFF position. If the
䊊
4 Slide down the tonneau cover along In some cases, you may not be able to stow
two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on
driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened
the rear seat back. during this period of about 45 seconds,
their sizes or types.
䊊
5 Remove the tonneau cover by pulling
power to the windows is canceled.
either the left or right side backward
away from the pillar.
Locking passengers' windows
When the lock button O C is pushed in, only
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
JVC0051X JVC0052X
1. Driver side automatic switch Passenger side power window
2. Front passenger side switch switch
3. Rear left passenger side switch The passenger's side power window
switch will open or close only the corre-
4. Rear right passenger side switch sponding window. To open or close the
5. Window lock button window, push down or pull up the switch
and hold it.
Main power window switch
(driver's side)
To open or close a window, push down O A
or pull up OB the corresponding switch and
hold it. The main switches, on the driver's
side, will open or close all the windows.

Auto-reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances imme-
diately before the closed position
which cannot be detected. Make sure
that all passengers have their hands,
etc., inside the vehicle before closing
the window.
If the control unit detects something
caught in the window as it is closing, the
window will be immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated
LIC2663 JVC0053X when the window is closed by automatic
operation when the power switch is in the
Rear power window switch Automatic operation ON position or for 45 seconds after the
The rear power window switches open or The automatic operation is available for power switch is placed in the OFF position.
close only the corresponding window. To the switch that has an mark on its
Depending on the environment or driv-
open the window, push the switch and hold surface.
ing conditions, the auto reverse function
it down O1 . To close the window, pull the
To fully open or close the window, com- may be activated if an impact or load
switch up O2 .
pletely push down or pull up the switch and similar to something being caught in the
release it; the switch need not be held. The window occurs.
window will automatically open or close all
the way. To stop the window, just push or lift
the switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause
the window to open or close until the
switch is released.

INTERIOR LIGHTS
If the windows do not close CAUTION

automatically
Do not use for extended periods of time
If the power window automatic function with the power switch in the OFF posi-
(closing only) does not operate properly, tion. This could result in a discharged
perform the following procedure to initial- 12-volt battery.
ize the power window system.
1. Place the power switch in the ON CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
position. The console light will turn on whenever the
2. Close the door. parking lights or headlights are illuminated.
The console light brightness can be ad-
3. Open the window completely by operat-
justed with the illumination brightness
ing the power window switch.
control in the vehicle information display.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold
LIC3814
it to close the window, and then hold the
switch more than 3 seconds after the The interior lights can be turned on O 1 re-
window is closed completely. gardless of door position. The lights will go

off after a period of time unless the power
5. Release the power window switch. Op- switch is placed in the ON position when
erate the window by the automatic any door is opened.
function to confirm the initialization is
complete. The interior lights can be set to operate
when the doors are opened O 2 . To turn off
If the power window automatic function the interior lights when a is door open,
does not operate properly after perform- push the switch; the interior lights will not
ing the procedure above, have your vehicle illuminate, regardless of door position.
serviced. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this The lights will go off when the power switch
service. is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s
door is closed and locked. The lights will
also go off after a period of time when the
doors are open.
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• doors are unlocked by pushing the
UNLOCK button or the request
switch, with the power switch in the LOCK
position
• any door is opened and then closed with
the power switch in the LOCK position
• any door is opened while the power
switch in the ACC or ON position
–– remains on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the light turns
off.
LIC2304 SIC3513
The light will automatically turn off after
MAP LIGHTS ROOM LIGHT 10 minutes when the light remains illu-
Press the button to turn the map lights on. The room light switch has three positions: minated to prevent the battery from be-
To turn them off, press the button again. ON, DOOR and OFF. coming discharged.
ON position OFF position

When the switch is in the ON position O
1 , When the switch is in the OFF position O 3 ,
the ceiling light will illuminate. the ceiling light will not illuminate, regard-
less of the condition.
DOOR position
CARGO LIGHT
When the switch is in the DOOR position O2 ,
the ceiling light will illuminate under the The light illuminates when the rear hatch is
following conditions: opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the
light goes off. For additional information,
• the power switch is placed in the LOCK see “Exterior and interior lights” (P. 8-23).
position
MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Secondary rear hatch release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Opening charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Charge port cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Tilt and telescopic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Manual anti-glare rearview mirror
NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
How to use the remote keyless entry Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror . . . . . . . . 3-24
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
12-volt battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
KEYS
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be CAUTION

registered and used with one vehicle. The
new keys must be registered by a NISSAN Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the you when driving. The Intelligent Key is
Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle a precision device with a built-in trans-
Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since mitter. To avoid damaging it, please not
the registration process requires erasing all the following:
memory in the Intelligent Key components • The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
when registering new keys, be sure to take however, wetting may damage the
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
A key number plate is supplied with your completely dry.
keys. Record the key number and keep it in • Do not bend, drop or strike it against
a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the another object.
LPD3110 vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom- • If the outside temperature is below
1. Intelligent Key (two sets) mended that you visit a NISSAN certified 14°F (–10°C) degrees, the battery of
LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key the Intelligent Key may not function
2. Mechanical key number. NISSAN does not record key num- properly.
3. Key number plate (one plate) bers so it is very important to keep track of
your key number plate. • Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® extended period in an area where
A key number is only necessary when you temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
Your vehicle can only be driven with the have lost all keys and do not have one to
Intelligent Keys which are registered to • Do not change or modify the Intelli-
duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can gent Key.
your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com- be duplicated without knowing the key
ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer number. • Do not use a magnet key holder.
System components. • Do not place the Intelligent Key near
an electric appliance such as a televi-
sion set, personal computer or cellu-
lar phone.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

• Do not allow the Intelligent Key to CAUTION
come into contact with water or salt
water, and do not wash it in a wash- Always carry the mechanical key in-
ing machine. This could affect the stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.
system function. For additional information, see “Locking
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, with key” (P. 3-5).
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
code of that Intelligent Key. This will NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
prevent the Intelligent Key from unau- SYSTEM KEYS
thorized use to unlock the vehicle. For
You can only drive your vehicle using the
information regarding the erasing pro-
master keys which are registered to the
cedure, it is recommended that you
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com-
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
ponents in your vehicle. These keys have a
SPA1951 transponder chip in the key head.
The master key can be used for all the
Mechanical key locks.
The Intelligent Key contains the mechani- To protect belongings when you leave a
cal key. key with someone, give them the Intelligent
To remove the mechanical key, release the Key only, not the mechanical key.
lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key. Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it Additional or replacement keys:
into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
returns to the lock position. If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. A NISSAN
the driver's door. certified LEAF dealer can duplicate your ex-
isting key. As many as four NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System keys can be used with
one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
DOORS
Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you When the doors are locked using one of the • To help avoid risk of injury or death
have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for following methods, the doors cannot be through unintended operation of the
registration. This is because the registra- opened using the inside or outside door vehicle and/or its systems, including
tion process will erase the memory of all handles. The doors must be unlocked to entrapment in windows or inadver-
key codes previously registered into the open the doors. tent door lock activation, do not
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After leave children, people who require
the registration process, these compo- WARNING the assistance of others or pets unat-
nents will only recognize keys coded into tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System • Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat the temperature inside a closed ve-
during registration. Any virtual key acces- hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
sories (if so equipped) will also have to be belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping to come high enough to cause a signifi-
reregistered. Any key that is not given to the cant risk of injury or death to people
dealer at the time of registration will no prevent persons from being thrown
from the vehicle. This also helps keep and pets.
longer be able to start your vehicle.
children and others from uninten-
CAUTION tionally opening the doors, and will
help keep out intruders.
Do not allow the immobilizer system • Before opening any door, always look
key, which contains an electrical tran- for and avoid oncoming traffic.
sponder, to come into contact with wa-
ter or salt water. This could affect sys-
tem function.

LPD0461 SPA2726 JVC0056X
Driver's side Inside lock LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR
LOCKING WITH KEY LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB LOCK SWITCH
The power door lock system allows you to To lock the door without the key, move the To lock all the doors without a key, push the
lock or unlock all doors at the same time inside lock knob to the lock position O 1 ,
door lock switch (driver's or front passen-
using the master or mechanical key. then close the door. ger's side) to the lock position O 1 . When
Turning the key toward the front O 1 of the To unlock the door without the key, move locking the door this way, be certain not to
vehicle locks all the doors and activates the the inside lock knob to the unlock position leave the key inside the vehicle.
security system. O2 .
To unlock all the doors without a key, push
Turning the key 1 time toward the rear O
2 of the door lock switch (driver's or front pas-
the vehicle unlocks that door. From that senger's side) to the unlock position O2 .
position, returning the key to neutral O 3
(where the key can only be removed and
inserted) and turning it toward the rear O
4
again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM
Lockout protection WARNING

When any door is open and the power door
lock switch is moved to the lock position, all • Radio waves could adversely affect
doors will lock. If the Intelligent Key is left in electric medical equipment. Those
the vehicle after all the doors are closed, all who use a pacemaker should contact
doors will unlock automatically and a the electric medical equipment
chime will sound. manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
These functions help to prevent the Intelli- • The Intelligent Key transmits radio
gent Key from being accidentally locked waves when the buttons are pressed.
inside the vehicle. The FAA advises the radio waves may
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS affect aircraft navigation and com-
munication systems. Do not operate
• All doors lock automatically when the ve- the Intelligent Key while on an air-
hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h). LPD2552 plane. Make sure the buttons are not
• All doors unlock automatically when the operated unintentionally when the
power switch is placed in the OFF CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
unit is stored for a flight.
position. Child safety locks help prevent the rear • Never leave the Intelligent Key in the
doors from being opened accidentally, es- vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
pecially when small children are in the
vehicle. The Intelligent Key system can operate all
the door locks using the remote control
The child safety lock levers are located on
function or pushing the request switch on
the edge of the rear doors.
the vehicle without taking the key out from
When the lever is in the unlock position O
2 , a pocket or purse. The operating environ-
the door can be opened from the outside ment and/or conditions may affect the In-
or the inside. telligent Key system operation.
When the lever is in the LOCK position O
1 , Be sure to read the following before using
the door can be opened only from the the Intelligent Key system.
outside.

CAUTION In such cases, correct the operating condi- As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
tions before using the Intelligent Key func- registered and used with one vehicle. For
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with tion or use the mechanical key. information about the purchase and use of
you when operating the vehicle. Although the life of the battery varies de- additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-
pending on the operating conditions, the mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving LEAF dealer.
and transmitting radio waves. The Intelli- battery’s life is approximately two years. If
gent Key system transmits weak radio the battery is discharged, replace it with a
waves from various distances. Environ- new one.
mental conditions may interfere with the When the Intelligent Key battery is low, the
operation of the Intelligent Key system un- “Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in
der the following operating conditions: the vehicle information display. For addi-
• When operating near a location where tional information, see “Key Battery Low”
strong radio waves are transmitted, such (P. 2-36).
as a TV tower, power station and broad- Since the Intelligent Key is capable of re-
casting station. ceiving radio waves, if the key is left near
• When in possession of wireless equip- equipment which transmits strong radio
ment, such as a cellular telephone, trans- waves, such as signals from a TV and per-
ceiver or a CB radio. sonal computer, the battery life may be-
• When the Intelligent Key is in contact with come shorter.
or covered by metallic materials. For additional information, see “NISSAN In-
• When any type of radio wave remote con- telligent Key® battery replacement” (P. 8-19).
trol is used nearby.
Pay special attention that the vehicle bat-
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an tery is not completely discharged.
electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
• When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass or handle or rear bumper, the request
switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-
ating range, it is possible for anyone, even
someone who does not carry the Intelli-
gent Key, to push the request switch to
lock/unlock the doors including the rear
hatch.
LVP0004X LPD2687
OPERATING RANGE DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS

The Intelligent Key functions can only be PRECAUTION
used when the Intelligent Key is within the • Do not push the door handle request
specified operating range from the request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your
switch O1 . hand as illustrated. The close distance to
When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- the door handle will cause the Intelligent
charged or strong radio waves are present Key system to have difficulty recognizing
near the operating location, the Intelligent that the Intelligent Key is outside the
Key system’s operating range becomes vehicle.
narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not • After locking with the door handle re-
function properly. quest switch, verify the doors are se-
curely locked by testing them.
The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)
from each request switch O 1 .

• To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
left inside the vehicle, make sure you
carry the Intelligent Key with you and then
lock the doors.
• Do not pull the door handle before push-
ing the door handle request switch. The
door will be unlocked but will not open.
Release the door handle once and pull it
again to open the door.
LPD2688 LPD2690
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® Locking doors

OPERATION 1. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
You can lock or unlock the doors without tion and make sure you carry the Intelli-
taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket gent Key with you.
or bag. 2. Close all doors.
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, 3. Push any door handle request switch O A
you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing or rear hatch request switch O B while
the door handle request switch within the carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
range of operation.
4. All doors will lock.
5. The hazard indicator lights may flash
twice and the outside chime may sound
twice.

• Doors do not lock with the door handle Lockout protection
request switch with the Intelligent Key To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout
warn you. However, when an Intelligent protection is equipped with the Intelligent
Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be Key system.
locked with another Intelligent Key.
When the driver’s side door is open, the
WARNING doors are locked, then the Intelligent Key is
left inside the vehicle and the door is
After locking the doors using the re- closed, all doors will unlock automatically.
quest switch, make sure that the doors
have been securely locked by operat- NOTE:
ing the door handles. Failure to follow The doors may not lock when the Intelli-
these instructions may result in inad- gent Key is in the same hand that is op-
LPD3151
vertently unlocking the door, which erating the request switch to lock the
may decrease the safety and security door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,
NOTE: of your vehicle. pocket or your other hand.
• Request switches for all doors and
hatch can be deactivated when the Ext. CAUTION
Door Switch feature is switched to OFF CAUTION
using the “Settings” menu on the ve- • When locking the doors using the re- The lockout protection may not func-
hicle information display. For addi- quest switch, make sure to have the tion under the following conditions:
tional information, see “Settings” Intelligent Key in your possession • When the Intelligent Key is placed on
(P. 2-28). before operating the request switch. top of the instrument panel.
• Doors do not lock by pushing the door • The request switch is operational • When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
handle request switch while the driv- only when the Intelligent Key has side the glove box or a storage bin.
er’s door is open. However, the driver’s been detected by the Intelligent Key • When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
door locks with the mechanical key system. side the door pockets.
even if any door is open.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
side or near metallic materials.

Using the interior lights
The interior lights illuminate for a period of
time when a door is unlocked and the
room light switch is in the DOOR position.
The lights can be turned off without waiting
by performing one of the following
operations:
• Placing the power switch in the ON
position.
• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.
• Switching the room light switch to the
“OFF” position.
LPD2690 LPD3151 For additional information, see “Interior
lights” (P. 2-72).
Unlocking doors All doors will be locked automatically un-
less one of the following operations is per-
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
formed within one minute after pushing
2. Push the door handle request switch O
A the request switch:
or the rear hatch request switch O B • Opening any door.
once. The hazard indicator lights may • Pushing the power switch.
flash once and the outside chime may
sound once. NOTE:
3. Push the door handle request switch O A The Selective Unlock feature can be
or the rear hatch request switch O B changed using the “Settings” menu on
again within 1 minute to unlock all doors. the vehicle information display. For ad-
The hazard indicator lights flash once ditional information, see “Settings”
and the outside chime sounds once. (P. 2-28).

The remote keyless entry function will not
function under the following conditions:
• When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
• When the doors or the hatch are open or
not closed securely.
• When the Intelligent Key battery is
discharged.
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
LPD3152 LPD3111 the electric medical equipment
Opening rear hatch 1. (lock) button manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. 2. (unlock) button • The Intelligent Key transmits radio
2. Push the rear hatch opener switch O
C . 3. (charge port lid) button waves when the buttons are pressed.
The FAA advises that the radio waves
3. The rear hatch will unlock and open. 4. (panic) button may affect aircraft navigation and
HOW TO USE THE REMOTE communications systems. Do not
KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION operate the Intelligent Key while on
an airplane. Make sure the buttons
The remote keyless entry function can op-
are not operated unintentionally
erate all door locks using the remote key-
when the unit is stored during a
less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-
flight.
mote keyless function can operate at a
distance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-
hicle. The operating distance depends
upon the conditions around the vehicle.

CAUTION Locking doors Unlocking doors
1. Press the button on the Intelligent
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key, 1. Place the power switch in the LOCK
Key to unlock the driver’s door.
which contains electrical compo- position.
nents, to come into contact with wa- 2. The hazard indicator lights flash once.
2. Close all doors.
ter or salt water. This could affect the
3. Press the button again within 1 min-
system function. 3. Press the button on the Intelli-
ute to unlock all doors and rear hatch.
• Do not drop the Intelligent Key. gent Key.
All doors and rear hatch will be locked au-
• Do not strike the Intelligent Key 4. The hazard indicator lights flash twice tomatically unless one of the following op-
sharply against another object. and the horn beeps once. erations is performed within 1 minute after
• Do not change or modify the Intelli- pressing the button:
5. All doors and the rear hatch will be
gent Key. • Opening any doors or rear hatch.
locked.
• Wetting may damage the Intelligent • Pushing the power switch.
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, WARNING
immediately wipe until it is com-
pletely dry.
Using the interior lights
After locking the doors using the Intel-
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ligent Key, be sure that the doors have The interior lights illuminate for a period of
extended period in an area where been securely locked by operating the time when a door is unlocked and the
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). door handles. Failure to follow these in- room light switch is in the DOOR position.
• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with structions may result in inadvertently The lights can be turned off without waiting
a key holder that contains a magnet. unlocking the doors, which may de- by performing one of the following
crease the safety and security of your operations:
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near vehicle.
equipment that produces a magnetic • Placing the power switch in the ON
field, such as a TV, audio equipment, position.
personal computers or cellular • Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.
phone. • Switching the room light switch to the
• When locking the doors using the In- “OFF” position.
telligent Key, be sure not to leave the
For additional information, see “Interior
key in the vehicle.
lights” (P. 2-72).
Opening charge port lid Setting hazard indicator and horn
The charge port lid may be opened by mode
pressing and holding the button. This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
For additional information, see "Opening horn mode when you first receive the
charge port lid" (P. 3-20). vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
Using the panic alarm the button is pressed, the hazard
If you are near your vehicle and feel threat- indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps
ened, you may activate the panic alarm to once. When the button is pressed, the
call attention by pressing and holding the hazard indicator flashes once.
button on the Intelligent Key for lon- If horns are not necessary, the system can
ger than 1 second. be switched to the hazard indicator mode.
The panic alarm and headlights will stay on In hazard indicator mode, when the
for a period of time. button is pressed, the hazard indicator
The panic alarm stops when: flashes twice. When the button is
pressed, neither the hazard indicator nor
• It has run for a period of time.
the horn operates.
• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent
Key. (Note: The button must be
pushed for more than 1 second.)

Hazard indicator and horn mode
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once
Pressing or button
HORN - once HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
Pressing or button
HORN - none HORN - none

Switching procedure: WARNING SIGNALS
To switch the hazard indicator and horn To help prevent the vehicle from moving
(chime) operation, press the and unexpectedly by erroneous operation of
buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta- the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the
neously for more than two seconds. vehicle from being stolen, a chime or
• When the hazard indicator mode is set, buzzer sounds from inside and outside the
the hazard indicator flashes three times. vehicle and a warning is displayed in the
• When the hazard indicator and horn instrument panel.
mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes When a chime or beep sounds or a warning
once and the horn chirps once. is displayed, be sure to check the vehicle
and the Intelligent Key.
For additional information, see “Trouble-
shooting guide” (P. 3-16) and “Vehicle infor-
NOS1695 mation display warnings and indicator”
12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM (P. 2-36 ).
When all the following conditions are met TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
for a period of time, the battery saver sys-
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that
tem will cut off the power supply to prevent
are programmed for the vehicle. If another
12-volt battery discharge.
Intelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-
• The power switch is in the ACC or ON hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-
position, ferently than expected.
• All doors are closed, and
• The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The power switch is pushed to the OFF
Close the driver's door.
When opening the driver’s door The inside warning chime sounds continu- position while the driver's door is open.
to get out of the vehicle ously. The power switch is in the ACC posi- Push the power switch to the OFF posi-
tion. tion then close the driver's door.
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display, the outside chime sounds The power switch is in the ACC or ON Push the power switch to the OFF posi-
three times and the inside warning chime position. tion.
sounds for a few seconds.
The Rear Door Alert warning message ap-
Check the back seat for all articles, press
pears on the display, the horn sounds three
The Rear Door Alert is activated. the OK button to clear the Rear Door Alert
When closing the door after times twice, or a Check Rear Seat for All Ar-
warning message.
getting out of the vehicle ticles warning appears on the display.
The power switch is in the ACC or OFF
position, the electric shift control sys-
tem has malfunctioned and the ve-
The outside chime sounds continuously. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
hicle cannot be placed in the P (Park)
position when the parking brake is not
applied.
When closing the door with the
The outside chime sounds for a few sec- The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
inside lock knob turned to Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
onds and all the doors unlock. or cargo area.
LOCK
When pushing the request
switch or the button on The outside chime sounds for a few sec- The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
the Intelligent Key to lock the onds. or a cargo area.
door
The EV system operation for discharged
The Intelligent Key battery charge is For additional information, see “NISSAN
Intelligent Key system indicator appears on
When pushing the power low. Intelligent Key® battery discharge” (P. 8-19).
the display.
switch in the READY to drive
position The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display and the inside warning chime The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
sounds for a few seconds.
When pushing the power The Key System Error indicator appears on It warns of a malfunction with the In- It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
switch the display. telligent Key system. certified LEAF dealer.

HOOD
WARNING
• Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the hood
to fly open and result in an accident.
• If you see steam or smoke coming
from the motor compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
LPD2691
1. Securely close the charge port lid. Hold the coated parts when removing or
resetting the support rod O A . Avoid di-
2. Pull the hood lock release handle O 1 lo-
rect contact with the metal parts, as they
cated below the driver’s side instrument
may be hot immediately after the motor
panel until the hood springs up slightly.
has been stopped.
3. Locate the lever O
2 between the hood
When closing the hood, return the support
and the charge port lid, and push the rod to its original position, lower the hood
lever upward with your fingertips. to approximately 8 in (20 cm) above the
4. Raise the hood O
3 . latch and release it. This allows proper en-
gagement of the hood latch.
5. Remove the support rod O 4 from under
the hood and insert it into the slot O
5 .

REAR HATCH
WARNING
• Always make sure that the rear hatch
has been closed securely to prevent
it from opening while driving.
• Do not drive with the rear hatch open.
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the rear hatch.
LPD2692 LPD2782
To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push SECONDARY REAR HATCH
the rear hatch opener switch O
A . Pull up the
RELEASE
rear hatch to open.
Follow the following steps to unlock the
The rear hatch can be unlocked by: rear hatch when the battery is discharged.
• Pushing the power door lock switch to
the unlock position. NOTE:
• Pushing the rear hatch request switch. It is recommended that you visit a
• Pressing the button on the Intelli- NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as
gent Key. possible for inspection.
For additional information, see “NISSAN In- Unlocking the rear hatch:
telligent Key® system” (P. 3-6).

CHARGE PORT LID
LPD2783 LPD2784 LPD2694

1. Move the cover O A by using a screwdriver 2. Then move the inside lever O
B by using a Instrument panel switch
or a similar tool available on hand. screwdriver or similar tool available on OPENING CHARGE PORT LID
hand. The rear hatch will open.
When opening the charge port lid perform
one of the following:
• Push the charge port lid switch located
on the instrument panel, or
• Press and hold the button on the
Intelligent Key for more than one second.

LPD2151 LPD2706 LPD2705
Intelligent Key button When opening the charge port lid: If the charge port lid cannot be unlocked
1. The charging status indicator lights flash 1. Open the hood.
and a chime sounds three times and the
2. Move the lever behind the charge port
charge port lid will then spring up slightly.
lid in the direction of the arrow using a
2. Put your hand into the underside of the flat head screwdriver or suitable tool,
lid and open until it is in the fully open and the port is unlocked.
position.
When closing the charge port lid: CAUTION
1. Slowly move the lid down. Make sure that the charge port lid is
completely closed and latched before
2. Lock it securely into place.
driving. Failure to do so could cause the
lid to open suddenly during driving.

STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION WARNING
• When charging is finished, be sure to • Do not adjust the steering wheel
close the charge port cap. If water or while driving. You could lose control
dust gets inside the charge port, this of your vehicle and cause an
may cause a malfunction. accident.
• Pay particular attention when using • Do not adjust the steering wheel any
the normal charge port as the charge closer to you than is necessary for
port lid can be closed even when the proper steering operation and com-
normal charge port cap is open. fort. The driver's air bag inflates with
• Close the quick charge port cap be- great force. If you are unrestrained,
fore closing the charging lid. The leaning forward, sitting sideways or
quick charge port cap can be dam- out of position in any way, you are at
aged if it is open when closing the greater risk of injury or death in a
LPD3317 charge port lid. crash. You may also receive serious
CHARGE PORT CAP or fatal injuries from the air bag if you
are up against it when it inflates. Al-
When opening the charge port cap, press ways sit back against the seatback
the tab inward and the cap will spring open. and as far away as practical from the
When the charge port cap is closed to its steering wheel. Always use the seat
previous position, it will lock automatically. belts.

SUN VISORS
1. To block glare from the front, swing

down O1 the main sun visor.
2. To block glare from the side, remove the

main sun visor from the center mount
and swing the visor to the side O2 .
3. To extend O3 the sun visor, slide in or out

as needed.
CAUTION
• Do not store the sun visor before re-
turning the extension to its original
position.
LPD3112 • Do not pull the extension sun visor
forcedly downward.
TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATION
Push the lock lever O
1 down:
• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in

direction O
2 to the desired position.
• Adjust the steering wheel forward or

backward in direction O 3 to the desired
position.
Pull the lock lever O
1 up firmly to lock the
steering wheel in place.
WPD0344

MIRRORS
LPD2595 WPD0126 LPD3278
VANITY MIRRORS MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun MIRROR (if so equipped) REARVIEW MIRROR
visor down and flip open the mirror cover. Use the night position O1 to reduce glare The inside mirror is designed so that it au-
The vanity mirror will illuminate when the from the headlights of vehicles behind you tomatically dims during night time condi-
mirror cover is open. at night. tions and according to the intensity of the
headlights of the vehicle following you. The
Use the day position O
2 when driving in
automatic anti-glare feature will always be
daylight hours.
ON.
WARNING The indicator light O
2 will illuminate when
the automatic anti-glare feature is
Use the night position only when nec- operating.
essary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.

NOTE: WARNING
Do not hang any objects over the sen-
• Objects viewed in the outside mirror
sors O1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen-
on the passenger side are closer than
sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
they appear. Be careful when moving
of the sensors, resulting in improper
to the right. Using only this mirror
operation.
could cause an accident. Use the in-
side mirror or glance over your
shoulder to properly judge distances
to other objects.
• Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-
ing. You could lose control of your ve-
hicle and cause an accident.
JVC0061X
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
The outside mirror remote control will op-
erate only when the power switch is in the
ACC or ON position.
Turn the switch O1 to select the left or right
mirror then adjust each mirror to the de-
sired position using the control switch O 2 .
Return the small switch O 1 to the center

(neutral) position to prevent accidentally
moving the mirror.

LPD2216
Foldable outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door to
fold it.
Heated mirrors (if so equipped)

Some outside mirrors can be heated to
defrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-
ibility. For additional information, see “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster
switch” (P. 2-49).

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems
NissanConnect® Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Moving Object Detection (MOD)
RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Difference between predicted and Turning MOD ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
How to park with predicted course System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . 4-29
How to turn on and off predicted Displaying climate control system
course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 status screen (models with navigation
RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9 system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Intelligent Around View® Monitor In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Automatic climate control
Intelligent Around View® Monitor (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . 4-32
system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Automatic climate control
Difference between predicted and (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Climate ctrl. timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
How to park with predicted course Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 iPod®/iPhone® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Intelligent Around View® Monitor
system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
NISSANCONNECT® MANUAL
• Navigation (if so equipped)

• Voice recognition
• Information and settings viewable on the
system
LHA5680
Refer to the digital NissanConnect®
manual using the QR code on this page, or
your printed NissanConnect® manual (if so
equipped). This manual includes the fol-
lowing information:
• EV-Specific functions
• Audio
• Hands-Free Phone
• NissanConnect® EV & Services (if so
equipped)
• Apple CarPlay®
• Android Auto™
4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

WARNING CAUTION
Failure to follow the warnings and in- Do not scratch the camera lens when
structions for proper use of the Rear- cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
View Monitor system could result in se- the camera.
rious injury or death.
• RearView Monitor is a convenience
feature and is not a substitute for
proper backing. Always turn and look
out the windows and check mirrors
to be sure that it is safe to move be-
fore operating the vehicle. Always
back up slowly.
• The system is designed as an aid to
LHA4522
the driver in showing large station-
ary objects directly behind the ve- The RearView Monitor system automati-
hicle, to help avoid damaging the cally shows a rear view of the vehicle when
vehicle. the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)
• The distance guide line and the ve- position. The radio can still be heard while
hicle width line should be used as a the RearView Monitor is active.
reference only when the vehicle is on To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-
a level paved surface. The distance tor system uses a camera located just
viewed on the monitor is for refer- above the vehicle’s license plate 䊊 1 .
ence only and may be different than
the actual distance between the ve- REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
hicle and displayed objects. OPERATION
With the EV (electric vehicle) system on and
in “READY to drive”, move the shift lever to
the R (Reverse) position to operate the
RearView Monitor.
Vehicle width guide lines O
4 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
Indicate the vehicle width when backing AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
up. The displayed guidelines and their loca-
The width of the vehicle width guide line is tions on the ground are for approximate
wider than the actual width. reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
Predicted course lines O
5
ally located at distances different from
Indicate the predicted course when back- those displayed in the monitor relative to
ing up. The predicted course lines will be the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
displayed on the monitor when the shift in doubt, turn around and view the objects
lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the as you are backing up, or park and exit the
steering wheel is turned. The predicted vehicle to view the positioning of objects
course lines will move depending on how behind the vehicle.
much the steering wheel is turned and will
LHA4805
not be displayed while the steering wheel is
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED in the straight-ahead position.
LINES The vehicle width guide lines and the width
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle of the predicted course lines are wider than
width and distances to objects with refer- the actual width and course.
ence to the vehicle body line OA are dis-
played on the monitor.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
• Red lineO 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
• Yellow line O 2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m )
• Green line O 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

LHA5064 LHA5065 LHA5069
Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, object
distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle The predicted course lines O A do not touch
guide lines are shown closer than the ac- width guide lines are shown farther than the object in the display. However, the ve-
tual distance. Note that any object on the the actual distance. Note that any object hicle may hit the object if it projects over
hill is further than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the the actual backing up course.
monitor. monitor.

object when backing up to the position O A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
- Turn the steering wheel from lock to
LHA5067 lock while the EV (electric vehicle) LHA5070
system is running.
Backing up behind a projecting - Drive the vehicle on a straight road
1. Visually check that the parking space is
object safe before parking your vehicle.
for more than 5 minutes.
The position O C is shown farther than the • When the steering wheel is turned 2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
position OB in the display. However, the po- with the power switch in the ACC po- on the screen OA when the shift lever is
sition O
C is actually at the same distance as sition, the predicted course lines may moved to the R (Reverse) position.
the position O A . The vehicle may hit the be displayed incorrectly.

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines OD parallel
to the parking space OC while referring
to the predicted course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, push the P (Park) position
switch and apply the parking brake.
LHA5512
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Touch the ”Settings” key.
3. Touch the “Camera” key.
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key.
LHA5071
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the 5. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”,
steering wheel so that the predicted “Color”, or “Black Level” key.
course lines O
B enter the parking space 6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
OC . key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE: • The system cannot completely elimi- • When washing the vehicle with high
Do not adjust any of the display set- nate blind spots and may not show pressure water, be sure not to spray it
tings of the RearView Monitor while every object. around the camera. Otherwise, water
the vehicle is moving. Make sure the may enter the camera unit causing
• Underneath the bumper and the cor-
parking brake is firmly applied. water condensation on the lens, a
ner areas of the bumper cannot be
viewed on the RearView Monitor be- malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF
cause of its monitoring range limita- • Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-
PREDICTED COURSE LINES tion. The system will not show small sion instrument. Otherwise, it may
To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course objects below the bumper, and may malfunction or cause damage result-
lines while in the P (Park) position: not show objects close to the bum- ing in a fire or an electric shock.
1. Touch the “Settings” key. per or on the ground.
The following are operating limitations and
• Objects viewed in the RearView do not represent a system malfunction:
2. Touch the “Camera” key. Monitor differ from actual distance
• When the temperature is extremely high
3. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” key because a wide-angle lens is used.
or low, the screen may not clearly display
to turn the feature ON or OFF. • Objects in the RearView Monitor will objects.
Pressing the CAMERA button while the shift appear visually opposite compared
• When strong light directly shines on the
lever is in the R (Reverse) position can also to when viewed in the rearview and
camera, objects may not be displayed
turn on and off the predicted course lines. outside mirrors.
clearly.
• Use the displayed lines as a refer-
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM • Vertical lines may be seen in objects on
ence. The lines are highly affected by
the screen. This is due to strong reflected
LIMITATIONS the number of occupants, fuel level,
light from the bumper.
vehicle position, road conditions and
WARNING road grade. • The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light.
• Make sure that the rear hatch is se-
Listed below are the system limitations curely closed when backing up. • The colors of objects on the RearView
for RearView Monitor. Failure to oper- Monitor may differ somewhat from the
• Do not put anything on the rearview
ate the vehicle in accordance with actual color of objects.
camera. The rearview camera is in-
these system limitations could result in • Objects on the monitor may not be clear
stalled above the license plate.
serious injury or death. in a dark environment.

• There may be a delay when switching If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
between views. camera O 1 , the RearView Monitor may not
• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the display objects clearly. Clean the camera
camera, RearView Monitor may not dis- by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a
play objects clearly. Clean the camera. diluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe ing it with a dry cloth.
off any wax with a clean cloth dampened
with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then
wipe with a dry cloth.
LHA4522
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-
ner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®
MONITOR (if so equipped)
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button

WARNING CAUTION
Failure to follow the warnings and in- Do not scratch the camera lens when
structions for proper use of the Intelli- cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
gent Around View® Monitor system the camera.
could result in serious injury or death.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor sys-
• The Intelligent Around View® Monitor tem is designed as an aid to the driver in
is a convenience feature and is not a situations such as slot parking or parallel
substitute for proper vehicle opera- parking. The monitor displays various
tion because it has areas where ob- views of the position of the vehicle in a split
jects cannot be viewed. The four cor- screen format. Not all views are available at
ners of the vehicle in particular, are all times.
areas where objects do not always
appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear Available views:
views. Always check your surround- • Front View LHA5633
ings to be sure that it is safe to move The view of the front of the vehicle. To display the multiple views, the Intelligent
before operating the vehicle. Always • Rear View Around View® Monitor system uses cam-
operate the vehicle slowly. eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-
The view of the rear of the vehicle.
• The driver is always responsible for cle’s outside mirrors and one just above
safety during parking and other • Bird’s-Eye View the vehicle’s license plate O
1 .
maneuvers. The surrounding views of the vehicle
• Use the mirrors or actually look to from above. INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®
properly judge distances to other • Front-Side View MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
objects. The view around and ahead of the front With the EV (electric vehicle) system on,
passenger’s side wheel. move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-
• Full screen rear view sition or press the CAMERA button to oper-
The view to the rear of the vehicle (which ate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
is a little wider than the standard rear
view).

When the camera is first activated with the • If the tires are replaced with different
bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon will sized tires, the predicted course lines
flash on the screen. This indicates that the and the bird’s-eye view may be dis-
sonar system is activated. For additional played incorrectly.
information on the rear sonar system, see
• When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-
“Rear sonar system” (P. 5-169). The screen
jects viewed in the monitor are fur-
displayed on the Intelligent Around View®
ther than they appear. When driving
Monitor will automatically return to the
the vehicle down a hill, objects
previous screen 3 minutes after the CAM-
viewed in the monitor are closer than
ERA button has been pressed with the shift
they appear.
lever in a position other than the R (Re-
verse) position. • Objects in the rear view will appear
visually opposite compared to when
Available views viewed in the rear view and outside
mirrors.
SAA1840
WARNING • Use the mirrors or actually look to Front View
properly judge distances to other
• The distance guide lines and the ve- objects. Front and rear view
hicle width lines should be used as a • On a snow-covered or slippery road, Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
reference only when the vehicle is on there may be a difference between vehicle width and distance to objects with
a paved, level surface. The apparent the predicted course lines and the reference to the vehicle body lines O A are
distance viewed on the monitor may actual course line. displayed on the monitor.
be different than the actual distance
between the vehicle and displayed • The vehicle width and predicted Distance guide lines
objects. course lines are wider than the actual
width and course. Indicate distances from the vehicle body:
• Use the displayed lines and the bird’s • Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
eye view as a reference. The lines and • The displayed lines will appear
the bird’s-eye view are greatly af- slightly off to the right, because the • Yellow lines O 2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
fected by the number of occupants, rearview camera is not installed in • Green lines O 3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)
cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, the rear center of the vehicle. • Green lines O 4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m) (if
road condition and road grade. so equipped)

front view will not be displayed when the
vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
NOTE:
When the monitor displays the front
view and the steering wheel turns about
90 degrees or less from the straight-
ahead position, both the right and left
predicted course lines O6 are displayed.
When the steering wheel turns about 90
degrees or more, a line is displayed only
on the opposite side of the turn.
LHA5068 LHA4641
Rear View Birds-eye view
5
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead
Indicate the approximate vehicle width view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the
when backing up. vehicle position and the predicted course
Predicted course lines O
6
to a parking space. The vehicle icon O 1
shows the position of the vehicle. Note that
Indicate the predicted course when oper- the apparent distance between objects
ating the vehicle. The predicted course viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ
lines will be displayed on the monitor when somewhat from the actual distance to the
the steering wheel is turned. The predicted vehicle.
course lines will move depending on how
much the steering wheel is turned and The areas that the cameras cannot cover
may not be displayed while the steering O2 are indicated in black.
wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The

After the EV system is placed in the ON
position, the non-viewable areas O 2 are
highlighted in yellow for several seconds
after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will
be shown only the first time after the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
WARNING
• Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-
pear further than the actual distance.
• Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,
may be misaligned or not displayed
at the seam of the views.
• Objects that are above the camera LHA2652 LHA4819
cannot be displayed. Full screen rear view
Front-side view
• The view for the bird’s-eye view may Full screen rear view
be misaligned when the camera po- Guiding lines
The full screen rear view shows a wider
sition alters. Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
area on the entire screen and allows the
• A line on the ground may be mis- width and the front end of the vehicle are
checking of the blind corners on right and
aligned and is not seen as being displayed on the monitor.
left sides. The full screen rear view displays
straight at the seam of the views. The The front-of-vehicle line O
1 shows the front an approximately 180-degree area. The
misalignment will increase as the part of the vehicle. predicted course lines are not displayed
line proceeds away from the vehicle. when using the full screen rear view.
The side-of-vehicle line O
2 shows the ap-
proximate vehicle width including the out- Distance guide lines
side mirrors.
Indicates distances from the vehicle body:
The extensions O 3 of both the front O
1 and
• Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
side O2 lines are shown with a green dotted
• Yellow line O2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
line.
• Green line O 3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

4
Indicate the vehicle width when backing

up.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
ally located at distances different from
those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are backing up, or park and exit the
vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
LHA5064 LHA5065
Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle
guide lines are shown closer than the ac- width guide lines are shown farther than
tual distance. Note that any object on the the actual distance. Note that any object
hill is further than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor. monitor.

object when backing up to the position O A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
– Turn the steering wheel from lock
LHA5069 LHA5067 to lock while the EV (electric ve-
Backing up near a projecting Backing up behind a projecting hicle) system is running.
object object – Drive the vehicle on a straight road
for more than 5 minutes.
The predicted course lines O A do not touch The position O C is shown farther than the
• When the steering wheel is turned
the object in the display. However, the ve- position OB in the display. However, the po-
with the power switch in the ACC po-
hicle may hit the object if it projects over sition O
C is actually at the same distance as
sition, the predicted course lines may
the actual backing up course. the position O A . The vehicle may hit the
be displayed incorrectly.

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines OD parallel
to the parking space OC while referring
to the predicted course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, move the shift position to
the P (Park) position and apply the park-
ing brake.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the power switch in the ON position,
press the CAMERA button or move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate
the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor dis-
plays different split screen views depend-
ing on the position of the shift lever. Press
the CAMERA button to switch between the
available views.
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,
the available views are:
LHA5070 LHA5071
• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
1. Visually check that the parking space is 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the • Rear view/front-side view split screen
safe before parking your vehicle. steering wheel so that the predicted
course lines O
B enter the parking space
• Full screen rear view
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
on the screen OA when the shift lever is
OC .
moved to the R (Reverse) position.

If the shift position is in the P (Park) and D NOTE:
(Drive) position, the available views are:
Do not adjust any of the display settings
• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen of the Intelligent Around View® Monitor
• Front view/front-side view split screen while the vehicle is moving. Make sure
The display will switch from the Intelligent the parking brake is firmly applied.
Around View® Monitor screen when:
• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position
and the vehicle speed increases above
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
• A different screen is selected.
LHA5594
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

1. Press MENU button.
2. Touch the “Settings” key
3. Touch the “Camera” key
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key
5. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”
“Color,” or “Black Level” key.
6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
key on the touch-screen display.

WARNING • Do not strike the cameras. They are
precision instruments. Doing so
Listed below are the system limitations could cause a malfunction or cause
for Intelligent Around View® Monitor. damage resulting in a fire or an elec-
Failure to operate the vehicle in accor- tric shock.
dance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death. There are some areas where the system
will not show objects and the system does
• Do not use the Intelligent Around not warn of moving objects. When in the
View® Monitor with the outside mir- front or rear view display, an object below
rors in the stored position, and make the bumper or on the ground may not be
sure that the rear hatch is securely viewed O 1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a
closed when operating the vehicle
tall object near the seam O 2 of the camera
using the Intelligent Around View®
viewing areas will not appear in the
Monitor.
monitor.
• The apparent distance between ob-
jects viewed on the Intelligent The following are operating limitations and
Around View® Monitor differs from do not represent a system malfunction:
the actual distance. • There may be a delay when switching
• The cameras are installed on the between views.
front grille, the outside mirrors and • When the temperature is extremely high
above the rear license plate. Do not or low, the screen may not display objects
put anything on the vehicle that cov- clearly.
LHA5634
ers the cameras. • When strong light directly shines on the
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® • When washing the vehicle with high camera, objects may not be displayed
MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS pressure water, be sure not to spray it clearly.
around the cameras. Otherwise, wa- • The screen may flicker under fluorescent
ter may enter the camera unit caus- light.
ing water condensation on the lens, a • The colors of objects on the Intelligent
malfunction, fire or an electric shock. Around View® Monitor may differ some-
what from the actual color of objects.
• Objects on the Intelligent Around View®
Monitor may not be clear and the color of
the object may differ in a dark
environment.
• There may be differences in sharpness
between each camera view of the bird’s-
eye view.
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe
off any wax with a clean cloth that has
been dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry
cloth.
LHA4412 LHA4413
System temporarily unavailable When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the

screen, the camera image may be receiv-
When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,
ing temporary electronic disturbances
there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-
from surrounding devices. This will not hin-
ligent Around View® Monitor. This will not
der normal driving operation but the sys-
hinder normal driving operation but the
tem should be inspected if it occurs fre-
system should be inspected. It is recom-
quently. It is recommended that you visit a
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
service.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras O 1 , the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-
ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
LHA5633
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not damage the cameras as the
affected.

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
(if so equipped)
LHA5349
1. CAMERA button

WARNING MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
The MOD system will turn on automatically
Failure to follow the warnings and in- under the following conditions:
structions for proper use of the Moving
object Detection (MOD) system could • When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
result in serious injury or death. position.
• The MOD system is not a substitute • When vehicle speed decreases below ap-
for proper vehicle operation and is proximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and the
not designed to prevent contact with camera screen is displayed.
objects surrounding the vehicle.
When maneuvering, always use the
outside mirrors and rearview mirror
and turn and check the surroundings
to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
LHA4530
• The system is deactivated at speeds
above 5 mph (8 km/h). It is reacti- Front and bird’s-eye views
vated at lower speeds. The MOD system operates in the following
• The MOD system is not designed to conditions when the camera view is
detect surrounding stationary displayed:
objects. • When the shift position is in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is
The MOD system can inform the driver of stopped, the MOD system detects mov-
moving objects near the vehicle when ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. The
backing out of garages, maneuvering in MOD system may not operate if the out-
parking lots and in other such instances. side mirrors are moving in or out, in the
The MOD system detects moving objects stowed position, or if either front door is
by using image processing technology on opened.
the image shown in the display.

LHA5191 LHA5192 LHA5193
Rear and bird’s-eye views Rear and front-side views Full screen rear view
• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) The MOD system does not detect moving NOTE:
position and the vehicle speed is below objects in the front-side view. The MOD
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime is
system detects moving objects in the this view. beeping, the MOD system does not
front view. chime.
When the MOD system detects moving ob-
• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame O
1 is
position and the vehicle speed is below and a yellow frame will be displayed on the displayed on each camera image (front,
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD view where the objects are detected. While rear, right, left) depending on where mov-
system detects moving objects in the the MOD system continues to detect moving objects are detected.
rear view. The MOD system will not oper- ing objects, the yellow frame continues to The yellow frame O 2 is displayed on each
ate if the rear hatch is open. be displayed. view in the front view and rear view modes.

A blue MOD icon O 3 is displayed in the view MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – When there is dirt, water drops or
where the MOD system is operative. A gray snow on the camera lens.
WARNING
MOD icon is displayed in the view where the
– When the position of the moving
MOD system is not operative. Listed below are the system limitations objects in the display is not
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle changed.
icon O3 is not displayed. in accordance with these system limi- • The MOD system might detect flow-
tations could result in serious injury or ing water droplets on the camera
TURNING MOD ON AND OFF death. lens, white smoke from the muffler,
Some vehicles include the option to allow • Excessive noise (for example, audio moving shadows, etc.
the MOD system to be turned on or off in system volume or open vehicle win- • The MOD system may not function
the vehicle information display. dow) will interfere with the chime properly depending on the speed, di-
sound, and it may not be heard. rection, distance or shape of the
To turn the MOD system on or off:
• The MOD system performance will be moving objects.
1. Use either the or menu control limited according to environmental
switch on the steering wheel to select • If your vehicle sustains damage to
conditions and surrounding objects the parts where the camera is in-
“Settings”. such as: stalled, leaving it misaligned or bent,
2. Select “Driver Assistance” and press the – When there is low contrast be- the sensing zone may be altered and
OK button. tween background and the mov- the MOD system may not detect ob-
ing objects. jects properly.
3. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button. – When there is a blinking source of • When the temperature is extremely
light. high or low, the screen may not dis-
4. Toggle ON or OFF “Moving Object” using – When strong light such as another play objects clearly. This is not a
the OK button. vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is malfunction.
present.
– When camera orientation is not in
its usual position, such as when a
mirror is folded.

NOTE: If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras O 1 , the Intelligent Around
The blue MOD icon will change to orange View® Monitor may not display objects
if one of the following has occurred: clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
• When the system is malfunctioning. cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-
• When the component temperature ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
reaches a high level (icon will blink).
• When the RearView camera has de-
tected a blockage (icon will blink).
If the icon light continues to illuminate
orange, have the MOD system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
LHA5633
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not damage the cameras as the
affected.

VENTS
LHA4514
Side vent
Open/close the vents by moving the vent
slide in the appropriate direction.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are closed.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are open. LHA4515
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by Center Vent

moving the vent slide (up/down) until the
desired position is achieved.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
(automatic)
WARNING • Do not use the recirculation mode for The climate control system (air conditioner
long periods as it may cause the inte- and heater functions) can be operated
• The air conditioning cooling function rior air to become stale and the win- when the READY to drive indicator light is
operates only when the power dows to fog up. illuminated. However, while charging, the
switch is in the ON position or when climate control system can be used when
the READY to drive indicator light is NOTE: the power switch is in the ON position.
ON. • Odors from inside and outside the ve- The fan, heater and air conditioning can be
• Do not leave children or adults who hicle can build up in the air conditioner turned on manually, using the timer func-
would normally require the assis- unit. Odor can enter the passenger tion and using the remote climate control
tance of others alone in your vehicle. compartment through the vents. function.
Pets should also not be left alone. • When parking, set the heater or air
These functions operate in the following
They could accidentally injure them- conditioner controls to turn off air re-
conditions.
selves or others through inadvertent circulation to allow fresh air into the
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, passenger compartment. This should
sunny days, temperatures in a closed help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
vehicle could quickly become high
enough to causes severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
Power switch position LOCK/OFF ACC ON READY to drive

Fan - - Available Available
Heater and air conditioner - - Available*1 Available
Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) Available Available - -
Remote control*2 Available Available - -
*1: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle
Supply Equipment) is connected.
*2: Models with Navigation System.

NOTE: NOTE:
• A series of operation sounds may be • If the READY to drive indicator light is
heard immediately after climate con- illuminated and the EVSE (Electric Ve-
trol ON/OFF operation. This is not a hicle Supply Equipment) is connected
malfunction. to the vehicle, the power switch will
• Compressor and motor fan may sud- change to the ON position. At the same
denly start to operate during charging time, the climate control system will
operation. This is not a malfunction. stop operating. However, the fan will
• Condensation forms inside the air con- continue to operate. If you want to turn
ditioning unit when the air conditioner on climate control again, place the
is running, and is safely discharged un- power switch in the OFF position and
derneath your vehicle. Traces of water then place it in the ON position again
on the ground are therefore normal. after confirming that the vehicle has
Water may drop underneath the ve- started charging.
• When the power switch is in the ON SAA2368
hicle when climate control is operating.
position, if the power supply from the OPERATING TIPS
DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip- • The automatic climate control is
SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (models ment) is interrupted due to an electri- equipped with sensors as illustrated. The
with navigation system) cal outage, etc., the system will operate sensors O A and O B help maintain a con-
in the following ways. stant temperature. Do not put anything
The climate control system status screen – If it occurs while charging is being
can be displayed as a widget. For details of on or around these sensors.
performed:
the widget, refer to the NissanConnect® The climate control system will stop • Power consumption of the climate con-
Manual. once. If the power supply is restored trol system varies depending on the out-
within approximately 5 minutes, the side temperature and the temperature
climate control system will restart. set for the climate control system. Power
However, if more than 5 minutes have consumption increases if the interior
elapsed, the climate control system temperature is cooled down too much in
will not restart. summer or if it warmed up too much in
– If it occurs after charging has finished: winter. This will result in a reduced driving
The climate control system will stop. range.
• If the charge connector is connected to IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive The climate control system is equipped
mode and the air conditioner or heater is with an in-cabin microfilter which collects
on, the power switch automatically dirt, dust etc. To make sure the air condi-
changes to the ON position. Place the tioner heats defogs, and ventilates effi-
power switch in the off position to begin ciently, replace the filter regularly. To re-
charging. Turn on the desired climate place the filter, it is recommended that you
control function. visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
• For normal charge, the climate control
system is operative when charging op- The filter should be replaced if the air
eration is complete. For quick charge flow decreases significantly or if win-
however, the climate control system dows fog up easily when operating the
stops operating when charging opera- climate control system.
tion stops.
LVH0005X • The climate control timer or remote cli-
• Using the AUTO mode will help reduce mate control (for models with Navigation
the power consumption of the climate System) may fog up windows depending
control. on the set temperature or outside
• When the AUTO button is pressed, the temperature.
AUTO indicator illuminates. The • When turning on the seat heater (if so
HEAT button indicator or the A/C button equipped) switch prior to operating the
indicator illuminates according to the op- climate control timer or the remote cli-
eration of the climate control system. mate control (for models with Navigation
• If any of the MODE, A/C, HEAT, System), the seat heater will also turn on
fan speed control, front defroster is automatically when the outside tem-
pressed when the AUTO indicator illumi- perature is low.
nates, the AUTO indicator will be turned
off.

7. AUTO climate control ON button
8. A/C (air conditioner) button
9. MODE (manual air flow control) button
10. HEAT button
11. Climate control system OFF button
Automatic operation (AUTO)

The AUTO mode may be used year-round
as the system automatically controls con-
stant temperature, air flow distribution and
fan speed.
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica-
tor will be illuminated.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set
the desired temperature.
When any of the following functions are
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.
• The HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
LHA2890 • The fan speed control or ventilator air
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL 3. front defroster button flow control is operated.
(models without Navigation 4. Climate Ctrl. display However, the functions that were not oper-
System) ated continue operating in AUTO mode.
5. Rear window and outside mirror (if
1. fan speed control dial so equipped) defroster switch
2. intake air control button 6. Temperature control dial

NOTE: The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- Dehumidified heating
• If the fan speed control dial, MODE cator light illuminates according to the op- 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
button, or intake air control but- eration modes. A/C indicator light.
ton is operated while AUTO is in use, all
the other buttons operate in AUTO Operation A/C HEAT 2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate
mode. mode indicator indicator the HEAT indicator light
• While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, Cooling ON OFF NOTE:
electric power consumption of the air (HEAT off)
conditioner can be economized com- Dehumidi- ON ON Electric power consumption of climate
pared to the amount consumed while fied heating control increases while A/C button indi-
the AUTO indicator is not illuminated. cator and HEAT button indicator si-
Heating (A/C OFF ON multaneously illuminate. As a result, the
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- off) driving range may be decreased.
cator light illuminates according to the op- Ventilation OFF OFF
eration modes of the climate control Heating (A/C off)
system. Cooling
1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the the HEAT indicator light.
Operation A/C HEAT A/C indicator light.
mode indicator indicator 2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C
2. Press the HEAT button to turn off indicator light.
Cooling ON OFF the HEAT indicator light.
(HEAT off) • Do not set temperature lower than the
• Do not set the temperature higher outside air temperature. Doing so may
Heating OFF ON than the outside air temperature. Do- prevent the temperature from being
(A/C off) ing so may prevent the temperature controlled properly.
from being controlled properly. • If the windows fog up, use dehumidi-
Manual operation • A visible mist may be seen coming fied heating instead of the A/C off
The manual mode can be used to control from the ventilators in hot, humid con- heating.
the heater and air conditioner to your de- ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
sired temperature. does not indicate a malfunction.

Ventilation Fan speed control Temperature control
Press the HEAT button and A/C but- Turn the fan speed control dial to Turn the temperature control dial to set the
ton if the indicator lights are on so that manually control the fan speed. desired temperature.
both indicator lights turn off. Press the AUTO button to change the fan Recirculation
NOTE: speed to the automatic mode. Press the intake air control button to
• The ventilation mode requires a lower Air flow control change the air circulation mode. When the
power consumption, so cruising dis- Press the MODE button to change the air indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is
tance will increase. flow mode. recirculated inside the vehicle.
• In ventilation mode, temperature is not When the outside temperature exceeds
indicated on the air conditioner 70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may
display. Air flows from the center and
default to air recirculation mode automati-
side ventilators.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging cally to reduce overall power consumption.
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the
Press the front defroster button (the Air flows from the center and air recirculation button (indicator will turn
indicator light will illuminate). side ventilators and foot outlets. off) to enter fresh mode.
Fresh air
window quickly, set the temperature to Air flows mainly from the foot
the high temperature and the fan speed outlets. Press the intake air control button to
to their maximum level. change the air circulation mode. When the
• After the windshield is cleared, press the Air flows from the defroster out- indicator light does not illuminate, the flow-
front defroster button again (the in- lets and foot outlets. ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
dicator light will turn off). Automatic air intake control
• When the front defroster button is Air flows from the defroster In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
pressed, the air conditioner will automati- vents. controlled automatically. When the outside
cally turn on to defog the windshield. The temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air
outside air recirculation mode will be se- conditioning system may default to air re-
lected to improve the defogging circulation mode automatically to reduce
performance. overall power consumption.

To set the automatic control mode, press
and hold the intake air control button.
The indicator light will blink twice and the
inside/outside circulation will then be con-
trolled automatically. When in automatic
mode, the indicator light will come on when
inside air recirculation is active.
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch
For additional information, see “Rear win-
dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch” (P. 2-49).
To turn the system off

To turn off the climate control, press the
Climate control system OFF button. The
same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that
was active when the system is turned off is
active when system is turned back on.
LHA2889
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL 4. front defroster button

(models with Navigation System) 5. fan speed control button
1. Temperature control button 6. Rear window and outside mirror (if
2. HEAT button so equipped) defroster switch
3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator 7. intake air control button

8. Climate control system ON·OFF button NOTE: The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi-
• If the fan speed control button, cator light illuminates according to the op-
9. AUTO climate control ON button
MODE button, or intake air control eration modes.
10. MODE (manual air flow control) button button is operated while AUTO is in use,
all the other buttons operate in AUTO Operation A/C HEAT
11. A/C (air conditioner) ON·OFF button mode indicator indicator
mode.
Automatic operation (AUTO) • While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, Cooling ON OFF
electric power consumption of the air (HEAT off)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round conditioner can be economized com- Dehumidi- ON ON
as the system automatically controls con- pared to the amount consumed while fied heating
stant temperature, air flow distribution and the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.
fan speed. Heating (A/C OFF ON
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- off)
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica- cator light illuminates according to the op- Ventilation OFF OFF
tor will be illuminated. eration modes of the climate control
system. Cooling
2. Press the temperature control button to
set the desired temperature. 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
Operation A/C HEAT A/C indicator light.
When any of the following functions are
mode indicator indicator
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off. 2. Press the HEAT button to turn off
Cooling ON OFF the HEAT indicator light.
• The HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
(HEAT off)
• The fan speed control or ventilator air • Do not set the temperature higher
Heating (A/C OFF ON than the outside air temperature. Do-
flow control is operated.
off) ing so may prevent the temperature
However, the functions that were not oper- from being controlled properly.
ated continue operating in AUTO mode. Manual operation • A visible mist may be seen coming
The manual mode can be used to control from the ventilators in hot, humid con-
the heater and air conditioner to your de- ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
sired temperature. does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified heating Ventilation Fan speed control
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the Press the HEAT button and A/C but- Press the fan speed control button to
A/C indicator light. ton if the indicator lights are on so that manually control the fan speed.
both indicator lights turn off. Press the AUTO button to change the fan
2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate
the HEAT indicator light NOTE: speed to the automatic mode.
NOTE: • The ventilation mode requires a lower Air flow control
power consumption, so cruising dis- Press the MODE button to change the air
Electric power consumption of climate tance will increase. flow mode.
control increases while A/C button indi- • In ventilation mode, temperature is not
cator and HEAT button indicator si- indicated on the navigation monitor or Air flows from the center and
multaneously illuminate. As a result, the on the air conditioner display. side ventilators.
driving range may be decreased.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
Heating (A/C off) Air flows from the center and
Press the front defroster button (the
1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate side ventilators and foot outlets.
indicator light will illuminate).
the HEAT indicator light.
2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C Air flows mainly from the foot
window quickly, set the temperature to
indicator light. outlets.
the high temperature and the fan speed
• Do not set temperature lower than the to their maximum level.
outside air temperature. Doing so may • After the windshield is cleared, press the Air flows from the defroster out-
prevent the temperature from being lets and foot outlets.
front defroster button again (the in-
controlled properly. dicator light will turn off).
• If the windows fog up, use dehumidi- • When the front defroster button is Air flows from the defroster
fied heating instead of the A/C off pressed, the air conditioner and heater vents.
heating. will automatically turn on to defog the
windshield. The outside air recirculation
mode will be selected to improve the de-
fogging performance.

Temperature control To set the automatic control mode, press connector is connected to the vehicle,
Press the temperature control buttons to and hold the intake air control button. electric power from the Li-ion battery is not
set the desired temperature. The indicator light will blink twice and the used.
inside/outside circulation will then be con- The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two
Air recirculation trolled automatically. When in automatic timer settings.
Press the intake air control button to mode, the indicator light will come on when
change the air circulation mode. When the inside air recirculation is active. Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will
indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is complete air conditioning by the time that
Rear window and outside mirror (if so is set. It is not necessary to set the Climate
recirculated inside the vehicle. equipped) defroster switch Ctrl. Timer every day.
When the outside temperature exceeds For additional information, see “Rear win-
70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may dow and outside mirror (if so equipped) WARNING
default to air recirculation mode automati- defroster switch” (P. 2-49).
cally to reduce overall power consumption. Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the To turn the system off temperature in the passenger com-
air recirculation button (indicator will turn partment may become high or low if
off) to enter fresh mode. To turn off the climate control, press the the system automatically stops. Do not
Climate control system ON·OFF button. leave children or adults who would nor-
Outside air circulation The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) mally require the support of others
Press the intake air control button to that was active when the system is turned alone in your vehicle. Pets should not
change the air circulation mode. When the off is active when system is turned back on. be left alone either. On hot, sunny days,
indicator light does not illuminate, the flow- temperatures in a closed vehicle could
ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle. CLIMATE CTRL. TIMER
quickly become high enough to cause
This function pre-heats or pre-cools the severe or possibly fatal injuries to
Automatic air intake control
passenger compartment of the vehicle to people or animals. Also on cold days,
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be the temperature before driving. This helps temperature in a vehicle could become
controlled automatically. When the outside reduce power consumption from the Li-ion low enough to cause severe or possible
temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air battery. fatal injuries to people or animals.
conditioning system may default to air re-
The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air
circulation mode automatically to reduce
conditioner using power from the charger
overall power consumption.
or the Li-ion battery. While the charging

LHA4545 LHA5079 LHA5080
How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer Type A (models with Navigation Type B (models without Navigation
System) System)
䊊
1 OK button
1. Press the button to select “Set-
䊊
2 button tings” on the vehicle information display.
䊊
3 Back button 2. Press the button to select “EV
Settings” and then press the OK button.
䊊
4 button
3. Press the button to select “Cli-
mate Ctrl. Timer1” or “Climate Ctrl.
Timer2” and then press the OK button.
4. Press the button to select
“Timer” and then press the OK button
and turn on the setting. The indicator
light will turn on when the timer setting
is turned on.

5. Press the button to select “De- 11. * After setting the day of the week, press Operating tips for using Climate
parture time” and then press the OK the Back button and return to the pre- Ctrl. Timer
button. vious screen.
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start
6. Press the button to set “Hour” The set day of the week is lit in white. when the power switch is in the LOCK/
and then press the OK button. 12. After the setting is complete, place the OFF or ACC position.
7. Press the button to set “Minute” power switch in the OFF position, and • To turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer func-
and then press the OK button. The set- then connect the charge connector to tion, turn off the “Climate Ctrl. Timer1” and
ting can be changed with an increment the vehicle. "Climate Ctrl. Timer2" setting in the video
step of 10 minutes. information display using the
* models with Navigation System button on the steering wheel. The start
8. Press the button to select Info and stop time settings will not be deleted
“Climate Temperature” and then press even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is
the OK button. The Climate Ctrl. Timer does not activate if
turned off.
the charge connector is not connected to
9. Press the button to set Cli- the vehicle. When the “Battery Operation • While the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating,
mate Temperature and then press the OK” is turned on and the charging connec- the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the
OK button. tor is not connected to the vehicle, the Cli- charging status indicator lights flash. If
mate Ctrl. Timer will activate for 15 minutes. the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate,
10. * Press the button to select the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator
"Days" and then press the OK button. When the outside temperature is high, the illuminates.*
The current day of the week is dis- interior temperature may not reach the set
• If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating
played with an underline. temperature within the 15 minutes.
while the vehicle is being charged, the
Press the button to select the Turn "Battery Operation OK" to OFF when it time required for charging will be longer.
days of the week you wish to activate is not necessary to operate air condition- • Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or re-
the Climate Control system and then ing timer in order to prevent Li-ion battery mote climate control in an environment
press the OK button. The indicator light from discharging. where the temperature is low may de-
of the selected button will turn on. For models without Navigation System, the crease the rate of battery charge.
Climate Ctrl. Timer operates repeatedly ev-
ery day once it is turned on.

• Timer setting can also be changed while • Air conditioning is limited to the capacity Remote climate control
Climate Ctrl. Timer is operated. When the of the electric power when the charge
This vehicle incorporates a communica-
power position is switched to OFF, the air connector is connected. Therefore, the
tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics
conditioner starts or enters waiting temperature may not reach the set tem-
Control Unit). The communication connec-
mode depending on the new timer perature due to limitations in air condi-
tion between this unit and Nissan Data
settings. tioning performance, if ambient tem-
Center allows for various remote function
• When the difference in temperature be- perature is excessively high or low, or if
services.
tween the air conditioner setting tem- the charge connector is connected to a
perature and the temperature outside 120–volt plug outlet. Even when away from the vehicle, climate
the vehicle is large, the temperature in- • The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the cli- control can be started by accessing the
side the vehicle may not be maintained mate control function so that a comfort- Web Owner Portal using a cellular phone or
at the setting temperature. able temperature is provided in the pas- a personal computer.
• The charging status indicator lights illu- senger compartment at the scheduled When operation is started, or at the set
minate in a specific pattern when the Li- time of departure. The climate control is start time, the Nissan Data Center ac-
ion battery warmer operates. The charg- set to stop at the scheduled time of cesses the vehicle. When the vehicle re-
ing status indicator lights use the same departure. ceives a command for remote operation,
pattern to indicate 12–volt battery charg- • Depending on the facilities of charging the climate control immediately turns ON
ing, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Re- station, there may be time when it is not and operates for the specified period of
mote Climate Control operation. The available for charging. Confirm the avail- time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the
charging status indicator lights do not ability of the charging facility before set- climate control operation can be checked
change if the Li-ion battery warmer oper- ting the Climate Ctrl. Timer. Be sure that by accessing the Web Owner Portal, or by
ates at the same time as the above the power switch of the charger is turned e-mail.
features. on when setting the Climate Ctrl. Timer. Completing registration for the
• The temperature in the passenger com- • When the power switch is turned OFF af- NissanConnect® EV Services is necessary
partment may not be comfortable if enter changing the setting, the new setting before using the service. For additional in-
tering the vehicle too soon before or too will be applied. formation, refer to the NissanConnect®
long after the scheduled time of *models with Navigation System Manual.
departure.

WARNING – The computer must be connected to • Communication becomes unavailable
the internet. when the vehicle is not used for two
• Radio waves could adversely affect • Some cellular phones are not compat- weeks or more. When the power switch is
electric medical equipment. For ad- ible with this system and cannot be placed in the ON position, communica-
ditional information, refer to your used to check the Li-ion battery charg- tion with the Nissan Data Center can be
electric medical equipment manu- ing status. Confirm this beforehand. restored.
facturer for the possible effect on • Air conditioning is limited to the capacity
pacemakers before using the remote Operating tips of the electric power when the charge
climate control. • When the charge connector is con- connector is connected to the vehicle.
• Even if the remote climate control is nected, the climate control operates us- Therefore, the temperature may not
set, the temperature in the passen- ing electric power. When the charge con- reach a comfortable level due to perfor-
ger room may become high if the nector is disconnected from the vehicle, mance of the air conditioning being lim-
system automatically stops. Do not the climate control operates using ve- ited, if the outside temperature is exces-
leave children or adults who would hicle battery electric power. sively high or low, or if the charge
normally require the support of oth- connector is connected to a 110 – 120-volt
• The climate control can be operated for a
ers alone in your vehicle. Pets should outlet.
maximum of 2 hours when the charge
not be left alone either. On hot, sunny connector is connected to the vehicle, or • If the power switch is in the ON position or
days, temperatures in a closed ve- a maximum of 15 minutes when the the charge connector is disconnected,
hicle could quickly become high charge connector is disconnected. while the remote climate control is being
enough to cause severe or possibly operated, remote climate control opera-
fatal injuries to people or animals. • The remote climate control will only start
tion is automatically stopped and an
to operate when the power switch is in
NOTE: e-mail is sent.
the LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
• If remote climate control operation is
• To check the Li-ion battery charging • Remote climate control operation is not
started while the vehicle is in normal
status using an internet enabled smart available when the vehicle is in an area of
charge mode, the climate control oper-
phone or personal computer. cellular communication range.
ates in climate control priority mode and
– The vehicle must be located in a cel-
charging is continued.
lular phone coverage area.
– The cellular phone must be located
in an area with cellular phone
coverage.
ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
• If remote climate control operation is The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin When installing a CB, ham radio or car
started and charging is stopped while antenna. phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe
the vehicle is in quick charge mode, cli- the following precautions; otherwise, the
mate control operation is also stopped. new equipment may adversely affect the
• If the quick charge connector is con- EV control system and other electronic
nected and charging is not performed, parts.
remote climate control operation starts
using the battery electric power of the WARNING
vehicle.
• A cellular phone should not be used
for any purpose while driving so full
Servicing climate control attention may be given to vehicle op-
The climate control system in your NISSAN eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit
is charged with a refrigerant designed with the use of cellular phones while
the environment in mind. This refrigerant driving.
will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. Spe- • If you must make a call while your
cial charging equipment and lubricant are vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
required when servicing your NISSAN cli- cellular phone operational mode is
mate control. Using improper refrigerants highly recommended. Exercise ex-
or lubricants will cause severe damage to treme caution at all times so full at-
your climate control system. For additional tention may be given to vehicle
information, see “Recommended fluids/ operation.
lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2). • If you are unable to devote full atten-
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN tion to vehicle operation while talk-
certified LEAF dealer to service your envi- ing on the phone, pull off the road to
ronmentally friendly climate control a safe location and stop your vehicle.
system.

iPod®/iPhone®
CAUTION “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and

“Made for iPad” mean that an electronic
• Keep the antenna as far away as pos- accessory has been designed to connect
sible from the electronic control specifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-
modules. tively, and has been certified by the devel-
• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in oper to meet Apple performance stan-
(20 cm) away from the electronic dards. Apple is not responsible for the
control system harnesses. Do not operation of this device or its compliance
route the antenna wire next to any with safety and regulatory standards.
harness. Please note that the use of this accessory
with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-
• Adjust the antenna standing-wave
less performance.
ratio as recommended by the
manufacturer. iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
• Connect the ground wire from the CB shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of
radio chassis to the body. Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries. Lightning is a trademark of
• For additional information, it is rec-
Apple Inc.
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.

MEMO

5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 e-Pedal system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Tire Pressure Monitoring System System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-27
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Push-button power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Operating range for EV start function . . . . . . . 5-10 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Power switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 I-LI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Power switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 How to enable/disable the I-LI system . . . . . . 5-32
Emergency EV shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 I-LI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-13 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Before starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-38
Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Pedal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Switch type (models with electronic System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
parking brake system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) . . . . . . . . 5-45
e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 I-BSI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
e-Pedal system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 How to enable/disable the I-BSI system . . . . . 5-48
I-BSI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
I-BSI driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50 mode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58 control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58 ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
How to enable/disable the RCTA ProPILOT Assist system operation . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Turning the conventional (fixed speed)
RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 cruise control mode on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Operating ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-98
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 How to enable/disable the Steering
Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-67 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-69 control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69 RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70 RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
mode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Increasing power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130 Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
Turning the AEB with Pedestrian Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
Detection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-164
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137 Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . 5-141 Active Ride Control (ARC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
I-FCW System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145 Rear sonar system (RSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150 System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151 How to enable/disable the rear sonar
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-171
Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
I-DA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
How to enable/disable the I-DA system . . . . 5-155 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
I-DA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
ECO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
ECO drive report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174 Freeing a frozen charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND
DRIVING
WARNING should determine the proper tire inflation minute and then remain continuously illu-
pressure for those tires.) minated. This sequence will continue upon
• Do not leave children or adults who As an added safety feature, your vehicle subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
would normally require the support has been equipped with a Tire Pressure the malfunction exists. When the malfunc-
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates tion indicator is illuminated, the system
should not be left alone either. They a low tire pressure telltale when one or may not be able to detect or signal low tire
could accidentally injure themselves more of your tires is significantly under- pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions
or others through inadvertent opera- inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire may occur for a variety of reasons, includ-
tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny pressure telltale illuminates, you should ing the installation of replacement or alter-
days, temperatures in a closed ve- stop and check your tires as soon as pos- nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
hicle could quickly become high sible, and inflate them to the proper pres- prevent the TPMS from functioning prop-
enough to cause severe or possibly sure. Driving on a significantly under- erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
fatal injuries to people or animals. inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and telltale after replacing one or more tires or
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
or straps to help prevent it from slid- reduces power efficiency and tire tread life, replacement or alternate tires and wheels
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo and may affect the vehicle’s handling and allow the TPMS to continue to function
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud- stopping ability. properly.
den stop or collision, unsecured Additional information
Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-
cargo could cause personal injury. • When using a wheel without the TPMS
tute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING the driver’s responsibility to maintain cor- such as the spare tire, the TPMS does not
rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.
SYSTEM (TPMS)
has not reached the level to trigger illumi- • The TPMS will activate only when the ve-
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25
should be checked monthly when cold and km/h). Also, this system may not detect a
inflated to the inflation pressure recom- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate sudden drop in tire pressure (for example,
mended by the vehicle manufacturer on a flat tire while driving).
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure when the system is not operating properly.
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-
size than the size indicated on the vehicle bined with the low tire pressure telltale.
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you When the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one
5-4 Starting and driving
• The low tire pressure warning light does • Tire pressure rises and falls depending on WARNING
not automatically turn off when the tire the heat caused by operation of the ve-
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is in- hicle and the outside temperature. Do • Radio waves could adversely affect
flated to the recommended pressure, the not reduce the tire pressure after driving electric medical equipment. Those
vehicle must be driven at speeds above because the tire pressure rises after driv- who use a pacemaker should contact
16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS ing. Low outside temperature can lower the electric medical equipment
and turn off the low tire pressure warning the temperature of the air inside the tire, manufacturer for the possible influ-
light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check which can cause a lower tire inflation ences before use.
the tire pressure. pressure. This may cause the low tire • If the low tire pressure warning light
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning pressure warning light to illuminate. If the illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
also appears on the vehicle information warning light illuminates in low ambient den steering maneuvers or abrupt
display when the low tire pressure temperature, check the tire pressure for braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
warning light is illuminated and low tire all four tires. off the road to a safe location and
pressure is detected. The “Tire Pressure • The pressure of all tires can also be stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Low - Add Air” warning turns off when the checked on the display screen. The order Driving with under-inflated tires may
low tire pressure warning light turns off. of the tire pressure figures displayed on permanently damage the tires and
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning the screen does not correspond with the increase the likelihood of tire failure.
appears each time the power switch is actual order of the tire position. Serious vehicle damage could occur
placed in the ON position as long as the For additional information, see “Low tire and may lead to an accident and
low tire pressure warning light remains pressure warning light” (P. 2-21) and “Tire could result in serious personal in-
illuminated. Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3). jury. Check the tire pressure for all
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
does not appear if the low tire pressure the recommended COLD tire pres-
warning light illuminates to indicate a sure shown on the Tire and Loading
TPMS malfunction. Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light off. If the tire is
flat, repair it as soon as possible. For
additional information, see “Flat tire”
(P. 6-3).
Starting and driving 5-5

• When using a wheel without the • Do not place metalized film or any FCC Notice:
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the For USA:
will not function and the low tire windows. This may cause poor re-
This device complies with Part 15 of the
pressure warning light will flash for ception of the signals from the tire
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
approximately 1 minute. The light will pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
remain on after 1 minute. Have your not function properly.
may not cause harmful interference, and
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
Some devices and transmitters may tem- (2) this device must accept any interfer-
reset as soon as possible. It is recom-
porarily interfere with the operation of the ence received, including interference
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
TPMS and cause the low tire pressure that may cause undesired operation.
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
warning light to illuminate. Some examples
• Replacing tires with those not origi- are: NOTE:
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
• Facilities or electric devices using similar Changes or modifications not expressly
fect the proper operation of the
radio frequencies that are near the approved by the party responsible for
TPMS.
vehicle. compliance could void the user’s author-
• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol ity to operate the equipment.
• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
is being used in or near the vehicle. For Canada:
cause a malfunction of the tire pres-
sure sensors. • If a computer (or similar equipment) or a This device contains licence-exempt
DC/AC converter is being used in or near transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
the vehicle. with Innovation, Science and Economic
CAUTION
The low tire pressure warning light may Development Canada’s licence exempt
• The TPMS may not function properly illuminate in the following cases: RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
when the wheels are equipped with • If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and lowing two conditions: (1) this device
tire chains or the wheels are buried in tire without TPMS. may not cause interference, and (2) this
snow. • If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID device must accept any interference, in-
has not been registered. cluding interference that may cause un-
desired operation of the device.
• If the wheel is not originally specified by
NISSAN.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert tire briefly to release pressure. When AVOIDING COLLISION AND
the pressure reaches the designated ROLLOVER
When tire pressure is low, the low tire pres-
pressure, the horn beeps once.
sure warning light illuminates.
• If the hazard indicator does not flash WARNING
This vehicle provides visual and audible within approximately 15 seconds after
signals to help you inflate the tires to the starting to inflate the tire, it indicates Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
recommended COLD tire pressure. that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not and prudent manner may result in loss
Vehicle set-up: operating. of control or an accident.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place. • The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
Tire Alert under the following Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
2. Apply the parking brake and push the P conditions: speed, high speed cornering, or sudden
(Park) position switch on the shift lever. – If there is interference from an exter- steering maneuvers because these driving
3. Place the power switch in the ON posi- nal device or transmitter. practices could cause you to lose control of
tion. Do not place in the READY to drive – The air pressure from the inflation your vehicle.
mode. device is not sufficient to inflate the
tire, such as those using a power As with any vehicle, loss of control could
Operation: socket. result in a collision with other vehicles or
– If electrical equipment is being used objects or cause the vehicle to roll over,
1. Add air to the tire. particularly if the loss of control causes
in or near the vehicle.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica- – There is a malfunction in the TPMS. the vehicle to slide sideways.
tors will start flashing. – There is a malfunction in the horn or Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving
3. When the designated pressure is hazard indicators. when tired. Never drive when under the in-
reached, the horn beeps once and the – If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op- fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-
hazard indicators stop flashing. erate due to TPMS interference, scription or over-the-counter drugs which
move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) may cause drowsiness). Always wear your
4. Perform the above steps for each tire. backward or forward and try again. seat belt as outlined in “Seat belts” (P. 7-6),
• If the tire is over-inflated more than If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a and also instruct your passengers to do so.
approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn tire pressure gauge. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
beeps and the hazard indicators flash collisions and rollovers.
three times. To correct the pressure,
push the core of the valve stem on the
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn general guide. The vehicle must be driven
significantly more likely to die than a the steering wheel until both tires return as appropriate based on the conditions of
person wearing a seat belt. to the road surface. When all tires are on the vehicle, road and traffic.
the road surface, steer the vehicle to
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY stay in the appropriate driving lane. WARNING
While driving, the right side or left side • If you decide that it is not safe to return
wheels may unintentionally leave the road the vehicle to the road surface based The following actions can increase the
surface. If this occurs, maintain control of on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, chance of losing control of the vehicle if
the vehicle by following the procedure be- gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in there is a sudden loss of tire air pres-
low. Please note that this procedure is only a safe place off the road. sure. Losing control of the vehicle may
a general guide. The vehicle must be driven cause a collision and result in personal
as appropriate based on the conditions of RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS injury.
the vehicle, road and traffic. Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can • The vehicle generally moves or pulls
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged in the direction of the flat tire.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air • Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
2. Do not apply the brakes. pressure loss can also be caused by driving • Do not rapidly release the accelerator
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering on under-inflated tires. pedal.
wheel with both hands and try to hold a Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han- • Do not rapidly turn the steering
straight course. dling and stability of the vehicle, especially wheel.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac- at highway speeds. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
celerator pedal to gradually slow the Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
vehicle. maintaining the correct air pressure and
wheel with both hands and try to hold a
visually inspecting the tires for wear and
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the straight course.
damage. For additional information, see
vehicle to follow the road while the ve-
“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-25). 3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-
hicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows- celerator pedal to gradually slow the
to drive the vehicle back onto the road
out” while driving, maintain control of the vehicle.
surface until the vehicle speed is
reduced. vehicle by following the procedure below.
Please note that this procedure is only a

PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo- NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How- WARNING
cation off the road and away from traffic ever, you must choose not to drive under
if possible. the influence of alcohol. Every year thou- • Do not operate the power switch
sands of people are injured or killed in while driving the vehicle except in an
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-
alcohol-related accidents. Although the lo- emergency. (The EV system shuts
ally stop the vehicle.
cal laws vary on what is considered to be down when the power switch is
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol pushed three consecutive times or
contact a roadside emergency service affects all people differently and most the power switch is pushed and held
to change the tire. For additional infor- people underestimate the effects of for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV
mation, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3). alcohol. system stops while the vehicle is be-
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! ing driven, this could lead to a crash
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND and serious injury.
That is true for drugs, too (over-the-
DRIVING counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Do • When turning off the power switch,
not drive if your ability to operate your ve- make sure to push the P (Park) posi-
WARNING hicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some tion switch on the shift lever even if
other physical condition. the vehicle is maintaining a stop and
Never drive under the influence of alco-
hold using the e-pedal. This will pre-
hol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-
vent the vehicle from moving or roll-
stream reduces coordination, delays
ing unexpectedly, which could result
reaction time and impairs judgement.
in serious personal injury or property
Driving after drinking alcohol increases
damage.
the likelihood of being involved in an
accident injuring yourself and others. Before operating the power switch, make
Additionally, if you are injured in an ac- sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
cident, alcohol can increase the sever-
ity of the injury.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
SYSTEM range, it is possible for anyone, even some-
one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,
The Intelligent Key system allows the driver to push the power switch to start the EV
to start the EV system without taking the system.
key out of a pocket or purse. The operating
• The cargo area is not included in the op-
environment and/or conditions may affect
erating range but the Intelligent Key may
Intelligent Key system operation.
function.
Some indicators and warnings for opera- • If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in-
tion are displayed on the vehicle informa- strument panel or inside the glove box or
tion display. For additional information, see door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26). function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door
CAUTION or window outside the vehicle, the Intelli-
SSD0436
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key gent Key may not function.
with you when operating the vehicle. OPERATING RANGE FOR EV START
• Never leave the Intelligent Key inside FUNCTION
the vehicle when you leave the The Intelligent Key function can only be
vehicle. used for starting the EV system when the
Intelligent Key is within the specified oper-
ating range O 1 .
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost

discharged or strong radio waves are pres-
ent near the operating location, the Intelli-
gent Key system’s operating range be-
comes narrower and it may not function
properly.

When the power switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal, the power
switch position will change as follows:
• Push once to change to ACC.
• Push two times to change to ON.
• Push three times to change to OFF.
• Push four times to return to ACC.
• Open or close any door to return to LOCK
while in the OFF position.
The power switch illuminates when in the
ACC or ON position.
The power lock is designed so that the
power switch position cannot be switched
to the LOCK position until the vehicle is
placed in the P (Park) position.
When the power switch cannot be placed
in the LOCK position, proceed as follows:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever to place the vehicle in the P
(Park) position.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion. The power switch will not
illuminate.
LSD2834
POWER SWITCH OPERATION 3. Open the door. The power switch will
change to the LOCK position.

POWER SWITCH POSITIONS The power switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P
LOCK (Normal parking position) (Park) position.
The power switch can only be locked in this
position. CAUTION
The power switch will be unlocked when it Do not leave the vehicle with the power
is placed in the ACC position while the switch in the ACC position for an ex-
driver is carrying the Intelligent Key. tended period of time. This can dis-
charge the 12-volt battery.
ACC (Accessories)
NOTE:
This position activates electrical accesso-
ries, such as the radio, when the EV system If the power switch is pushed quickly or
is off. is pushed twice quickly, the switch may
not function even if a chime sound is SSD0860
ON heard. Push the switch again more
slowly. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
This position turns on the EV system and
electrical accessories.
BATTERY DISCHARGE
EMERGENCY EV SHUT OFF
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged
READY (Normal operating To shut off the EV system in an emergency or environmental conditions interfere with
situation while driving, perform the follow- the Intelligent Key operation, start the EV
position) ing procedure: system in the READY to drive mode accord-
This position turns on the EV system and • Rapidly push the power switch three con- ing to the following procedure:
electrical accessories and the vehicle can secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
be driven. 1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
• Push and hold the power switch for more shift lever.
than 2 seconds.
OFF 2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
This position turns off the EV system. 3. Touch the power switch with the Intelli-
gent Key as illustrated. (A chime will
sound.)

BEFORE STARTING THE EV SYSTEM
4. Push the power switch while depressing NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER • Make sure that the area around the ve-
the brake pedal within 10 seconds after SYSTEM hicle is clear.
the chime sounds. The power switch • Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake
position changes to the READY to drive The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as fre-
mode. will not allow the power switch to be placed
quently as possible.
in the READY to drive position without the
After step 3 is performed, if the power use of the registered key. • Check that all windows and lights are
switch is pushed without depressing the clean.
brake pedal, the power switch position will If the power switch fails to place the vehicle
• Visually inspect tires for their appearance
change to ACC. into the READY to drive position using the
and condition. Also check tires for proper
registered key, it may be due to interfer-
inflation.
NOTE: ence caused by another registered key, an
automated toll road device or automated • Check that all doors are closed.
• When the power switch is placed in the
ACC or ON position or READY to drive payment device on the key ring. Restart the • Position the seat and adjust the head
mode by the above procedure, the EV EV system using the following procedure: restraints/headrests.
system operation for discharged Intel- 1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi- • Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.
ligent Key system indicator appears on tion for approximately 5 seconds. • Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers
the vehicle information display even if to do likewise.
the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. 2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion and wait approximately 10 seconds. • Check the operation of the warning lights
This is not a malfunction. To stop the when the power switch is pushed to the
warning indicator from blinking, touch 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 again. ON position. For additional information,
the power switch with the Intelligent see “Warning lights, indicator lights and
Key again. 4. Place the power switch in the READY to
audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge drive position while holding the device
indicator appears on the vehicle infor- (which may have caused the interfer-
mation display, replace the battery as ence) separate from the registered key.
soon as possible. For additional infor- If this procedure allows the power
mation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® switch to be placed in the READY to drive
battery replacement” (P. 8-19). mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.

STARTING THE EV SYSTEM DRIVING THE VEHICLE
1. Confirm the parking brake is applied. NOTE: ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL

2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) Care should be taken to avoid situations SYSTEM
position. that can lead to potential battery dis- This vehicle is electronically controlled to
When the power switch is placed in the charge and potential no-start conditions produce maximum available power and
ON position, the EV is designed not to such as: smooth operation.
operate unless the shift lever is in the P 1. Installation or extended use of elec- The recommended operating procedures
(Park) or N (Neutral) position. tronic accessories that consume bat- for this vehicle are shown on the following
The Intelligent Key must be carried tery power when the EV system is not pages.
with you when operating the power running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD
switch. players, etc.). Starting the vehicle
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the 2. The vehicle is not driven regularly 1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to
power switch to place the EV system in and/or only driven short distances. drive position, fully depress the foot
the READY to drive position. In these cases, the battery may need to brake pedal before moving the shift lever
be charged to maintain battery health. to the D (Drive) position.
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive
position immediately, push and release The shift lever of this vehicle is de-
the power switch while depressing the signed so that the foot brake pedal
brake pedal with the power switch in any must be depressed before shifting
position. The READY to drive indicator from the P (Park) position to any driv-
light in the meter illuminates. ing position while the power switch is
in the ON position.
4. To stop the EV system, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, and The shift lever cannot be moved out of
place the power switch in the OFF the P (Park) position and into any of
position. the other positions if the power switch
is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC posi-
tion or if the Intelligent Key is
removed.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, CAUTION
and move the shift lever to the D (Drive)
position. • To avoid possible damage to your ve-
3. Release the parking brake and foot hicle, when stopping the vehicle on
brake pedal, and then gradually start the an uphill grade, do not hold the ve-
vehicle in motion. hicle by depressing the accelerator
pedal. The foot brake should be used
for this purpose.
WARNING
• Do not hang items on the shift lever.
• Do not depress the accelerator pedal This may cause an accident due to a
while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- sudden start.
tral) to the R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
position. Always depress the brake
pedal until shifting is completed.
Failure to do so could cause you to LSD2835
lose control, which could result in an
accident.
Shifting
• Never shift to the P (Park) or R (Re- To move the shift lever,
verse) position while the vehicle is : Slide along the gate while the brake
moving forward and the P (Park) or D pedal is depressed.
(Drive) position while the vehicle is
: After sliding, maintain it in the same
reversing. This could cause you to
position until the vehicle is placed in the N
lose control and have an accident.
(Neutral) position.
• Do not shift to the B position abruptly
on slippery roads. This may cause a : When in the D (Drive) position, slide
loss of control. along the gate.

NOTE: 4. Place the power switch in the OFF WARNING
• Confirm that the vehicle is in the de- position.
sired shift position by checking the • The shift lever is always in the home
NOTE: position when released. When the
shift indicator O1 located near the shift
lever or the vehicle information display The vehicle automatically applies the P power switch is placed in the READY
in the meter. (Park) position when the power switch is to drive position, the driver needs to
• To place the vehicle into the D (Drive) in the OFF position. confirm that the vehicle is in the P
position from the B mode, move the When the following conditions overlap, (Park) position. The indicator next to
shift lever into the D (Drive) position. the shift position may be automatically the “P” by the shift lever is illumi-
switched to P (Park): nated and the “P” is displayed on the
After placing the vehicle in the READY to meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
– When maintaining a stop and hold
drive position, fully depress the brake pedal, position or R (Reverse) position when
with the e-pedal.
and move the shift lever to any of the pre- the power switch is placed in the
ferred shift positions. – When taking off the seatbelt. READY to drive position, this may
– When opening the door. cause a sudden start which could re-
If the power switch is placed in the OFF or
ACC position for any reason while the shift sult in an accident.
position is in any position other than the P • On a hilly road, do not allow the ve-
(Park) position, the power switch cannot be hicle to roll backwards while in the D
placed in the LOCK position. (Drive) position or B mode or allow
the vehicle to roll forward while in the
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
R (Reverse) position. This may cause
LOCK position, perform the following steps:
an accident.
1. Apply the parking brake when the ve-
hicle is stopped.
2. Place the power switch in the ON posi-
tion while depressing the foot brake
pedal.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch and
confirm the vehicle is in the P (Park)
position.
CAUTION ing the foot brake pedal depressed then
push the P (Park) position switch and place
• Do not slide the shift lever while the vehicle in the P (Park) position. For ad-
pushing the P (Park) position switch. ditional information, see “Parking brake”
This may damage the electric motor. (P. 5-18).
• When switching to the preferred po- NOTE:
sition by operating the shift lever,
check that the shift lever returns to • While the vehicle is stationary, if the
the central position by releasing your shift position is placed in any position
hand from the lever. Holding the shift other than the P (Park) position when
lever in a mid-way position may also the power switch is set to OFF, it will
damage the shift control system. automatically switch to the P (Park)
position.
• Do not operate the shift lever while
the accelerator pedal is depressed, • If the P (Park) position switch is pushed
except when switching to the B LSD2836 while sliding the shift lever, the shift
mode. This may cause a sudden start position will not switch to the P (Park)
P (Park)
which could result in an accident. position. When pushing the P (Park)
Use this shift position when the vehicle is position switch be sure to first allow
• The following operations are not al- parked or when placing the vehicle in the the shift lever to return to its home
lowed because excessive force READY to drive position. Make sure that the position.
would be applied to the traction mo- vehicle is completely stopped. In order to
tor and this may result in damage to R (Reverse)
switch to the P (Park) position, push the P
the vehicle: (Park) position switch as shown in the Use this position to back up. Make sure that
– Moving the shift lever to the R (Re- illustration above once the vehicle has the vehicle is completely stopped before
verse) position when driving come to a complete stop. If the P (Park) selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the ve-
forward position switch is pushed while the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position
– Moving the shift lever to the D hicle is in motion, a chime sounds and while reversing, the chime will sound and
(Drive) position when reversing the current shift position is maintained. the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral)
• If these operations are attempted, a After switching to the P (Park) position, ap- position.
chime sounds and the vehicle shifts ply the parking brake. When parking on a
to the N (Neutral) position. hill, apply the parking brake first while keep-

PARKING BRAKE
N (Neutral) WARNING
Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-
gaged. The vehicle can be placed in the • Be sure the parking brake is released
READY to drive position in this position. before driving. Failure to do so could
cause brake failure and lead to an
Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while accident.
driving. The regenerative brake system
• Do not release the parking brake
does not operate in the N (Neutral) position.
from outside the vehicle.
However, the vehicle brakes will still stop
the car. • To help avoid risk of injury or death
D (Drive) vehicle and/or its systems, do not
Use this position for all normal forward leave children, people who require
driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D the assistance of others or pets unat-
(Drive) position while reversing, the tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
LSD2837 the temperature inside a closed ve-
chime will sound and the vehicle will
switch into the N (Neutral) position. B mode hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
The B mode engages the regenerative
cant risk of injury or death to people
braking system more aggressively on
and pets.
downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake
use. It is activated by moving the shift lever • When leaving the vehicle, apply the
left and down. The shift lever will then re- parking brake and push the P (Park)
turn to the home position. For additional position switch on the shift lever.
information, see “Brake system” (P. 5-161).

SWITCH TYPE (models with • Before leaving the vehicle, push the P
electronic parking brake system) (Park) position switch on the shift le-
The electronic parking brake can be ap- ver and check that the electronic
plied or released automatically or by oper- parking brake indicator light ( or
ating the electronic parking brake switch. PARK) is illuminated to confirm that
the electronic parking brake is ap-
plied. The electronic parking brake
Automatic operation indicator light ( or PARK) will re-
The electronic parking brake is automati- main on for a period of time after the
cally released as soon as the vehicle starts driver’s door is locked.
and the accelerator pedal is depressed.
In order for the electronic parking brake to CAUTION
disable when the driver pushes the accel-
erator, the driver’s seat belt must be • When parking in an area where the
LSD0158
fastened. outside temperature is below 32°F
PEDAL TYPE (0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
To engage: Firmly depress the parking WARNING may freeze in place and may be diffi-
brake. cult to release.
• The electronic parking brake will not
• For safe parking, it is recommended
To release: be automatically applied when the
that you place the vehicle in the P
EV system is stopped without using
1. Firmly apply the foot brake. (Park) position and securely block
the power switch (for example, by EV
the wheels.
2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the system stalling).
shift lever.
3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal
and it will release.
4. Before driving, be sure the brake
warning light goes out.

NOTE: Before driving, check that the electronic
• If a malfunction occurs in the elec- parking brake indicator light ( or PARK)
tronic parking brake system (for ex- goes out. For additional information, see
ample, due to battery discharge), it is “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
recommended that you visit a NISSAN reminders” (P. 2-14).
certified LEAF dealer. NOTE:
• When the ICC system (if so equipped) is • A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
canceled under the following condi- driven without releasing the parking
tions at a standstill, the electronic brake. For additional information, see
parking brake is automatically “Warning lights, indicator lights and
activated: audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
– Any door is open.
– The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. • While the electronic parking brake is
– Your vehicle has been stopped by applied or released, an operating
the ICC system for approximately 3 LSD2838 sound is heard from the lower side of
minutes or longer. the rear seat. This is normal and does
Manual operation not indicate a malfunction.
– The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode. The electronic parking brake will not be au- • When the electronic parking brake is
– The Vehicle Dynamic Control system tomatically applied if the EV system is frequently applied and released in a
is turned off. stopped without using the power switch short period of time, the parking brake
– When distance measurement be- (for example, by EV system stalling). In such may not operate in order to prevent the
comes impaired due to adhesion of a case, you have to apply the parking brake parking brake system from overheat-
dirt or obstruction to the sensor. manually. ing. If this occurs, operate the elec-
– When the radar signal is temporarily To apply: Pull the switch up O
1 . The indica- tronic parking brake switch again after
interrupted. tor light O
A will illuminate. waiting approximately 1 minute.
To release: With the power switch in the ON
position, depress the brake pedal and push
the switch down O 2 . The indicator light O
A
will turn off.

E-PEDAL SYSTEM
• If the electronic parking brake must be WARNING

applied while driving in an emergency,
pull up and hold the electronic parking Never rely solely on the e-Pedal system,
brake switch. When you release the as there is a performance limit to the
electronic parking brake switch, the system function. Always drive carefully
parking brake will be released. and attentively. The brake pedal should
• While pulling up the electronic parking be operated to slow or stop the vehicle,
brake switch during driving, the park- depending on traffic or road
ing brake is applied and a chime conditions.
sounds. The electronic parking brake The e-Pedal system enables the driver to
indicator light ( or PARK) in the me- slow or stop the vehicle or to keep the ve-
ter and in the electronic parking brake hicle stopped by operating only the accel-
switch illuminates. This does not indi- erator pedal. This system helps to keep the
cate a malfunction. The electronic driver from moving his/her foot between
parking brake indicator light ( or the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal. LSD3165
PARK) in the meter and in the elec-
tronic parking brake switch turns off
E-PEDAL SYSTEM OPERATION
when the parking brake is released.
• When pulling the electronic parking
brake switch up with the power switch
in the OFF or ACC position, the elec-
tronic parking brake switch indicator
light will continue to illuminate for a
short period of time.

NOTE:
• When the e-Pedal system is switched
on or off, the degree of vehicle decel-
eration changes.
• The e-Pedal system automatically
turns off when the EV system restarts.
• To keep the e-Pedal system activated
even after the EV system restarts, turn
on “Retain Mode” in the “Driver Assis-
tance” menu of the vehicle information
display. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
• The setting for “Retain Mode” does not
LSD3166 LSD3645 reset after selecting “Factory Reset” in
the “Settings” menu of the vehicle in-
1. Acceleration To activate or deactivate the e-Pedal sys- formation display. For additional infor-
tem, place the power switch in the ON po- mation, see “Vehicle information dis-
2. Deceleration (instead of brake pedal)
sition and pull the e-Pedal switch located play” (P. 2-26).
3. Making a stop (instead of brake pedal on the center console. The e-Pedal system
turns on or off each time the e-Pedal When the e-Pedal system is activated, the
When the e-Pedal system is activated, the characteristics of the accelerator pedal
switch is pulled. (The e-Pedal indicator in
regenerative brake is enhanced and the change significantly and the accelerator
the vehicle information display shows the
driver can adjust the vehicle speed by only pedal operates differently than a conven-
status of the e-Pedal system.)
depressing or returning the accelerator tional accelerator pedal operates. Be sure
pedal. When you release (take your foot off) To turn the e-Pedal system off while the to confirm the status of the e-Pedal system
the accelerator pedal, the vehicle slows vehicle is stopped by the e-Pedal system, in the vehicle information display before
down and comes to a stop smoothly with- depress the brake pedal and then pull the driving.
out depressing the brake pedal. After a e-Pedal switch.
stop, the vehicle remains at a stop
automatically.

The e-Pedal system provides the following • The vehicle’s brake lights remain illumi- Other driving tips for the e-Pedal
driving features: nated when the vehicle is stopped by the system:
When driving and stopping the vehicle: e-Pedal system. • For smooth deceleration when the
• Depressing or returning the accelerator • Depress the accelerator pedal to start e-Pedal system is activated, it is recom-
pedal changes the degree of accelera- the vehicle again from a stop. mended that you adjust the accelerator
tion and deceleration accordingly. When the vehicle needs to be stopped for a pedal by either depressing or returning,
certain period of time, place the vehicle in not releasing, the pedal.
• Returning the accelerator pedal gener-
ates more deceleration than normal. (The the P (Park) position and apply the parking • Moving the shift lever from D (Drive) to B
maximum deceleration changes accord- brake. mode or from B mode to D (Drive) does
ing to the vehicle speed.) not affect the e-Pedal system feature.
• Releasing (taking your foot off) the accel- CAUTION • The e-Pedal system does not function
erator pedal reduces the vehicle speed under the following conditions:
When the e-Pedal system is turned off, – When the vehicle is placed in the P
until the vehicle comes to a stop. remember to depress the brake pedal (Park) or N (Neutral) position
• The vehicle’s brake lights illuminate when firmly to prevent the vehicle from mov- – When cruise control (if so equipped),
the deceleration level reaches an ordi- ing with the shift lever in any position ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped), or Au-
nary braking operation. other than P (Park). tomatic Emergency Braking with Pe-
If the deceleration is not sufficient when the When backing up the vehicle: destrian Detection operates
accelerator pedal is returned or released,
• With the shift lever in the R (Reverse) po-
depress the brake pedal. The brake pedal
sition, operating the accelerator pedal
can be operated to reduce the vehicle
adjusts the vehicle speed (acceleration,
speed in the same way as normal even
deceleration, or stopping) in the same
when the e-Pedal system is activated.
way as the D (Drive) position.
When restarting the vehicle:
• After the vehicle comes to a stop by the
e-Pedal system function, the vehicle re-
mains at a stop as long as the accelerator
pedal is released.

E-PEDAL SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – When stopping the vehicle for a SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
WARNING long period of time If the e-Pedal system malfunctions, the “e-
• Under the following conditions, the Pedal system failure! Press brake pedal to
Listed below are the system limitations e-Pedal system may not decelerate slow or stop” warning message appears in
for the e-Pedal system. Failure to oper- or stop the vehicle sufficiently. De- the vehicle information display. When the
ate the vehicle in accordance with press the brake pedal whenever warning message appears, the e-Pedal
these system limitations could result in necessary. system will be turned off automatically.
serious injury or death. – When excessively heavy baggage Have the system checked as soon as pos-
• If the “Press brake pedal to prevent is loaded in the vehicle sible. It is recommended that you visit a
rolling” warning message appears in – When driving on steep downhill NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
the vehicle information display, de- roads service.
press the brake pedal. The vehicle
may start moving. – When driving on icy roads
• If the deceleration force provided by • On a slope, the e-Pedal system may
the e-Pedal system is not sufficient, not stop the vehicle completely or
depress the brake pedal. may not keep the vehicle stopped.
Depress the brake pedal whenever
• If the vehicle starts to move while it is necessary.
stopped by the e-Pedal system, de-
press the brake pedal immediately.
• Under the following conditions, place CAUTION
the vehicle in the P (Park) position
and make sure the parking brake is • Turn the e-Pedal system off and
securely applied. The vehicle may place the vehicle in the N (Neutral)
start moving suddenly. position under the following
conditions:
– When getting in and out of the
vehicle – When the vehicle enters an auto-
matic car wash
– When loading and unloading the
vehicle – When the vehicle is towed
• Be careful not to operate the e-Pedal
switch mistakenly or unintentionally.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
The LDW system will operate when the ve-

hicle is driven at speeds of approximately
37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
on the road.
The LDW system monitors the lane mark-
ers on the traveling lane using the camera
unit O
A located above the inside mirror.
The LDW system warns the driver with an

indicator in the vehicle information display
and a steering vibration that the vehicle is
beginning to leave the driving lane. For ad-
ditional information, see “LDW system op-
LSD2839 eration” (P. 5-26).
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the LDW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• This system is only a warning device
to inform the driver of a potential un-
intended lane departure. It will not
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system provides a lane departure
warning function when the vehicle is driven
at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60
km/h) and above and the lane markings
are clear. When the vehicle approaches ei-
ther the left or the right side of the traveling
lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the
LDW indicator in the vehicle information
display will blink to alert the driver.
The warning function will stop when the
vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
LSD3646
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDW system:
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” and
use the OK button to turn the system on
or off.
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the LDW system. Failure to follow
the warnings and instructions for
proper use of the LDW system could re-
sult in serious injury or death.
• The system will not operate at
speeds below approximately 37 mph
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
LSD3647
• Do not use the LDW system under the
following conditions as it may not
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE function properly:
LDW SYSTEM – During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, – On roads where there are sharp – When a sudden change in bright-
such as on ice or snow. curves. ness occurs (for example, when
– When driving on winding or un- – On roads where there are sharply the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
even roads. contrasting objects, such as shad- or under a bridge).
– When there is a lane closure due to ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
road repairs.
road repairs. (The LDW system UNAVAILABLE
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane. could detect these items as lane If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
markers.) under high temperature conditions (over
– When driving on roads where the approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then
lane width is too narrow. – On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates. started, the LDW system may be deacti-
– When driving without normal tire vated automatically and the following
conditions (for example, tire wear, – When the vehicle’s traveling direc-
tion does not align with the lane message will appear in the vehicle infor-
low tire pressure, installation of mation display: “Unavailable: High Cabin
spare tire, tire chains, nonstan- marker.
Temperature.”
dard wheels). – When traveling close to the ve-
– When the vehicle is equipped with hicle in front of you, which ob- When the interior temperature is reduced,
non-original brake parts or sus- structs the lane camera unit de- the LDW system will resume operating
pension parts. tection range. automatically
• The system may not function prop- – When rain, snow, dirt or an object The LDW system is not designed to warn
erly under the following conditions: adheres to the windshield in front under the following conditions:
of the lane camera unit. • When you operate the lane change signal
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane mark- – When the headlights are not and change traveling lanes in the direc-
ers that are faded or not painted bright due to dirt on the lens or if tion of the signal. (The LDW system will
clearly; yellow painted lane mark- the aiming is not adjusted become operable again approximately 2
ers; non-standard lane markers; properly. seconds after the lane change signal is
or lane markers covered with wa- – When strong light enters the lane turned off.)
ter, dirt, snow, etc. camera unit (for example, the light • When the vehicle speed lowers to less
– On roads where the discontinued directly shines on the front of the than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
lane markers are still detectable. vehicle at sunrise or sunset).

After the above conditions have finished • Do not place reflective materials, such as
and the necessary operating conditions white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
are satisfied, the LDW functions will resume. ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION capability of detecting the lane markers.
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will can- • Do not strike or damage the areas
cel automatically and “Malfunction: See around the camera unit. Do not touch the
Owner’s Manual” will appear in the vehicle camera lens or remove the screw located
information display. If “Malfunction: See on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
Owner’s Manual” appears in the vehicle in- damaged due to an accident, it is recom-
formation display, pull off the road to a safe mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
location and stop the vehicle. Push the P LEAF dealer.
(Park) position switch on the shift lever and
the power switch in the OFF position and
restart the EV system. If “Malfunction: See LSD2847
Owner’s Manual” continues to appear in
the vehicle information display, have the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
system checked. It is recommended that The lane camera unit O 1 for the LDW sys-
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for tem is located above the inside mirror. To
this service. keep the proper operation of the LDW sys-
tem and prevent a system malfunction, be
sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
near the camera unit.

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION
(I-LI)
• The I-LI system is primarily intended The I-LI system monitors the lane markers
for use on well-developed freeways on the traveling lane using the camera unit
or highways. It may not detect the OA located above the inside mirror.
lane markers in certain road,

weather, or driving conditions.
The I-LI system must be turned on with the
ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering
wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the
dynamic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) every time the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
The I-LI system will operate when the ve-
hicle is driven at speeds of approximately
LSD2839 37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
WARNING on the road.
Failure to follow the warnings and in- The I-LI system warns the driver when the
structions for proper use of the I-LI sys- vehicle has left the center of the traveling
tem could result in serious injury or lane with an indicator in the vehicle infor-
death. mation display and a steering vibration.
• The I-LI system will not steer the ve- The system helps assist the driver to return
hicle or prevent loss of control. It is the vehicle to the center of the traveling
the driver’s responsibility to stay lane by applying the brakes to the left or
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in right wheels individually (for a short period
the traveling lane, and be in control of of time).
the vehicle at all times.

1. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator
2. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
indicator
3. ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with
ProPILOT Assist)
4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (for
models without ProPILOT Assist)
The I-LI system operates above approxi-
mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicle
approaches either the left or the right side
of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will
vibrate and the LDW indicator in the vehicle
information display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the I-LI system will automati-
cally apply the brakes for a short period of
time to help assist the driver to return the
vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPI-
LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
ProPILOT Assist). The I-LI indicator will illu-
minate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch
LSD3648
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION ProPILOT Assist) again to turn off the I-LI
system. The I-LI indicator will turn off.

disable the I-LI system:
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Prevention” and
press the OK button.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod-
els with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models with-
out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system
on or off.
NOTE:
When Lane Departure Prevention is ON in
the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT
Assist system (if so equipped) on will ac-
tivate the Intelligent Lane Intervention
(I-LI) system at the same time. If Lane
Departure Prevention is OFF in the set-
tings menu, I-LI will automatically acti-
vate when ProPILOT Assist is “SET” or
LSD3647
Steering Assist is active. For additional
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI information, see “Intelligent Lane Inter-
SYSTEM vention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).

I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS • The I-LI system will not operate at – On roads where there are multiple
WARNING speeds below approximately 37 mph parallel lane markers; lane mark-
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane ers that are faded or not painted
Listed below are the system limitations markers. clearly; yellow painted lane mark-
for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the • Do not use the I-LI system under the ers; non-standard lane markers;
warnings and instructions for proper following conditions as it may not or lane markers covered with wa-
use of the I-LI system could result in function properly: ter, dirt, snow, etc.
serious injury or death. – During bad weather (rain, fog, – On roads where discontinued lane
• The I-LI system may activate if you snow, etc.). markers are still detectable.
change lanes without first activating – When driving on slippery roads, – On roads where there are sharp
your turn signal or, for example, if a such as on ice or snow. curves.
construction zone directs traffic to – On roads where there are sharply
cross an existing lane marker. If this – When driving on winding or un-
even roads. contrasting objects, such as shad-
occurs you may need to apply correc- ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
tive steering to complete your lane – When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs. seams or lines remaining after
change. road repairs. (The I-LI system
• Because the I-LI may not activate un- – When driving in a makeshift or could detect these items as lane
der the road, weather, and lane temporary lane. markers.)
marker conditions described in this – When driving on roads where the – On roads where the traveling lane
section, it may not activate every lane width is too narrow. merges or separates.
time your vehicle begins to leave its – When driving without normal tire
lane and you will need to apply cor- – When the vehicle’s traveling direc-
conditions (for example, tire wear, tion does not align with the lane
rective steering. low tire pressure, installation of marker.
• When the I-LI system is operating, spare tire, tire chains, nonstan-
avoid excessive or sudden steering dard wheels). – When traveling close to the ve-
maneuvers. Otherwise, you could hicle in front of you, which ob-
– When the vehicle is equipped with structs the lane camera unit de-
lose control of the vehicle. nonoriginal brake parts or sus- tection range.
pension parts.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to SYSTEM TEMPORARILY • When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
the windshield in front of the lane UNAVAILABLE approach warning occurs.
camera unit. • When the hazard warning flashers are
Condition A:
– When the headlights are not operated.
bright due to dirt on the lens or if The warning and assist functions of the I-LI • When driving on a curve at high speed.
the aiming is not adjusted system are not designed to work under the
following conditions: After the above conditions have finished
properly. and the necessary operating conditions
– When strong light enters the lane • When you operate the lane change signal
are satisfied, the I-LI system application of
camera unit (for example, the light and change the traveling lanes in the di-
the brakes will resume.
directly shines on the front of the rection of the signal. (The I-LI system will
be deactivated for approximately 2 sec- Condition C:
vehicle at sunrise or sunset).
onds after the lane change signal is If the following messages appear in the
– When a sudden change in bright- turned off.)
ness occurs (for example, when vehicle information display, a chime will
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel • When the vehicle speed lowers to less sound and the I-LI system will be turned off
or under a bridge). than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h). automatically.
After the above conditions have finished • “Not Available - Poor Road Conditions”:
While the I-LI system is operating, you may When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
and the necessary operating conditions
hear a sound of brake operation. This is system (except Traction Control System
are satisfied, the warning and assist func-
normal and indicates that the I-LI system is [TCS] function) or ABS operates.
tions will resume.
operating proper ly.
Condition B: • “Currently not available”: When the VDC
system is turned off.
The assist function of the I-LI system is not
designed to work under the following con- Action to take:
ditions (warning is still functional): When the above conditions no longer exist,
• When the brake pedal is depressed. turn off the I-LI system. Push the ProPILOT
• When the steering wheel is turned as far Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist)
as necessary for the vehicle to change or dynamic driver assistance switch (mod-
lanes. els without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the I-LI
system back on.
• When the vehicle is accelerated during
I-LI system operation.
Temporary disabled status at high • Do not place reflective materials, such as
temperature: white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over may adversely affect the camera unit’s
approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then the capability of detecting the lane markers.
I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system • Do not strike or damage the areas
may be deactivated automatically and the around the camera unit. Do not touch the
following message will appear on the ve- camera lens or remove the screw located
hicle information display: “Unavailable: High on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
Cabin Temperature.” When the interior damaged due to an accident, it is recom-
temperature is reduced, the system will re- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
sume operating automatically. LEAF dealer.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
LSD2847
If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel
automatically. The I-LI indicator (orange) SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
will illuminate and “Malfunction: See Own-
The lane camera unit O 1 for the I-LI system
er’s Manual” warning message will appear
is located above the inside mirror. To keep
in the display.
the proper operation of the I-LI system and
If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
the display, pull off the road to a safe loca- observe the following:
tion and stop the vehicle. Turn the EV sys- • Always keep the windshield clean.
tem off and restart the EV system. If the I-LI
indicator (orange) continues to illuminate,
have the I-LI system checked. It is recom-
near the camera unit.

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
WARNING
structions for proper use of the BSW
death.
• The BSW system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects. When changing
lanes, always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the di-
rection your vehicle will move to en-
sure it is safe to change lanes. Never
rely solely on the BSW system. LSD3768 LSD2875
The BSW system uses radar sensors O 1 Detection zone
The BSW system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
changing lanes. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the detec-
tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-
tion zone starts from the outside mirror of
your vehicle and extends approximately
10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and
approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

The BSW system operates above approxi-
mately 20 mph (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light (1)
illuminates. If the turn signal is then acti-
vated, the system chimes (twice), the side
indicator light flashes, and the BSW indica-
tor (2) illuminates (yellow) in the vehicle in-
formation display. The side indicator light
continues to flash until the detected ve-
hicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the power switch is placed
in the ON position.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn signal,
then only the side indicator light flashes
and no chime sounds. For additional infor-
mation, see “BSW driving situations”
(P. 5-40).
The BSW system automatically turns on
every time the EV system is started, as long
as it is activated using the settings menu
on the vehicle information display.
LSD4767
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Side Indicator Light
2. BSW Indicator

disable the BSW system:
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Blind Spot Warning” and use the
OK button to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system will retain current settings
even if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3651
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

BSW S
YSTEM

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – A vehicle that passes through the • Do not attach stickers (including
WARNING detection zone quickly. transparent material), install acces-
– When overtaking several vehicles sories or apply additional paint near
Listed below are the system limitations in a row, the vehicles after the first the radar sensors. These conditions
for the BSW system. Failure to operate vehicle may not be detected if may reduce the ability of the radar to
the vehicle in accordance with these they are traveling close together. detect other vehicles.
system limitations could result in seri- • The radar sensor’s detection zone is • Excessive noise (for example, audio
ous injury or death. designed based on a standard lane system volume, open vehicle win-
• The BSW system cannot detect all ve- width. When driving in a wider lane, dow) will interfere with the chime
hicles under all conditions. the radar sensors may not detect ve- sound, and it may not be heard.
• The radar sensors may not be able to hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-
detect and activate BSW when cer- ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-
tain objects are present such as: sors may detect vehicles driving two
– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals. lanes away.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low • The radar sensors are designed to ig-
height vehicles, or high ground nore most stationary objects; how-
clearance vehicles. ever, objects such as guardrails,
– Oncoming vehicles. walls, foliage and parked vehicles
may occasionally be detected. This is
– Vehicles remaining in the detec- a normal operation condition.
tion zone when you accelerate
from a stop. • The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent vehicles:
lane at a speed approximately the
same as your vehicle. – Severe weather
– A vehicle approaching rapidly – Road spray
from behind. – Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on
– A vehicle which your vehicle over- the vehicle
takes rapidly.

Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect ve-
hicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
LSD2877 LSD2878
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi- Another vehicle approaching
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind
from behind in an adjacent lane. Illustration 2: If the driver activates the
turn signal when another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:
from behind.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2882 LSD2883
Illustration 3 – Overtaking another Illustration 4 – Overtaking another
vehicle vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illu-
minates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-
proximately 2 seconds. NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are travel-
ing close together.
• The radar sensors may not detect
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.

LSD2884 LSD2885
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
Entering from the side Illustration 6: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illu-
minates if a vehicle enters the detection
zone from either side.
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
hicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it en-
ters the detection zone.
When radar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically. The
BSW indicator O 1 will blink (yellow) in the
vehicle information display. The indicator
next to “Blind spot” in the “Driving Aids”
menu O 2 will also blink (yellow).
The system is not available until the condi-

tions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-
tion may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar
sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
LSD3769
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE

Malfunction Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn
additional paint near the radar sensors.
off automatically. The BSW indicator will il-
luminate (yellow) in the vehicle information Do not strike or damage the area around
display. The indicator next to “Blind spot” in the radar sensors. It is recommended that
the “Driving Aids” menu will also illuminate you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if
(yellow). the area around the radar sensors is dam-
aged due to a collision.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the Radio frequency statement
RCTA system will also stop working. (Type A) (if so equipped)
Action to take: For USA
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the FCC : OAYSRR3B
LSD3768
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV This device complies with part 15 of the
system off and restart the EV system. If the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
indicators continue to appear, have the
The two radar sensors O
1 for the BSW and lowing two conditions:
system checked. It is recommended that
RCTA systems are located near the rear (1) This device may not cause harmful
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
bumper. Always keep the area near the ra- interference, and (2) this device must ac-
this service.
dar sensors clean. cept any interference received, including
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- interference that may cause undesired
porary ambient conditions such as splash- operation.
ing water, mist or fog. FCC Warning
The blocked condition may also be caused Changes or modifications not expressly
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- approved by the party responsible for
structing the radar sensors. compliance could void the user’s author-
Check for and remove objects obstructing ity to operate the equipment.
the area around the radar sensors.

INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT
INTERVENTION (I-BSI)
For Canada FCC Warning WARNING

Applicable law: Canada 310 Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for Failure to follow the warnings and in-
This device complies with Industry structions for proper use of the I-BSI
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment. system could result in serious injury or
Operation is subject to the following two death.
conditions: (1) This device may not cause For Canada
interference, and (2) This device must ac- • The I-BSI system is not a replace-
Applicable law: Canada 310 ment for proper driving procedure
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera- This device contains licence-exempt and is not designed to prevent con-
tion of the device. transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply tact with vehicles or objects. When
with Innovation, Science and Economic changing lanes, always use the side
Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz Development Canada’s licence-exempt and rear mirrors and turn and look in
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol- the direction you will move to ensure
lowing two conditions: it is safe to change lanes. Never rely
Radio frequency statement (Type solely on the I-BSI system.
1. This device may not cause
B) (if so equipped) • There is a limitation to the detection
interference.
capability of the radar or the sonar.
For USA 2. This device must accept any interfer- Not every moving object or vehicle
FCC : OAYSRR3B ence, including interference that may will be detected. Using the I-BSI sys-
cause undesired operation of the device. tem under some road, ground, lane
This device complies with part 15 of the marker, traffic or weather conditions
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
formation: This equipment complies could lead to improper system op-
lowing two conditions: eration. Always rely on your own op-
with radiation exposure limits set forth
(1) This device may not cause harmful for an uncontrolled environment. This eration to avoid accidents.
interference, and (2) this device must ac- equipment should be installed and oper- The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of
cept any interference received, including ated with minimum distance of 20 cm other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
interference that may cause undesired between the radiator and your body. changing lanes, and helps assist the driver
operation.
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane.

LSD3770 SSD1030
The I-BSI system uses radar sensors O 1 Detection zone
installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addi- either side of your vehicle within the detec-
tion to the radar sensors, the I-BSI system tion zone shown as illustrated.
uses a camera O 2 installed behind the The detection zone starts from the outside
windshield to monitor the lane markers of mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-
your traveling lane. mately 10ft (3.0m) behind the rear bumper,
and approximately 10ft (3.0 m) sideways.

4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (mod-
els without ProPILOT Assist)
5. ProPILOT Assist switch (models with
ProPILOT Assist)
I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-BSI system operates above approxi-
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light (1)
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the sys-
tem chimes (twice) and the side indicator
light flashes. The side indicator light contin-
ues to flash until the detected vehicle
leaves the detection zone. The brightness
of the side indicator light is adjusted auto-
matically depending on the brightness of
the ambient light.
If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle
approaches a lane marker while another
vehicle is in the detection zone, the system
chimes (three times) and the side indicator
light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to
LSD4768 help return the vehicle back to the center of
1. Side indicator light 3. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates
indicator regardless of turn signal usage.
2. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

NOTE:
• I-BSI warning and system application
will only be activated if the side indica-
tor light is already illuminated when
your vehicle approaches a lane marker.
If another vehicle comes into the de-
tection zone after your vehicle has
crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI
warning or system application will be
activated. For additional information,
see “I-BSI driving situations” (P. 5-50).
• The I-BSI system is typically activated
earlier than the Intelligent Lane Inter-
vention (I-LI) system when your vehicle
is approaching a lane marker.
To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPI-
LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dy-
namic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) after starting the
EV system. The I-BSI indicator will illumi-
nate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch or
the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off the I-BSI system. The I-BSI
indicator will turn off.
LSD3651

I-BSI SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS – A vehicle which your vehicle over-
disable the I-BSI system: takes rapidly.
WARNING
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis- – A vehicle that passes through the
plays in the vehicle information display. Listed below are the system limitations detection zone quickly.
Use the button to select “Driver As- for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate • The radar sensors’ detection zone is
sistance.” Then press the OK button. the vehicle in accordance with these designed based on a standard lane
system limitations could result in seri- width. When driving in a wider lane,
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK ous injury or death.
button. the radar sensors may not detect ve-
• The I-BSI system cannot detect all hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-
3. Select “Blind Spot Intervention” and use vehicles under all conditions. ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-
the OK button to turn the system on or • The radar sensors may not be able to sors may detect vehicles driving two
off. detect and activate I-BSI when cer- lanes away.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod- tain objects are present such as: • The radar sensors are designed to ig-
els with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic – Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals. nore most stationary objects; how-
driver assistance switch (models with- – Vehicles such as motorcycles, low ever, objects such as guardrails,
out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system height vehicles, or high ground walls, foliage and parked vehicles
on or off. clearance vehicles. may occasionally be detected. This is
– Vehicles remaining in the detec- a normal operation condition.
NOTE:
tion zone when you accelerate • The camera may not detect lane
When Blind Spot Intervention is ON in the from a stop. For additional infor- markers in the following situations
settings menu, turning the ProPILOT As- mation, see “BSI driving situa- and the I-BSI system may not oper-
sist switch (if so equipped) ON will acti- tions” (P. 5-50). ate properly.
vate the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- – Oncoming vehicles. – On roads where there are multiple
tion (I-BSI) system at the same time. For parallel lane markers; lane mark-
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent
additional information, see “Intelligent ers that are faded or not painted
lane at a speed approximately the
Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30). clearly; yellow painted lane mark-
same as your vehicle.
ers; non-standard lane markers;
– A vehicle approaching rapidly lane markers covered with water,
from behind. dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lane – When a sudden change in bright- • Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
markers are still detectable. ness occurs. (For example: when volume, open vehicle window) will in-
– On roads where there are sharp the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel terfere with the chime sound, and it
curves. or under a bridge.) may not be heard.
– On roads where there are sharply • Do not use the I-BSI system under the
following conditions because the
I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS
contrasting objects, such as shad-
ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, system may not function properly. Indicator on
seams or lines remaining after – During bad weather (for example:
road repairs. rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– On roads where the traveling lane – When driving on slippery roads, Indicator off
merges or separates. such as on ice or snow, etc.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direc- – When driving on winding or un-
tion does not align with the lane even roads. Indicator flashing
markers. – When there is a lane closure due to
– When traveling close to the ve- road repairs.
hicle in front of you, which ob- – When driving in a makeshift or
structs the lane camera unit de- temporary lane.
tection range. – When driving on roads where the
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to lane width is too narrow.
the windshield in front of a lane – When driving with a tire that is not
camera unit. within normal tire conditions (e.g.,
– When the headlights are not tire wear, low tire pressure, instal-
bright due to dirt on the lens or if lation of spare tire, tire chains,
aiming is not adjusted properly. nonstandard wheels).
– When strong light enters a lane – When the vehicle is equipped with
camera unit. (For example: light non-original brake parts or sus-
directly shines on the front of the pension parts.
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

LSD2299 LSD2300 LSD3775
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from Illustration 3 – Approaching from
Another vehicle approaching behind behind
from behind Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and
signal then the system chimes a sound your vehicle approaches a lane marker
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi- (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. while another vehicle is in the detection
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone zone, the system chimes (three times) and
from behind in an adjacent lane. the side indicator light flashes. Then the
I-BSI system activates to help return the
vehicle back to the center of the driving
lane.

NOTE:
from behind.
LSD2302 LSD2303
Illustration 4– Overtaking another Illustration 5– Overtaking another
vehicle vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detec-
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illumi-
tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)
nates if you overtake a vehicle and that
and the side indicator light flashes.
vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-
proximately 3 seconds.

NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are travel-
ing close together.
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
LSD2072 LSD2305
Illustration 6– Overtaking another Illustration 7– Entering from the side
vehicle Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illumi-
your vehicle approaches a lane marker
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
while another vehicle is in the detection
from either side.
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI NOTE:
system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane. The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
hicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it en-
ters the detection zone.

LSD2308 SSD1094 LSD2051
Illustration 8– Entering from the side Illustration 9– Entering from the side Illustration 10: – Entering from the side
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not op-
signal while another vehicle is in the detec- your vehicle approaches the lane marker erate if your vehicle is on a lane marker
tion zone, then the side indicator light while another vehicle is in the detection when another vehicle enters the detection
flashes and a chime will sound twice. zone, the system chimes (three times) and zone. In this case only the BSW system
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI operates.
NOTE: system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane. NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal be-
fore a vehicle enters the detection zone, • The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
the side indicator light will flash but no hicle which is traveling at about the
chime will sound when another vehicle is same speed as your vehicle when it en-
detected. ters the detection zone.

• If the driver activates the turn signal • “Currently not available” the radar sensors on the rear bumper, and
before a vehicle enters the detection • When the VDC system is turned off. restart the EV system.
zone, the side indicator light will flash If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
but no chime will sound when the Action to take:
under high temperature conditions (over
other vehicle is detected. When the above conditions no longer exist, approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the
• I-BSI will not operate or will stop oper- push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models I-BSI system is turned on, the I-BSI system
ating and only a warning chime will with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver may be deactivated automatically. The
sound under the following conditions: assistance switch (models without ProPI- “Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature”
– When the brake pedal is depressed. LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system warning message will appear in the vehicle
– When the vehicle is accelerated dur- back on. information display.
ing I-BSI system operation. When radar blockage is detected, the I-BSI
– When steering quickly. Action to take:
system will be turned off automatically, a
– When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB with Pe- chime will sound and the “Unavailable: Side When the interior temperature is reduced,
destrian Detection warnings sound. Radar Obstruction” warning message will push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models
– When the hazard warning flashers appear in the vehicle information display. with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver
are operated. assistance switch (models without ProPI-
– When driving on a curve at a high The I-BSI system is not available until the LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system
speed. conditions no longer exist. For additional back on.
information, see “System maintenance”
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY (P. 5-56). SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
UNAVAILABLE Action to take: When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will
Under the following conditions, a chime will When the above conditions no longer exist, be turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, the following message will appear turn the I-BSI system on again. If the “Un- sound, and the “Not available System Mal-
in the vehicle information display and the available: Side Radar Obstruction” warning function” warning message with the BSW
I-BSI system will be turned off automati- message appears even after the I-BSI sys- indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle
cally. The I-BSI system will not be available tem is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a information display.
until the conditions no longer exist. safe location, place the vehicle in the P
• “Not available Poor Road Conditions” (Park) position and turn the EV system off.
• When the VDC system (except TCS func- Check for and remove objects obscuring
tion) or ABS operates.

Action to take: Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the ent material), install accessories or apply
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV additional paint near the radar sensors.
system off and restart the EV system. If the Do not strike or damage the area around
“Not available System Malfunction” warning the radar sensors.
message with the BSW indicator (orange) It is recommended you visit a NISSAN cer-
continues to be displayed, have the I-BSI tified LEAF dealer if the area around the
system checked. It is recommended you radar sensors is damaged due to a
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this collision.
service.
The lane camera unit O 2 for I-BSI system is
located above the inside mirror. To keep
the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent a
system malfunction, be sure to observe
LSD3770 the following:
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE • Always keep the windshield clean.
The two radar sensors O1 for the I-BSI sys-
tem are located near the rear bumper. Al- parent material) or install an accessory
ways keep the area near the radar sensors near the camera unit.
clean. • Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
porary ambient conditions such as splash- may adversely affect the camera unit’s
ing water, mist or fog. capability of detecting the lane markers.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the radar sensors.

• Do not strike or damage the areas For Canada FCC Warning
around the camera unit. Do not touch the Applicable law: Canada 310 Changes or modifications not expressly
camera lens or remove the screw located approved by the party responsible for
on the camera unit. It is recommended This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). compliance could void the user’s author-
that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF ity to operate the equipment.
dealer if the camera unit is damaged due Operation is subject to the following two
to an accident. conditions: (1) This device may not cause For Canada
interference, and (2) This device must ac- Applicable law: Canada 310
Radio frequency statement (Type cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera- This device contains licence-exempt
A) (if so equipped) tion of the device. transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
For USA with Innovation, Science and Economic
Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz Development Canada’s licence-exempt
FCC : OAYSRR3B
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
This device complies with part 15 of the lowing two conditions:
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- Radio frequency statement (Type
lowing two conditions: 1. This device may not cause
B) (if so equipped) interference.
(1) This device may not cause harmful For USA
interference, and (2) this device must ac- 2. This device must accept any interfer-
cept any interference received, including FCC : OAYSRR3B ence, including interference that may
interference that may cause undesired cause undesired operation of the device.
This device complies with part 15 of the
operation. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
FCC Warning lowing two conditions: formation: This equipment complies
Changes or modifications not expressly (1) This device may not cause harmful for an uncontrolled environment. This
approved by the party responsible for interference, and (2) this device must ac- equipment should be installed and oper-
compliance could void the user’s author- cept any interference received, including ated with minimum distance of 20 cm
ity to operate the equipment. interference that may cause undesired between the radiator and your body.
operation.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
WARNING
structions for proper use of the RCTA
death.
• The RCTA system is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedures
and is not designed to prevent con-
tact with vehicles or objects. When
backing out of a parking space, al-
ways use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction
your vehicle will move. Never rely
solely on the RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when
backing out from a parking space. When
the vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-
signed to detect other vehicles approach-
ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If the
system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.
LSD4769
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION The RCTA system can help alert the driver
1. Side Indicator Light of an approaching vehicle when the driver
is backing out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and
the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is
operational.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle
from either side, the system chimes (once)
and the side indicator light (1) flashes on the
side the vehicle is approaching from.
LSD2886 LSD3768
The RCTA system uses radar sensors O 1
installed on both sides near the rear bum-
per to detect an approaching vehicle.
The radar sensors O 1 can detect an ap-
proaching vehicle from up to approxi-
mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

disable the RCTA system.
button.
3. Select “Cross Traffic” and use the OK but-
ton to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system setting will be retained even
if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3771

RCTA SYSTEM

• Always check surroundings and turn
to check what is behind you before
backing up. The radar sensors detect
approaching (moving) vehicles. The
radar sensors cannot detect every
object such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-
cycles, animals or child-operated
toy vehicles
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately 19
mph (30 km/h)
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h)
approaching vehicles in certain
situations:
– Illustration a: When a vehicle
parked next to you obstructs the
beam of the radar sensor.
LSD2887
– Illustration b: When the vehicle is
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING parked in an angled parking
space.
Listed below are the system limitations – Illustration c: When the vehicle is
for the RCTA system. Failure to operate parked on inclined ground.
the vehicle in accordance with these – Illustration d: When an approach-
system limitations could result in seri- ing vehicle turns into your vehi-
ous injury or death. cle’s parking lot aisle.

– Illustration e: When the angle
formed by your vehicle and ap-
proaching vehicle is small.
• The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on
the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install acces-
sories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions LSD2888 LSD2889
may reduce the ability of the radar to Illustration 1 Illustration 2
detect other vehicles. NOTE:
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
In the case of several vehicles approach-
volume, open vehicle window) will in-
ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-
terfere with the chime sound, and it
site direction (Illustration 2), a chime may
may not be heard.
not be sounded by the RCTA system af-
ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically.
The systems are not available until the
conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- Action to take
porary ambient conditions such as splash- Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
ing water, mist or fog. vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
The blocked condition may also be caused system off and restart the EV system. If the
by conditions such as ice, snow, frost or dirt system does not resume automatically,
obstructing the radar sensors. have the system checked. It is recom-
NOTE: LEAF dealer for this service.
If the BSW system stops working, the
Action to take
the system will resume automatically.
LSD3768
Malfunction SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will The two radar sensors O
1 for the BSW and
turn off automatically. The “Malfunction: RCTA systems are located near the rear
See Owner’s Manual” warning message will bumper. Always keep the area near the ra-
appear. dar sensors clean.
NOTE: The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
If the BSW system stops working, the ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar- For Canada FCC Warning
ent material), install accessories or apply Applicable law: Canada 310 Changes or modifications not expressly
additional paint near the radar sensors. approved by the party responsible for
This device complies with Industry
Do not strike or damage the area around Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). compliance could void the user’s author-
the radar sensors. It is recommended that Operation is subject to the following two ity to operate the equipment.
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if conditions: (1) This device may not cause For Canada
the area around the radar sensors is dam- interference, and (2) This device must ac-
aged due to a collision. Applicable law: Canada 310
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera- This device contains licence-exempt
Radio frequency statement (Type tion of the device. transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
A) (if so equipped) Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz
with Innovation, Science and Economic
For USA Development Canada’s licence-exempt
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
FCC : OAYSRR3B lowing two conditions:
This device complies with part 15 of the Radio frequency statement (Type 1. This device may not cause
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- B) (if so equipped) interference.
lowing two conditions: For USA 2. This device must accept any interfer-
(1) This device may not cause harmful FCC : OAYSRR3B ence, including interference that may
interference, and (2) this device must ac- cause undesired operation of the device.
cept any interference received, including This device complies with part 15 of the
interference that may cause undesired FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
operation. lowing two conditions: formation: This equipment complies
FCC Warning (1) This device may not cause harmful for an uncontrolled environment. This
interference, and (2) this device must ac- equipment should be installed and oper-
Changes or modifications not expressly cept any interference received, including
approved by the party responsible for ated with minimum distance of 20 cm
interference that may cause undesired between the radiator and your body.
compliance could void the user’s author- operation.
ity to operate the equipment.

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
• If the cruise indicator blinks, turn the CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

cruise control switch off and have the The cruise control allows driving at a speed
system checked. It is recommended that between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h)
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for without keeping your foot on the accelera-
this service. tor pedal.
• The cruise indicator may blink when
the cruise control switch is turned on To turn on the cruise control, push the
while pushing the RES+, SET- or CANCEL cruise control switch on. The cruise
switch. To properly set the cruise control indicator in the vehicle information display
system, use the following procedures. will illuminate.
To set the cruising speed, accelerate the
WARNING vehicle to the preferred speed, push the
SET- switch and release it. Take your foot off
Do not use the cruise control when driv- the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will
LSD3168 ing under the following conditions: maintain the set speed.
1. RES+ switch • When it is not possible to keep the • To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
vehicle at a set speed celerator pedal. When you release the
2. CANCEL switch • In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
3. SET- switch in speed ously set speed.
• On winding or hilly roads • The vehicle may not maintain the set
4. Cruise control switch
• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, speed on winding or hilly roads. If this
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE etc.) happens, drive without using the cruise
control.
CONTROL • In very windy areas
• If the cruise control system malfunctions, Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
it cancels automatically. The cruise control and result in an accident. following methods:
indicator in the vehicle information dis- 1. Push the CANCEL switch.
play then blinks to warn the driver.
2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the cruise control switch off. The To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
cruise indicator in the vehicle infor- one of the following methods:
mation display will turn off. • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
• If you depress the brake pedal while hicle attains the preferred speed, push
pushing the RES+ or SET- switch and re- the SET- switch and release it.
set at the cruising speed, the cruise con- • Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
trol will disengage. Turn the cruise control the switch when the vehicle slows down
switch off once and then turn it on again. to the preferred speed.
• The cruise control will automatically can- • Push, then quickly release, the SET-
cel if the vehicle slows more than 8 mph switch. Each time you do this, the set
(13 km/h) below the set speed. speed will decrease by about 1 mph or
• If you move the shift lever to the N (Neu- 1km/h.
tral) position, the cruise control will be To resume the preset speed, push and
canceled. release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use resume the last set cruising speed when
one of the following methods: the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, re-
lease the switch.
• Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph or 1.6
km/h.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
(for vehicles without ProPILOT
Assist) (if so equipped)
WARNING
structions for proper use of the ICC sys-
tem could result in serious injury or
death.
• The ICC system is only an aid to assist
the driver and is not a collision
warning or avoidance device. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, and be in control of the
vehicle at all times.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• Always drive carefully and atten-
tively when using the ICC system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-
tions. Do not use the ICC system ex-
cept in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
LSD3654

• In the conventional (fixed speed) Push the ICC switch O A to choose the
cruise control mode, a warning cruise control mode between the vehicle-
chime will not sound to warn you if to-vehicle distance control mode and the
you are too close to the vehicle conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
ahead. Pay special attention to the mode.
distance between your vehicle and Once a control mode is activated, it cannot
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision be changed to the other cruise control
could occur mode. To change the mode, push the ICC
switch OA once to turn the system off. Then
NOTE:
push the ICC switch O A again to turn the
For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT As- system back on and select the desired
sist, see “ProPILOT Assist” (P. 5-92) cruise control mode.
The ICC system maintains a selected dis- Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys-
tance from the vehicle in front of you within tem display.
the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
can be selected by the driver between 20 to control mode” (P. 5-69).
90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the control mode, see “Conventional (fixed
road ahead is clear. speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-87).
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: For maintaining a selected dis-
tance between your vehicle and the ve-
hicle in front of you up to the present
speed
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed
LSD2891 LSD2850
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE

CONTROL MODE CONTROL MODE
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis- In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
tance control mode: To choose the mode, the ICC system automatically main-
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode tains a selected distance from the vehicle
O1 , quickly push and release the ICC switch traveling in front of you according to that
OA . vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at
Selecting the conventional (fixed speed) the set speed when the road ahead is clear.
cruise control mode: To choose the con- The ICC system is intended to enhance the
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode operation of the vehicle when following a
O2 , push and hold the ICC switch O A for vehicle traveling in the same lane and
longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For direction.
additional information, see “Conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-87).

If the radar sensor O B detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will re-
duce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance.
The system automatically controls the
throttle and applies the brakes (up to ap-
proximately 40% of vehicle braking power)
if necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is ap-
proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
LSD3772
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

CONTROL MODE OPERATION mode is designed to maintain a selected
distance from the vehicle in front of you
and can reduce the speed to match a
slower vehicle ahead. The system will de- The following items are controlled in the
celerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle • When there are no vehicles traveling
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
system can only apply up to 40% of the control mode maintains the speed set by
vehicle’s total braking power. the driver. The set speed range is be-
This system should only be used when traf- tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (32
fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re- and 144 km/h).
main fairly constant or when vehicle • When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
speeds change gradually. If a vehicle the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a mode adjusts the speed to maintain the
vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, distance, selected by the driver, from the
the distance between vehicles may be- vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes
come closer because the ICC system can- to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a
not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. standstill within the limitations of the sys- LSD2892
If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a tem. The system will cancel once it judges When driving on the freeway at a set speed
warning chime and blink the system dis- a standstill with a warning chime. and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
play to notify the driver to take necessary • When the vehicle traveling ahead has ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed
action. moved out from its lane of travel, the to maintain the distance, selected by the
The system will cancel and a warning vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
chime will sound if the speed is below ap- accelerates and maintains vehicle speed ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle up to the set speed. the ICC system will accelerate and main-
is not detected ahead. The system will also tain the speed up to the set speed. Pay
The ICC system does not control vehicle
disengage when the vehicle goes above attention to the driving operation to main-
speed or warn you when you approach
the maximum set speed. tain control of the vehicle as it accelerates
stationary and slow-moving vehicles. You
to the set speed.
For additional information, see “Approach must pay attention to vehicle operation to
warning” (P. 5-77). maintain proper distance from vehicles The vehicle may not maintain the set
ahead when approaching toll gates or traf- speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-
fic congestion. curs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.

Normally when controlling the distance to 3. SET- switch:
a vehicle ahead, this system automatically Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac- speed incrementally.
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accel- 4. DISTANCE switch:
erate your vehicle when acceleration is re- Changes the vehicle’s following
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake distance:
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle • Long
ahead due to its sudden braking or if a • Middle
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us- • Short
ing the ICC system.
5. ICC switch:
Master switch to activate the system.
LSD2893
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE SWITCHES
The system is operated by the ICC switch
and four control switches, all mounted on
the steering wheel.
1. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.

2. This indicator indicates the ICC system
status depending on a color:
• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-
cates that the ICC switch is on.
• ICC system SET indicator (green): In-
dicates that the cruising speed is set.
• ICC system warning (yellow): Indi-
cates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in
front of you.
LSD2852 4. Set distance indicator: LSD2853
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance Displays the selected distance between Operating vehicle-to-vehicle

control mode display and vehicles set with the distance switch. distance control mode
indicators To turn on the cruise control, quickly push
The display is shown in the vehicle infor- and release the ICC switch O
A . The ICC sys-
mation display. tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-

cator and set vehicle speed indicator O B
1. Set vehicle speed indicator: come on in a standby state for setting.
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.

When the SET– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set.
A warning chime will sound and a message
will pop up:
• When the VDC system is off (To use the
ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push
the ICC switch to turn off the ICC system
and reset the ICC switch by pushing the
ICC switch again.)
For additional information about the
VDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Con-
trol (VDC) system” (P. 5-164).
LSD2854 LSD2894 • When VDC is operating
To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- When the SET– switch is pushed under the • When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET– following conditions, the system cannot be system, make sure the wheels are no lon-
switch O C and release it. The ICC system set and the ICC indicators will blink for ap- ger slipping.)
set indicator (green), vehicle ahead detec- proximately 2 seconds:
tion indicator, set distance indicator and • When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
set vehicle speed indicator OB will come on. and a vehicle ahead is not detected
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. • When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the brakes are operated by the
driver

Vehicle detected ahead Vehicle ahead not detected
When a vehicle is detected in the lane When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve- ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
hicle by controlling the throttle and apply- ates your vehicle to resume the previously
ing the brakes to match the speed of a set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
slower vehicle ahead. The system then maintains the set speed.
controls the vehicle speed based on the When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
driver selected distance.
If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-
NOTE: tion to the set vehicle speed or any time the
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on ICC system is in operation, the system con-
when braking is performed by the ICC trols the distance to that vehicle.
system. When a vehicle is no longer detected under
LSD3169 • When the brake operates, a noise may approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-
1. System set display with vehicle ahead be heard. This is not a malfunction. tem will be canceled.
2. System set display without vehicle When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-
ahead hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
The ICC system will also display the set
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed speed and selected distance.
based on the road conditions. The ICC sys-
tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-
lar to standard cruise control, as long as no
vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
ICC system displays the set speed.

How to change the set vehicle To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
speed one of the following methods:
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
hicle attains the desired speed, push the
following methods:
SET– switch and release it.
• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle
• Push and hold the SET– switch. The set
speed indicator will go out.
vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-
• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
speed indicator will go out.
• Push, then quickly release the SET–
• Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indicators switch. Each time you do this, the set
will go out. speed will decrease by approximately 1
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use mph (1 km/h).
one of the following methods: To resume the preset speed, push and
LSD2895 • Depress the accelerator pedal. When the release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
vehicle attains the desired speed, push resume the last set cruising speed when
When passing another vehicle, the set and release the SET– switch. the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).
speed indicator O B will flash when the ve-
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve- • Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
hicle detect indicator will turn off when the vehicle speed will increase by approxi-
area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
pedal is released, the vehicle will return to • Push, then quickly release the RES+
the previously set speed. switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by approximately 1
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the mph (1 km/h).
ICC system, you can depress the accelera-
tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
your vehicle rapidly.

Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-
hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-
tem warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depress-
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-
hicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
The warning chime may not sound in
some cases when there is a short distance
LSD2896 LSD2897 between vehicles. Some examples are:
How to change the set distance Distance Approximate • When the vehicles are traveling at the
to the vehicle ahead distance at 60 same speed and the distance between
mph (97 km/h) vehicles is not changing.
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
[ft (m)] • When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster
selected at any time depending on the traf-
1. Long 200 (60) and the distance between vehicles is
fic conditions.
increasing.
Each time the DISTANCE switch O A is 2. Middle 150 (45)
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
pushed, the set distance will change to 3. Short 90 (30)
long, middle, short and back to long again, • The distance to the vehicle ahead will The warning chime will not sound when:
in that sequence. change according to the vehicle speed. • The vehicle approaches other vehicles
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer that are parked or moving slowly.
the distance. • The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-
• The distance setting will remain at the riding the system.
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.

NOTE: the vehicle and moves into the passing – Always manually steer or brake as
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC needed
The approach warning chime may sound system will continue to accelerate to the
and the system display may blink when – Never solely rely on the system
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is
the ICC sensor detects objects on the detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel-
side of the vehicle or on the side of the erate up to the following speed of that ve- Automatic cancellation
road. This may cause the ICC system to hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the A chime sounds under the following condi-
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop tions and the control is automatically
ICC sensor may detect these objects after a short time and regain the set follow- canceled:
when the vehicle is driven on winding ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped
roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when • When the vehicle ahead is not detected
at any point by depressing the brake pedal and your vehicle is traveling below the
entering or exiting a curve. In these or the CANCEL switch on the steering
cases you will have to manually control speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)
wheel. • When the system judges the vehicle is at
the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle. a standstill
WARNING
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected • When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or In order to reduce the risk of a collision position or B mode
driving position in the lane) or traffic or ve- that may result in serious injury or • When the parking brake system is applied
hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is death, please be aware of the following: • When the VDC system is turned off
being driven with some damage). • This function is only activated with • When VDC operates
the left turn signal and will briefly ac- • When distance measurement becomes
Acceleration when passing celerate the vehicle even if a lane impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-
change is not initiated. This can in-
When the ICC system is engaged above 43 struction to the sensor
clude non-passing situations such as
mph and following a slower vehicle (below • When a wheel slips
left side exits.
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti- • When the radar signal is temporarily
vated to the left, the ICC system will auto- • Ensure that when passing another
vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be- interrupted
matically start to accelerate the vehicle to
help initiate passing on the left and will fore initiating the pass. Sudden
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle changes in traffic may occur while
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal passing.
operates this feature. As the driver steers
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE • As there is a performance limit to the • The system may not detect the ve-
CONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS distance control function, never rely hicle in front of you in certain road or
solely on the ICC system. This system weather conditions. To avoid acci-
WARNING does not correct careless, inattentive dents, never use the ICC system un-
or absentminded driving, or over- der the following conditions:
Listed below are the system limitations come poor visibility in rain, fog, or – On roads where the traffic is heavy
for the ICC system. Failure to operate other bad weather. Decelerate the or there are sharp curves
the vehicle in accordance with these vehicle speed by depressing the
system limitations could result in seri- – On slippery road surfaces such as
brake pedal, depending on the dis- on ice or snow, etc.
ous injury or death. tance to the vehicle ahead and the
• The ICC system is primarily intended surrounding circumstances in order – During bad weather (rain, fog,
for use on straight, dry, open roads to maintain a safe distance between snow, etc.)
with light traffic. It is not advisable to vehicles. – When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
use the ICC system in city traffic or • If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the bumper around the distance
congested areas. the vehicle decelerates to a standstill sensor
• The ICC system will not adapt auto- within the limitations of the system. – On steep downhill roads (the ve-
matically to road conditions. This The system will cancel once it judges hicle may go beyond the set ve-
system should be used in evenly that the vehicle has come to a stand- hicle speed and frequent braking
flowing traffic. Do not use the system still and sound a warning chime. To may result in overheating the
on roads with sharp curves, or on icy prevent the vehicle from moving, the brakes)
roads, in heavy rain or in fog. driver must depress the brake pedal. – On repeated uphill and downhill
• Always pay attention to the opera- roads
tion of the vehicle and be ready to – When traffic conditions make it
manually control the proper follow- difficult to keep a proper distance
ing distance. The ICC system may not between vehicles because of fre-
be able to maintain the selected dis- quent acceleration or
tance between vehicles (following deceleration
distance) or selected vehicle speed – Interference by other radar
under some circumstances. sources.

• In some road or traffic conditions, a The ICC system is designed to automati- If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
vehicle or object can unexpectedly cally check the sensor’s operation within you by blinking the system indicator and
come into the sensor detection zone the limitations of the system. sounding the chime. The driver may
and cause automatic braking. Al- When the sensor is covered with dirt or is have to manually control the proper dis-
ways stay alert and avoid using the obstructed, the system will automatically tance away from the vehicle traveling
ICC system where not recommended be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ahead.
in this warning section. ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,
The radar sensor will not detect the follow- etc., the ICC system may not detect them.
ing objects: In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode may not cancel and
• Stationary and slow-moving vehicles may not be able to maintain the selected
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway following distance from the vehicle ahead.
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Be sure to check and clean the sensor
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel regularly.
lane The detection zone of the radar sensor is
The sensor generally detects the signals limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
if the sensor cannot detect the reflection tance detection mode to maintain the se-
from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system lected distance from the vehicle ahead.
may not maintain the selected distance. A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
The following are some conditions in which detection zone due to its position within
the sensor cannot properly detect a ve- the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may
hicle ahead and the system may not oper- not be detected in the same lane ahead if
ate properly: they are traveling offset from the center
line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the
• When snow or road spray from traveling
lane ahead may not be detected until the
vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.
vehicle has completely moved into the
• When excessively heavy baggage is lane.
loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area
of your vehicle.

LSD2898

LSD2899
When driving on some roads, such as wind- If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads you by blinking the system indicator and
which are under construction, the ICC sen- sounding the chime unexpectedly. You
sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, will have to manually control the proper
or may temporarily not detect a vehicle distance away from the vehicle traveling
traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC ahead.
system to decelerate or accelerate the
vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-
neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
or vehicle condition.

The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavail-
able. In these instances, the ICC system
may cancel and may not be able to main-
tain the selected following distance from
the vehicle ahead.
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-
tem is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• When the VDC system is turned off
• When VDC is operating
• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (24 km/h)
• When the system judges the vehicle is at
a standstill
• When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
mode
• When a wheel slips
• When the radar signal is temporarily
LSD3656 interrupted
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE

Action to take Condition C Condition D
When the conditions listed above are no When the radar sensor area of the front When driving on roads with limited road
longer present, turn the system off using bumper is covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, structures or bridges (for example, long
the ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back on etc., or is obstructed, the ICC system will bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to
to use the system. automatically be canceled. long walls), the system may illuminate the
Condition B The chime will sound and the “Forward system warning light (orange) and display
Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis-
When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, abled Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s
snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”
warning message will appear in the vehicle Manual” message.
the ICC system will automatically be can-
celed, the chime will sound and the “For- information display. Action to take
ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Action to take When the above driving conditions no lon-
Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” If the warning message appears, stop the ger exist, turn the system back on.
warning message will appear in the vehicle vehicle in a safe place, push the P (Park) Condition E
information display. position switch on the shift lever, and turn When the ICC system is not operating
Action to take the EV system off. When the radar signal is properly a chime sounds and the ICC sys-
When the conditions listed above are no temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor tem warning light (orange) will come on.
longer present, the warning message will area of the front bumper and restart the EV
no longer be available in the vehicle infor- system. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tempo-
mation display and the system will operate rarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See
normally. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tem- Owner’s Manual” warning message contin-
porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See ues to be displayed, have the system
Owner’s Manual” warning message contin- checked. It is recommended that you visit a
ues to be displayed, have the system NISSAN dealer for this service.
NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:
If the ICC system is temporarily unavail-
able, the conventional cruise control
mode may still be used. For additional
information, please see “Conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode”
(P. 5-87).
LSD3956 LSD2859
Action to take SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
If the warning light comes on, park the ve- The sensor for the ICC system O
A is located
hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off, on the front of the vehicle.
restart the EV system, resume driving and
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
set the ICC system again.
be sure to observe the following:
If it is not possible to set the system or • Always keep the sensor area of the front
the indicator stays on, it may indicate bumper/emblem clean.
that the system is malfunctioning. Al-
• Do not strike or damage the areas
though the vehicle is still drivable under
around the sensor.
normal conditions, have the vehicle
checked. It is recommended that you • Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for parent material) or install an accessory
this service. near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the For Canada Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could Model: ARS4–B Information:
cause failure or malfunction. This equipment complies with FCC radia-
• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front IC: 4135A-ARS4B
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
bumper. Before customizing or restoring FCC ID: OAYARS4B trolled environment.
the front bumper, it is recommended that
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC This equipment should be installed and
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Rules and with Industry Canada licence- operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub- between the radiator and your body.
Radio frequency statement ject to the following two conditions:
For USA The transmitter must not be co-located or
1. This device may not cause interference, operating in conjunction with any other an-
FCC ID OAYARS4B tenna or transmitter.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC ence, including interference that may Cet équipement est conforme aux limites
Rules. Operation is subject to the following cause undesired operation of the d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies
two conditions: device. pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet
1. This device may not cause harmful inter- Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec
ference, and d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar- un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation source de rayonnement et votre corps.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference est autorisée aux deux conditions FCC Notice
that may cause undesired operation. suivantes:
Changes or modifications not expressly
FCC Warning 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil- approved by the party responsible for
lage, et compliance could void the user’s authority
Changes or modifications not expressly to operate the equipment.
approved by the party responsible for 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
compliance could void the user’s authority tout brouillage radio électrique subi,
to operate the equipment. même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) – On winding or hilly roads
CRUISE CONTROL MODE – On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
This mode allows driving at a speed be- etc.)
tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with- – In very windy areas
out keeping your foot on the accelerator • Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
pedal. control and result in an accident.
WARNING
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime does not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to- LSD2900
vehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
between your vehicle and the vehicle control switches
ahead of you or a collision could 1. CANCEL switch:
occur.
• Always confirm the setting in the ICC the set speed.
system display.
• Do not use the conventional (fixed 2. RES+ switch:
speed) cruise control mode when Resumes set speed or increases speed
driving under the following incrementally.
conditions:
3. SET- switch:
– When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
– In heavy traffic or in traffic that speed incrementally.
varies in speed
4. ICC switch: • Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-
Master switch to activate the system. cates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indi-
cator indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.
LSD2901
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control mode display and
indicators
The display is located in the vehicle infor-
mation display.
1. Cruise indicator: This indicator indi-
cates the ICC system status depending
on a color:
• Cruise control ON indicator (gray):
Indicates that the ICC switch is on.
• Cruise control SET indicator (green):
Indicates that the cruising speed is
set.

ing the ICC switch again will turn the sys-
tem completely off. When the power switch
is placed in the OFF position, the system is
also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve-
hicle distance control mode) or push and
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)
again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the ICC
LSD2902 switch off when not using the ICC LSD2903
system.
Operating conventional (fixed To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-
speed) cruise control mode hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- ©
switch and release it. (The color of the
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise indicator changes to green and set
cruise control mode, push and hold the ICC vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
switch O A for longer than about 1.5 your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
seconds. vehicle will maintain the set speed.
When pushing ICC switch on, the conven- • To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode celerator pedal. When you release the
display and indicators O B are displayed in pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
the vehicle information display. After you ously set speed.
hold the ICC switch for longer than about • The vehicle may not maintain the set
1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns speed when going up or down steep hills.
off. The cruise indicator appears. You can If this happens, manually maintain ve-
now set your desired cruising speed. Push- hicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
following methods: of the following three methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
speed indicator will turn off. vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off. 2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruise
to the desired speed.
indicator and vehicle speed indicator will
turn off. 3. Push, then quickly release the SET-
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one switch. Each time you do this, the set
of the following three methods: speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push To resume the preset speed, push and re-
and release the SET- switch. lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-
sume the last set cruising speed when the
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).

A chime sounds under the following condi-
tions and the control is automatically
canceled:
• When the vehicle slows down more than
8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
or B mode
• When the VDC operates (including the
traction control system)
• When a wheel slips
When the system is not operating properly,
the chime sounds and the color of the
cruise indicator will change to orange.
Action to take
If the color of the cruise indicator changes
to orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place
and push the P (Park) position switch on
the shift lever. Turn the EV system off, re-
start the EV system, resume driving, and
then perform the setting again.
If it is not possible to set or the indicator
stays on, it may indicate that the system
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle
LSD3657
is still drivable under normal conditions,
System temporarily unavailable have the vehicle checked. It is recom-

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)
WARNING • There are limitations to the ProPILOT • The ProPILOT Assist system does not
Assist system capability. The ProPI- react to stationary and slow-moving
Failure to follow the warnings and in- LOT Assist system does not function vehicles.
structions for proper use of the ProPI- in all driving, traffic, weather, and • Always drive carefully and atten-
LOT Assist system could result in seri- road conditions. It is the driver’s re- tively when using the ProPILOT Assist
ous injury or death. sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, system. Read and understand the
• ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, Owner’s Manual thoroughly before
system. Within the limits of its capa- and be in control of the vehicle at all using the ProPILOT Assist system. To
bilities, as described in this manual, it times. avoid serious injury or death, do not
helps the driver with certain driving • The ProPILOT Assist system is only an rely on the system to prevent acci-
activities. aid to assist the driver and is not a dents or to control the vehicle’s
• The ProPILOT Assist system is not a collision warning or avoidance speed in emergency situations. Do
replacement for proper driving pro- device. not use the ProPILOT Assist system
cedures and is not designed to cor- • The ProPILOT Assist system is for except in appropriate road and traffic
rect careless, inattentive or absent- highway use only and is not intended conditions.
minded driving. ProPILOT Assist will for city driving. Failure to apply the
not always steer the vehicle to keep it brake or steer the vehicle when nec-
in the lane. The ProPILOT Assist sys- essary may result in a serious
tem is not designed to prevent loss of accident.
control. It is the driver’s responsibility • Always observe posted speed limits
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the and do not set the speed over them.
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
• Never take your hands off the steer-
control of the vehicle at all times.
ing wheel when driving. Always keep
your hands on the steering wheel
and drive your vehicle safely.
• Never unfasten your safety belt
when using ProPILOT Assist. Doing so
automatically cancels the ProPILOT
Assist system.

vehicle centered in the traveling lane when
clear lane markings are detected.
LSD3009
The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to
enhance the operation of the vehicle when
following a vehicle traveling in the same
lane and direction.
The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-
sensing front camera unit O A installed be-
hind the windshield and a radar sensor lo-
cated on the front of the vehicle O B to
measure the distance to the vehicle ahead
in the same lane and to monitor the lane
markers. If the vehicle detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will re-
duce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance. The system will also help keep the

3. Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)
4. ProPILOT Assist switch
The ProPILOT Assist system has the follow-
ing two functions:
1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode: For cruising at a preset
speed
NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode.
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: The ICC system maintains a
selected distance from the vehicle in
front of you within the speed range of
0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the
set speed. The set speed can be se-
lected by the driver between 20 to 90
mph (30 to 144 km/h). When the ve-
hicle ahead slows to a stop, your ve-
LSD3658 hicle gradually decelerates to a stand-
still. When the vehicle is stopped, the
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM 1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)
ICC system maintains braking force to
OPERATION 2. Vehicle information display keep your vehicle stopped.

NOTE: 2. Steering Assist
When your vehicle is stopped for less The Steering Assist function controls the
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead steering system to help keep your ve-
begins to move, your vehicle will start hicle within the traveling lane.
moving again automatically.
– When your vehicle is at a standstill for When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle Assist is not available at speeds under 37
ahead begins to accelerate, push the mph (60 km/h).
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-
erator pedal. The ICC system starts to
follow the vehicle ahead.
– When no vehicle is detected ahead
within the driver selected distance, the
vehicle travels at the speed set by the
driver. The speed must be above 20 mph LSD3170
(30 km/h) to use this function. ProPILOT Assist switches
NOTE:
Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak-
ing (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection set-
ting is turned off by the driver using the
“Settings” menu in the vehicle informa-
tion display, AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
tion will be automatically turned on
when ICC is used.

5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
6. Steering Assist switch:
Turns the Steering Assist function on or
off
LSD3659 LSD4112
1. DISTANCE switch: The ProPILOT Assist system
• Long display and indicators
• Middle 1. Steering Assist indicator
• Short
Indicates the status of the Steering As-
2. RES+ switch: sist function by the color of the indicator
Resumes set speed or increases speed • Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
incrementally ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
3. CANCEL switch:
Steering Assist active
Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system • Steering Assist indicator (orange):
4. ProPILOT Assist switch: Steering Assist malfunction
Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or
off

2. ProPILOT Assist activation 6. Set distance indicator • Speed control status indicator/
Displays once the ProPILOT Assist sys- Displays the selected distance warning (green outline ): ICC
tem is activated (maintain speed control mode) is ac-
7. Steering Assist status tive (no vehicle detected ahead). Your
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator indicator/warning vehicle maintains the driver-selected
Indicates whether the system detects a Displays the status of the Steering Assist set speed.
vehicle in front of you by the color of the indicator/warning • Speed control status indicator/
• No Steering Assist status indicator warning (orange): Indicates an ICC
4. ProPILOT Assist status indicator malfunction
displayed: Steering Assist is turned off
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT As- 9. Set vehicle speed indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
sist system by the color of the indicator
ing Assist standby Indicates the set vehicle speed
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but in TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL
standby
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow): (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue):
ProPILOT Assist active
Steering Assist malfunction MODE ON
8. Speed control status NOTE:
5. Lane marker indicator
indicator/warning
Indicates whether the system detects ProPILOT Assist provides no approach
Displays the status of speed control by warnings, automatic braking, or steering
lane markers
the color and shape of the assist in the conventional (fixed speed)
• No lane markers displayed: Steering indicator/warning
Assist is turned off cruise control mode.
• Speed control status indicator/
• Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane To choose the conventional (fixed speed)
warning (gray): ICC standby
markers detected cruise control mode, push and hold the
• Speed control status indicator/ ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than ap-
• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane warning (solid green ): ICC (dis- proximately 1.5 seconds. For additional in-
markers detected tance control mode) is active (vehicle formation, see “Conventional (fixed speed)
• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane detected ahead). Your vehicle cruise control mode” (P. 5-121).
departure is detected matches the speed of the vehicle
ahead.

LSD4711 LSD4113 LSD3074
1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

with Pedestrian Detection
2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and In-
telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST

tional information, see “How to use the
vehicle information display” (P. 2-27).
3. The status of the ProPILOT Assist sys-
tem is displayed in the vehicle informa-
tion display O
B .
4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to

the desired speed.
5. Push the SET- switch ©. The ProPILOT
Assist system begins to automatically
maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT
Assist activation indicator O
D and ProPI-
LOT Assist status indicator OE illuminate
(blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling
LSD4114 LSD4115
at a speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) or below
1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch OA . This and the SET- switch is pushed, the set When the SET- switch is pushed under the
turns on the ProPILOT Assist system. speed of your vehicle is 20 mph (30 following conditions, the ProPILOT Assist
km/h). system cannot be set and the set vehicle
2. A screen is displayed for a period of time
speed indicator O 1 blinks for approxi-
that indicates the status of the driving NOTE: mately 2 seconds:
aid functions.
Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on • When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
• AEB with Pedestrian Detection, LDW,
will turn on the Intelligent Lane Interven- and the vehicle ahead is not detected
and BSW are enabled when the speci-
tion (I-LI) and the Intelligent Blind Spot • When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
fied icons are displayed.
Intervention (I-BSI) systems at the same position or B mode
• I-LI is enabled when the specified icon time. For additional information, see “In-
is displayed. • When the parking brake is applied
telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30)
• To change the status of the driving and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention • When the brakes are operated by the
aids, use the O 1 or O
2 button to navi- (I-BSI)” (P. 5-36). driver
gate the settings screen. For addi-

• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) To change to a slower cruising speed:
system is off. For additional information, • Push and hold the SET- switch. The set
see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- vehicle speed decreases by approxi-
tem” (P. 5-164). mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• When the VDC system (including the trac- • Push, then quickly release, the SET-
tion control system) is operating switch. Each time you do this, the set
• When a wheel is slipping speed decreases by approximately 1 mph
• When any door is open (1 km/h).
• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
How to momentarily accelerate or
decelerate
• Depress the accelerator pedal when ac-
celeration is required. Release the accel-
LSD3019 erator pedal to resume the previously set
vehicle speed.
How to change the set vehicle • Depress the brake pedal when decelera-
speed tion is required. Control by the ProPILOT
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted. Assist system is canceled. Push the RES+
switch to resume the previously set ve-
To change to a faster cruising speed: hicle speed.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
vehicle speed increases by approxi-
• Push, then quickly release, the RES+
speed increases by approximately 1 mph
(1 km/h).

WARNING
When the accelerator pedal is de-
pressed and you are approaching the
vehicle ahead, the ICC system will nei-
ther control the brake nor warn the
driver with the chime and display. The
driver must manually control the ve-
hicle speed to maintain a safe distance
to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so
could result in severe personal injury or
death.
NOTE:
When you accelerate by depressing the LSD3020
accelerator pedal or decelerate by push- How to change the set distance
ing the SET- switch and the vehicle trav-
els faster than the speed set by the to the vehicle ahead
driver, the set speed vehicle indicator will The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
blink. selected at any time.
Each time the DISTANCE switch O A is
pushed, the set distance will change to
long, middle, short and back to long again
in that sequence.

Distance Approximate
distance at 60
mph (97 km/h)
[ft (m)]
1. Long 200 (60)
2. Middle 150 (45)
3. Short 90 (30)
• The distance to the vehicle ahead
changes automatically according to the
vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle
speed, the longer the distance.
• The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.
LSD4116

Use the following methods to enable or
disable the Steering Assist.
Steering Assist switch:
To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push
the Steering Assist switch (3) on the instru-
ment panel.
NOTE:
• When the Steering Assist switch is
used to turn the system on or off, the
system remembers the setting even if
the power switch is cycled. The switch
must be pushed again to change the
setting to on or off.
• The Steering Assist switch changes the
status of the “Steering Assist” selection
made in the “Settings” screen in the
vehicle information display.
Setting in the vehicle information
display:
1. Press the button on the steering
wheel (1) until “Settings” displays in the
vehicle information display (2) and then
press the OK button (1).
LSD4117
2. Use the button (1) to select “Driver
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE 1. Steering-wheel mounted control (right) Assistance.” Then press the OK button
STEERING ASSIST 2. Vehicle information display (1).
3. Steering Assist switch

3. Select “Steering Assist” and press the OK When the ProPILOT Assist system is can- • The ICC system is only an aid to assist
button (1). celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec- the driver and is not a collision
tronic parking brake is automatically warning or avoidance device. It is rec-
NOTE: activated. ommended for highway use only and
• When the Cruise screen is displayed on it is not intended for city driving. It is
the vehicle information display, press WARNING the driver’s responsibility to stay
the OK button on the steering wheel to alert, drive safely, and be in control of
call up the “Driver Assistance” setting To prevent the vehicle from moving or
the vehicle at all times.
display. rolling unexpectedly, which could re-
sult in serious personal injury or prop- • There are limitations to the ICC sys-
• When enabling/disabling the system tem capability. The ICC system does
through the vehicle information dis- erty damage, before exiting the vehicle
make sure to push the ProPILOT Assist not function in all driving, traffic,
play or when pressing the Steering As- weather, and road conditions. It is the
sist switch, the system retains the cur- switch to turn the system off, push the
P (Park) position switch on the shift le- driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
rent settings even if the EV system is drive safely, keep the vehicle in the
restarted. ver, and turn the EV system off.
traveling lane, and be in control of the
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL vehicle at all times.
How to cancel the ProPILOT Assist
(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT • Always observe posted speed limits
system and do not set the speed over them.
Assist)
To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use • The ICC system does not react to sta-
one of the following methods: WARNING tionary and slow-moving vehicles.
• Push the CANCEL switch.
• Tap the brake pedal (except at a Failure to follow the warnings and in-
standstill). structions for proper use of the ICC sys-
tem could result in serious injury or
• Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn death.
the system off. The ProPILOT Assist status
indicator will go out.

• Always drive carefully and atten- the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, • When your vehicle is at a standstill for
tively when using the ICC system. the ICC system sounds a warning chime more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
Read and understand the Owner’s and blinks the system display to notify the ahead begins to accelerate, push the
Manual thoroughly before using the driver to take necessary action. RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or The ICC system cancels and a warning erator pedal. The ICC system starts to
death, do not rely on the system to chime sounds if the speed is below ap- follow the vehicle ahead.
prevent accidents or to control the proximately 15 mph (25 km/h) and a vehicle • When the vehicle traveling ahead moves
vehicle’s speed in emergency situa- is not detected ahead. to a different traveling lane, the ICC sys-
tions. Do not use the ICC system ex- tem accelerates and maintains vehicle
The ICC system operates as follows: speed up to the set speed.
cept in appropriate road and traffic
conditions. • When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the ICC system maintains the The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed set by the driver. The set speed speed or warn you when you approach
ICC system operation stationary and slow-moving vehicles. You
range is between approximately 20 and
The ICC system is designed to maintain a 90 mph (30 and 144 km/h). must pay attention to vehicle operation to
selected distance from the vehicle in front maintain proper distance from vehicles
• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, ahead when approaching toll gates or traf-
of you and can reduce the speed to match the ICC system adjusts the speed to
a slower vehicle ahead. The system decel- fic congestion.
maintain the distance, selected by the
erates the vehicle as necessary and if the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC decelerates to a standstill. Once your ve-
system can only apply up to 40% of the hicle stops, the ICC system keeps the ve-
vehicle’s total braking power. This system hicle stopped.
should only be used when traffic condi-
tions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly • When your vehicle is stopped for less
constant or when vehicle speeds change than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
gradually. If a vehicle moves into the travel- begins to move, your vehicle will start
ing lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling moving again automatically.
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-
tween vehicles may become closer be-
cause the ICC system cannot decelerate

Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, the system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accel-
erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle
cuts in. Always stay alert when using the
ICC system.
LSD2892 LSD4118
When driving on the freeway at a set speed System set display with no vehicle
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle detected ahead
ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to No vehicle detected ahead
maintain the distance, selected by the The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle based on the road conditions. The ICC sys-
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-
the ICC system accelerates and maintains lar to standard cruise control, as long as no
the speed up to the set speed. Pay atten- vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
tion to the driving operation to maintain ICC system displays the set speed.
control of the vehicle as it accelerates to
the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-
curs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.

NOTE: Vehicle ahead accelerates
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on When your vehicle is stopped and the ve-
when braking is performed by the ICC hicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the
system. RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelera-
• When the brake is applied by the sys- tor pedal. The ICC system starts to follow
tem, a noise may be heard. This is not a the vehicle ahead.
malfunction. Vehicle ahead not detected
When the ICC system detects a vehicle When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indica- ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
tor and the speed control status indicator ates your vehicle to resume the previously
(distance control mode) illuminates (solid set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
green ). maintains the set speed.
Vehicle ahead stops When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
LSD4119
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off
System set display with vehicle ahead stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand- and the speed control status indicator
Vehicle detected ahead still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC sys- (maintain speed control mode) illuminates
When a vehicle is detected in the lane tem automatically applies the brakes to (green outline ).
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve- keep the vehicle stopped. When your ve- The ICC system gradually accelerates to
hicle by controlling the throttle and apply- hicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press to the set speed, but you can depress the
ing the brakes to match the speed of a start” message is displayed on the vehicle accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.
slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system then information display. When a vehicle is no longer detected and
controls the vehicle speed based on the your vehicle is traveling under approxi-
NOTE:
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the mately 15 mph (25 km/h), the ICC system
driver selected distance. When your vehicle stops for less than 3 automatically cancels.
seconds, your vehicle will automatically
follow the vehicle as it accelerates from a
stop.

Cut-in detection • When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane The warning chime will not sound when:
near your vehicle, the ICC system may in- • Your vehicle approaches other vehicles
form the driver by flashing the vehicle that are parked or moving slowly.
ahead detection indicator. • The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-
riding the system.
Approach warning
NOTE:
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve- The approach warning chime may sound
hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys- and the system display may flash when
tem warns the driver with the chime and the radar sensor detects objects on the
ICC system display. Decelerate by depress- side of the vehicle or on the side of the
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve- road. This may cause the ICC system to
LSD2895 hicle distance if: decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
• The chime sounds. radar sensor may detect these objects
When passing another vehicle, the set
when the vehicle is driven on winding,
speed indicator O B flashes when the ve- • The vehicle ahead detection indicator
and set distance indicator blink. narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-
is entering or exiting a curve. In these
hicle ahead detection indicator turns off • You judge it necessary to maintain a safe cases, you will have to manually control
when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. distance. the proper distance ahead of your
When the pedal is released, the vehicle re-
The warning chime may not sound in vehicle.
turns to the previously set speed. Even
some cases when there is a short distance Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-
though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
between vehicles. Some examples are: fected by vehicle operation (steering
system, you can depress the accelerator
• When the vehicles are traveling at the maneuver or driving position in the lane)
pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
same speed and the distance between or traffic or vehicle conditions (for ex-
your vehicle rapidly.
vehicles is not changing. ample, if a vehicle is being driven with
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster some damage).
and the distance between vehicles is
increasing.

Acceleration when passing • This function is only activated with • The ICC system will not adapt auto-
When the ICC system is engaged above 44 the left turn signal and will briefly ac- matically to road conditions. This
mph and following a slower vehicle (below celerate the vehicle even if a lane system should be used in evenly
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti- change is not initiated. This can in- flowing traffic. Do not use the system
vated to the left, the ICC system will auto- clude non-passing situations such as on roads with sharp curves or on icy
matically start to accelerate the vehicle to left side exits. roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
help initiate passing on the left and will • Ensure that when passing another • As there is a performance limit to the
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be- distance control function, never rely
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal fore initiating the pass. Sudden solely on the ICC system. This system
operates this feature. As the driver steers changes in traffic may occur while does not correct careless, inattentive
the vehicle and moves into the passing passing. or absentminded driving or over-
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC – Always manually steer or brake as come poor visibility in rain, fog, or
system will continue to accelerate to the needed other bad weather. Decelerate the
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is – Never solely rely on the system vehicle speed by depressing the
detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel- brake pedal, depending on the dis-
erate up to the following speed of that ve- tance to the vehicle ahead and the
hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
ICC system limitations surrounding circumstances in order
left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop to maintain a safe distance between
WARNING
after a short time and regain the set follow- vehicles.
ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped Listed below are the system limitations • When the ICC system automatically
at any point by depressing the brake pedal for the ICC system. Failure to operate brings the car to a stop, your vehicle
or the CANCEL switch on the steering the vehicle in accordance with these can automatically accelerate if the
wheel. system limitations could result in seri- vehicle is stopped for less than ap-
ous injury or death: proximately 3 seconds. Be prepared
WARNING • The ICC system is primarily intended to stop your vehicle if necessary.
In order to reduce the risk of a collision for use on straight, dry, open roads
that may result in serious injury or with light traffic. It is not advisable to
death, please be aware of the following: use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.

• Always pay attention to the opera- – When traffic conditions make it dif- • Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads
tion of the vehicle and be ready to ficult to keep a proper distance be- with sharp curves
manually control the proper follow- tween vehicles because of frequent • Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as
ing distance. The ICC system may not acceleration or deceleration an uneven dirt road
be able to maintain the selected dis- – Interference by other radar • If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cover-
tance between vehicles (following sources ing the radar sensor area
distance) or selected vehicle speed • In some road or traffic conditions, a • A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a
under some circumstances. vehicle or object can unexpectedly car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is
• The system may not detect the ve- come into the sensor detection zone near the vehicle ahead
hicle in front of you in certain road or and cause automatic braking. Al- • Interference by other radar sources
weather conditions. To avoid acci- ways stay alert and avoid using the • When excessively heavy baggage is
dents, never use the ICC system un- ICC system where not recommended loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of
der the following conditions: in this warning section. your vehicle
– On roads with heavy, high-speed
The ICC system will not detect the following The ICC system is designed to automati-
traffic or sharp curves
objects: cally check the radar sensor’s operation
– On slippery road surfaces such as
• Stationary or slow moving vehicles within the limitations of the system.
on ice or snow, etc.
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway The detection zone of the radar sensor is
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.) • Oncoming vehicles in the same lane limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel tection zone for the ICC system to maintain
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
lane the selected distance from the vehicle
the bumper around the distance
ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside
sensor The following are some conditions in which of the detection zone due to its position
– On steep downhill roads (the ve- the radar sensor cannot properly detect a within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles
hicle may go beyond the set ve- vehicle ahead and the system may not op- may not be detected in the same lane
hicle speed and frequent braking erate properly: ahead if they are traveling offset from the
may result in overheating the • When the sensor detection is reduced center line of the lane. A vehicle that is en-
brakes) (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust tering the lane ahead may not be detected
– On repeated uphill and downhill storms, sandstorms, and road spray from until the vehicle has completely moved into
roads other vehicles) the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may have
to manually control the proper distance
away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) uses
a multi-sensing front camera. The follow-
ing are some conditions in which the cam-
era may not properly detect a vehicle and
detection of a vehicle ahead may be
delayed:
• Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,
snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and
road spray from other vehicles)
LSD2898
• The camera area of the windshield is
fogged up or covered with dirt, water
drops, ice, snow, etc.
• Strong light (for example, sunlight or high
beams from oncoming vehicles) enters
the front camera
• A sudden change in brightness occurs
(for example, when the vehicle enters or
exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning
flashes)

Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-
tem is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• Any door is open.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (25 km/h).
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC
system for approximately 3 minutes or
longer.
LSD2899 • The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) posi-
tion or B mode.
When driving on some roads, such as wind- If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
• The electronic parking brake is applied.
ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads by blinking the system indicator and sound-
which are under construction, the radar ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have to • The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-
sensor may detect vehicles in a different manually control the proper distance away tem is turned off.
lane, or may temporarily not detect a ve- from the vehicle traveling ahead. • The Automatic Emergency Braking with
hicle traveling ahead. This may cause the Pedestrian Detection applies harder
radar system to decelerate or accelerate System Temporarily Unavailable braking.
the vehicle. • VDC (including the traction control sys-
The following are conditions in which the
The detection of vehicles may also be af- ICC system may be temporarily unavail- tem) operates.
fected by vehicle operation (steering ma- able. In these instances, the ICC system • A wheel slips.
neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) may not cancel and may not be able to • When distance measurement becomes
or vehicle condition. maintain the selected following distance impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-
from the vehicle ahead. struction to the sensor.

• When the radar signal is temporarily Condition B warning message will appear in the vehicle
interrupted. When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, information display.
Action to take: snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no the ICC system will automatically be can- If the warning message appears, stop the
longer present, turn the system off using celed, the chime will sound and the "For- vehicle in a safe place, push the P (Park)
the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPI- ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled position switch on the shift lever, and turn
LOT Assist system back on to use the Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual" the EV system off. When the radar signal is
system. warning message will appear in the vehicle temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor
information display. area of the front bumper and restart the EV
NOTE: Action to take: system. If the "Forward Driving Aids Tem-
When the ICC system is canceled under When the conditions listed above are no porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See
the following conditions at a standstill, longer present, the warning message will Owner’s Manual" warning message con-
the electronic parking brake is auto- no longer be available in the vehicle infor- tinues to be displayed, have the system
matically activated: mation display and the system will operate checked. It is recommended that you visit a
• Any door is open. normally. If the "Forward Driving Aids Tem- NISSAN dealer for this service.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See Condition D
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the Owner’s Manual" warning message con- When driving on roads with limited road
ICC system for approximately 3 min- tinues to be displayed, have the system structures or buildings (for example, long
utes or longer. checked. It is recommended that you visit a bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
NISSAN dealer for this service. long walls), the system may illuminate the
• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode. Condition C system warning light and display the "For-
• The VDC system is turned off. When the radar sensor of the front bumper ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual"
• When distance measurement be- warning message.
comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt system will automatically be canceled.
or obstruction to the sensor. The chime will sound and the "Forward Action to take:
• When the radar signal is temporarily Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front When the above driving conditions no lon-
interrupted. Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual" ger exist, turn the system back on.

be inspected. It is recommended that you Before customizing or restoring the front
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this bumper, it is recommended that you visit a
service. NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
NOTE: The camera sensor is located above the
inside mirror.
If the ICC system is temporarily unavail-
able, the conventional cruise control To keep the proper operation of the sys-
mode may still be used. For additional tems and prevent a system malfunction,
information, see “Conventional (fixed be sure to observe the following:
speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-121) • Always keep the windshield clean.
ICC sensor maintenance parent material) or install an accessory
The radar sensor is located on the front of near the camera unit.
the vehicle. • Do not place reflective materials, such as
LSD3956 white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
To keep the ICC system operating properly, ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
ICC system malfunction be sure to observe the following: may adversely affect the camera unit’s
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be • Always keep the sensor area of the front capability of detecting the lane markers.
turned off automatically, a chime will bumper/emblem clean.
sound, and the speed control status • Do not strike or damage the areas
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the
warning (orange) will illuminate. around the sensor. camera lens or remove the screw located
Action to take: • Do not attach a sticker (including trans- on the camera unit.
If the warning light comes on, stop the ve- parent material) or install an accessory If the camera unit is damaged due to an
hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off, near the sensor. This could cause failure accident, it is recommended that you visit a
restart the EV system and set the ICC sys- or malfunction. NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
tem again. If it is not possible to set the ICC • Do not attach metallic objects near the
system or the indicator stays on, it may be sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
a malfunction. Although the normal driving cause failure or malfunction.
can be continued, the ICC system should • Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper.
STEERING ASSIST • The Steering Assist is intended for Steering Assist operation
WARNING use on well-developed freeways or
highways with gentle (moderate) The Steering Assist controls the steering
Failure to follow the warnings and in- curves. To avoid risk of an accident, system to help keep your vehicle near the
structions for proper use of the Steer- do not use this system on local or center of the lane when driving. The Steer-
ing Assist could result in serious injury non-highway roads. ing Assist is combined with the Intelligent
or death. Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional
• The Steering Assist only steers the
information, see “Intelligent Cruise Control
• The Steering Assist is not a replace- vehicle to maintain its position in the
(ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist)” (P. 5-104).
ment for proper driving procedures center of a lane. The vehicle will not
and is not designed to correct care- steer to avoid objects in the road in The Steering Assist can be activated when
less, inattentive or absent-minded front of the vehicle or to avoid a ve- the following conditions are met:
driving. The Steering Assist will not hicle moving into your lane. • The ICC system is activated.
always steer the vehicle to keep it in • It is the driver’s responsibility to stay • Lane markers on both sides are clearly
the lane. It is not designed to prevent alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in detected.
loss of control. It is the driver’s re- the traveling lane, and be in control of
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, • A vehicle ahead is detected (when the
the vehicle at all times. Never take
keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph
your hands off the steering wheel
and be in control of the vehicle at all [60 km/h]).
when driving. Always keep your
times. hands on the steering wheel and • The driver grips the steering wheel.
• As there is a performance limit to the drive your vehicle safely. • The vehicle is driven at the center of the
Steering Assist’s capability, never • Always drive carefully and attentively lane.
rely solely on the system. The Steer- when using the Steering Assist. Read • The turn signals are not operated.
ing Assist does not function in all and understand the Owner’s Manual • The windshield wiper is not operated in
driving, traffic, weather, and road thoroughly before using the Steering the high (HI) speed operation (the steer-
conditions. Always drive safely, pay Assist. To avoid serious injury or death, ing assist function is disabled after the
attention to the operation of the ve- do not rely on the system to prevent wiper operates for approximately 10
hicle, and manually control your ve- accidents or to control the vehicle’s seconds).
hicle appropriately. speed in emergency situations. Do not
use the Steering Assist except in ap-
propriate road and traffic conditions.

2. Steering Assist status When the Steering Assist deactivates, the
indicator/warning Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
Displays the status of the Steering Assist Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
by the color of the indicator/warning marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa-
tion display turn gray and a chime sounds
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer- twice.
ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green): Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow): the capabilities of the Steering Assist and
Steering Assist malfunction your vehicle approaches either the left or
3. Lane marker indicator the right side of the traveling lane, a
warning chime sounds and the I-LI indica-
Indicates whether the system detects
tor light (orange) on the instrument panel
LSD4120 the lane marker
flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI sys-
• Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane tem automatically applies the brakes for a
Steering Assist display and markers not detected short period of time to help assist the
indicators • Lane marker indicator (green): Lane driver to return the vehicle to the center of
1. Steering Assist indicator markers detected the traveling lane. This action is in addition
Indicates the status of the Steering As- • Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane to any Steering Assist actions.
sist by the color of the indicator departure is detected
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer- When the Steering Assist is in operation,
ing Assist standby the Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
• Steering Assist indicator (green): Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
Steering Assist active marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa-
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow): tion display turn green. A chime sounds
Steering Assist malfunction when the Steering Assist initially activates.

When the Steering Assist is activated, it
monitors the driver’s steering wheel
operation.
If the steering wheel is not operated or the
driver takes his/her hands off the steering
wheel for a period of time, the warning O 1
appears in the vehicle information display.
If the driver does not operate the steering
wheel after the warning has been dis-
played, an audible alert sounds and the
warning flashes in the vehicle information
display, followed by a quick brake applica-
tion to request the driver to take control of
the vehicle again.
If the driver still does not respond, the Pro-
PILOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher
and slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at
any time by steering, braking, accelerating,
or operating the ProPILOT Assist switch.
WARNING
Steering Assist is not a system for
LSD3661 hands-free driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and drive
Hands on detection your vehicle safely. Failure to do so
could cause a collision resulting in seri-
ous personal injury or death.

NOTE: – When driving on roads where – When the lens of the camera unit
If the driver lightly touches (instead of there are multiple lanes or unclear is foggy
firmly grips) the steering wheel, the lane markers due to road – When strong light (for example,
steering torque sensor may not detect construction sunlight or high beams from on-
the driver’s hand(s) on the wheel and a – When driving on roads where coming vehicles) shines on the
sequence of warnings may occur. When there are sharply contrasting ob- camera
the driver holds and operates the steer- jects, such as shadows, snow, wa- – When the headlights are not
ing wheel again, the warnings turn off. ter, wheel ruts, seams, or lines re- bright due to dirt on the lens or
maining after road repairs (the the headlights are off in tunnels or
Steering Assist limitations Steering Assist could detect these in darkness
items as lane markers) – When a sudden change in bright-
WARNING – When driving on roads where the ness occurs (for example, when
traveling lane merges or the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
• In the following situations, the cam- separates
era may not detect lane markers cor- or is under a bridge)
rectly or may detect lane markers in- • Do not use the Steering Assist under – When driving on roads where the
correctly and the Steering Assist may the following conditions because the traveling lane merges or sepa-
not operate properly: system may not properly detect lane rates or where there are tempo-
markers. Doing so could cause a loss rary lane markers because of road
– When driving on roads where of vehicle control and result in an
there are multiple parallel lane construction
accident. – When there is a lane closure due to
markers, lane markers that are
faded or not painted clearly, non- – During bad weather (rain, fog, road repairs
standard lane markers, or lane snow, dust, etc.) – When driving on a bumpy road
markers covered with water, dirt, – When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven dirt
snow, etc. thrown up by the wheels of other road
– When driving on roads with dis- vehicles – When driving on sharp curves or
continued lane markers – When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads
– When driving on roads with a wid- another object adheres to the – When driving on repeated uphill
ening or narrowing lane width camera unit and downhill roads

• Do not use the Steering Assist under • For the ProPILOT Assist system to op- starts automatically when the operating
the following conditions because the erate properly, the windshield in conditions are met again.)
system will not operate properly: front of the camera must be clean. • When lane markers on both sides are no
– When driving with a tire that is not Replace worn wiper blades. The cor- longer detected
within normal tire conditions (for rect size wiper blades must be used • When a vehicle ahead is no longer de-
example, tire wear, abnormal tire to help make sure the windshield is tected under approximately 37 mph (60
pressure, installation of a spare kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN km/h)
tire, tire chains, nonstandard wiper blades, or equivalent wiper
wheels) blades, that are specifically designed Steering Assist cancel
– When the vehicle is equipped with for use on your vehicle model and
model year. It is recommended that Under the following conditions, the Steer-
non-original brake or suspension ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist
parts you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for the correct parts for your status indicator and the Steering Assist in-
– When an object such as a sticker vehicle. dicator turn off, and the “Not Available Bad
or cargo obstructs the camera Weather” warning message will appear:
– When excessively heavy baggage Steering Assist temporary • When unusual lane markers appear in
is loaded in the rear seat or lug- the traveling lane or when the lane
gage area of your vehicle
standby marker cannot be correctly detected for
– When the vehicle load capacity is Automatic standby due to driving some time due to certain conditions (for
exceeded operation: example, a snow rut, the reflection of light
When the driver activates the turn signal, on a rainy day, the presence of several
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
the Steering Assist is temporarily placed in unclear lane markers)
warning chime sound, and the beep
may not be heard. a standby mode. (The Steering Assist re- • When the windshield wiper operates in
starts automatically when the operating the high (HI) speed operation (the Steer-
conditions are met again.) ing Assist is disabled when the wiper op-
erates for more than approximately 10
Automatic standby:
seconds)
In the following cases, a warning message
is displayed along with the chime, and the
Steering Assist is placed in a temporary
standby mode. (The Steering Assist re-
Action to take: To keep the proper operation of the system 2. This device must accept any interfer-
Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL and prevent a system malfunction, be sure ence received, including interference
switch. When the conditions listed above to observe the following: that may cause undesired operation.
are no longer present, turn the ICC system • Always keep the windshield clean. FCC Warning
on again. • Do not attach a sticker (including trans- Changes or modifications not expressly
parent material) or install an accessory approved by the party responsible for
Steering Assist malfunction near the camera unit. compliance could void the user’s authority
When the system malfunctions, it turns off • Do not place reflective materials, such as to operate the equipment.
automatically. The Steering Assist status white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight For Canada
warning illuminates (orange). A chime may
sound depending on the situation. may adversely affect the camera unit’s Model: ARS4–B
capability of detecting the lane markers.
Action to take: IC: 4135A-ARS4B
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the around the camera unit. Do not touch the FCC ID: OAYARS4B
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV camera lens or remove the screw located This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
system off, restart the EV system, resume on the camera unit. Rules and with Industry Canada licence-
driving, and set the Intelligent Cruise Con- exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
trol system again. If the warning (orange) ject to the following two conditions:
accident, it is recommended that you visit a
continues to illuminate, the Steering Assist
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 1. This device may not cause harmful inter-
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is
still drivable under normal conditions, have Radio frequency statement ference, and
the system checked. It is recommended For USA 2. This device must accept any interfer-
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer ence received, including interference
for this service. FCC ID OAYARS4B that may cause undesired operation.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Steering Assist maintenance Rules. Operation is subject to the following
The camera sensor is located above the two conditions:
inside mirror. 1. This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and

Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR Cet equipement est conforme aux limites WARNING
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar- d’exposition aux rayonnements IC etablies
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation pour un environnement non controle. Cet • In the conventional (fixed speed)
est autorisee aux deux conditions equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec cruise control mode, a warning
suivantes: un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la chime does not sound to warn you if
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil- source de rayonnement et votre corps. you are too close to the vehicle
lage, et FCC Notice ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter Changes or modifications not expressly vehicle distance is detected.
tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, approved by the party responsible for
• Pay special attention to the distance
meme si le brouillage est susceptible compliance could void the user’s authority
between your vehicle and the vehicle
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. to operate the equipment.
ahead of you or a collision could
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) occur.
Information: • Always confirm the setting in the ICC
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
This equipment complies with FCC radia- system display.
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon- NOTE: • Do not use the conventional (fixed
trolled environment. ProPILOT Assist provides no approach speed) cruise control mode when
warnings, automatic braking, or steering driving under the following
This equipment should be installed and
assist in the conventional (fixed speed) conditions:
operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
between the radiator and your body. cruise control mode. – When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
The transmitter must not be co-located or This mode allows driving at a speed be-
tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with- – In heavy traffic or in traffic that
operating in conjunction with any other an-
out keeping your foot on the accelerator varies in speed
tenna or transmitter.
pedal. – On winding or hilly roads
– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
– In very windy areas
• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.

3. CANCEL switch:
the set speed
4. ProPILOT Assist switch:
Master switch to activate the system
5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
LSD3170 LSD2901
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control switches control mode display and
indicators
1. DISTANCE switch:
The display is located in the vehicle infor-
• Long
mation display:
• Middle
1. Cruise indicator:
• Short
This indicator indicates the condition of
2. RES+ switch: the ICC system depending on a color.
Resumes set speed or increases speed • Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-
incrementally cates that the ProPILOT Assist switch
is on
• Cruise control SET indicator (green): In-
dicates that the cruising speed is set

• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi- sired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT
cates that there is a malfunction in the Assist switch again will turn the system
ICC system completely off. When the power switch is
placed in the OFF position, the system is
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
also automatically turned off.
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
speed. For Canadian models, the speed
and release the ProPILOT Assist switch
is displayed in km/h.
(vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
or push and hold it (conventional cruise
control mode) again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
LSD3029 control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT
Assist switch off when not using the ICC
Operating conventional (fixed system.
speed) cruise control mode
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
ProPILOT Assist switch O
A for longer than
about 1.5 seconds.
When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch
on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and indicators O B are
displayed in the vehicle information dis-
play. After you hold ProPILOT Assist switch
on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the
ICC system display turns off. The cruise in-
dicator appears. You can now set your de-

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
following methods: of the following three methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
speed indicator will turn off. vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off. 2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. Both
to the desired speed.
the cruise indicator and vehicle speed
indicator will turn off. 3. Push, then quickly release the SET-
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one switch. Each time you do this, the set
of the following three methods: speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1
km/h).
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
LSD3030 vehicle attains the desired speed, push To resume the preset speed, push and re-
and release the SET- switch. lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-
To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- sume the last set cruising speed when the
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- © 2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
switch and release it. (The color of the the vehicle attains the desired speed,
cruise indicator changes to green and set release the switch.
vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your 3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
vehicle will maintain the set speed. switch. Each time you do this, the set
• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- speed will increase by about 1 mph (1
celerator pedal. When you release the km/h).
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain ve-
hicle speed.

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)
WARNING
structions for proper use of the RAB
death.
• The RAB system is a supplemental
aid to the driver. It is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedures.
Always use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction you
will move before and while backing
up. Never rely solely on the RAB sys-
tem. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely, and be in con- LSD3672
trol of the vehicle at all times. The RAB system detects obstacles behind
• There is a limitation to the RAB sys- the vehicle using the parking sensors O
1
tem capability. The RAB system is not located on the rear bumper.
effective in all situations.
NOTE:
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car You can temporarily cancel the sonar
wash, a truck’s compressed-air function in the vehicle, but the RAB sys-
brakes or a pneumatic drill may af- tem will continue to operate. For addi-
fect the function of the system; this tional information, see “Rear Sonar Sys-
may include reduced performance or tem (RSS) (P. 5-169).
a false activation.
The RAB system can assist the driver when
the vehicle is backing up and approaching
objects directly behind the vehicle.

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is less than
approximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RAB
system operates.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is
detected when your vehicle is backing up,
the RAB system warning indicator will flash
in the vehicle information display, a red
frame will appear in the center display (for
vehicles with the Intelligent Around View
Monitor system), and the system will chime
three times. The system will then auto-
matically apply the brakes. After the auto-
matic brake application, the driver must
depress the brake pedal to maintain brake
pressure.
NOTE:
• The brake lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the RAB
system.
• When the brakes operate, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
LSD3673
RAB SYSTEM OPERATION 䊊
2 Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
䊊
1 RAB warning light and RAB system side)
warning indicator 䊊
3 Center display

Perform the following steps to turn the RAB
system on or off.
plays in the vehicle information display
and then press the OK button. Use the
button to select “Driver Assistance.”
Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Rear” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB
warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is re-
started.
LSD3663
TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM

ON/OFF

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS • Always check your surroundings and • The RAB system may not operate in
WARNING turn to check what is behind you be- the following conditions:
fore and while backing up. The RAB – There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,
Listed below are the system limitations system detects stationary objects attached to the sonar sensors.
for the RAB system. Failure to follow the behind the vehicle. The RAB system – A loud sound is heard in the area
warnings and instructions for proper does not detect the following ob- around the vehicle.
use of the RAB system could result in jects:
serious injury or death. – The surface of the obstacle is di-
– Moving objects agonal to the rear of the vehicle.
• When the vehicle approaches an ob- – Low objects
stacle while the accelerator or brake • The RAB system may unintentionally
– Narrow objects operate in the following conditions:
pedal is depressed, the function may
not operate or the start of operation – Wedge-shaped objects – There is overgrown grass in the
may be delayed. The RAB system – Objects close to the bumper (less area around the vehicle.
may not operate or may not perform than approximately 1 ft [30 cm]) – There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll
sufficiently due to vehicle conditions, – Objects that suddenly appear gate equipment, a narrow tunnel,
driving conditions, the traffic envi- – Thin objects such as rope, wire, a parking lot gate) near the side of
ronment, the weather, road surface chain, etc. the vehicle.
conditions, etc. Do not wait for the – There are bumps, protrusions, or
• The RAB system may not operate for
system to operate. Operate the brake manhole covers on the road
the following obstacles:
pedal by yourself as soon as surface.
necessary. – Obstacles located high off the
ground – The vehicle drives through a
• If it is necessary to override RAB op- draped flag or a curtain.
eration, strongly press the accelera- – Obstacles in a position offset from
your vehicle – There is an accumulation of snow
tor pedal.
– Obstacles, such as spongy materi- or ice behind the vehicle.
als or snow, that have soft outer – An ultrasonic wave source, such as
surfaces and can easily absorb a another vehicle’s sonar, is near
sound wave the vehicle.

• Once the automatic brake control – The braking force becomes poor • Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
operates, it does not operate again if due to wet brakes after driving volume, an open vehicle window) will
the vehicle approaches the same through a puddle or washing the interfere with the chime sound, and it
obstacle. vehicle. may not be heard.
• The automatic brake control can only • Turn the RAB system off in the follow-
operate for a short period of time. ing conditions to prevent the occur-
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Therefore, the driver must depress rence of an unexpected accident re- If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be
the brake pedal. sulting from sudden system turned off automatically, the RAB warning
• In the following situations, the RAB operation: light will illuminate, and the “Malfunction:
system may not operate properly or – The vehicle is towed. See Owner’s Manual” warning message will
may not function sufficiently: appear in the vehicle information display.
– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed
– The vehicle is driven in bad truck. Action to take
weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). – The vehicle is on the chassis If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-
– The vehicle is driven on a steep dynamometer. hicle in a safe location, turn the EV system
hill. – The vehicle drives on an uneven off, and restart the EV system. If the
– The vehicle’s posture is changed road surface. warning light continues to illuminate, have
(e.g., when driving over a bump). – The vehicle is towing an object (if the RAB system checked. It is recom-
– The vehicle is driven on a slippery so equipped). mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
road. LEAF dealer for this service.
– Suspension parts other than
– The vehicle is turned sharply by those designated as Genuine NOTE:
turning the steering wheel fully. NISSAN parts are used. (If the ve-
hicle height or the vehicle body in- If the RAB system cannot be operated
– Snow chains are used. temporarily, the RAB warning light
– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN clination is changed, the system
may not detect an obstacle blinks.
recommended are used.
correctly.)
– The brakes are cold at low ambi-
ent temperatures or immediately – If the vehicle is using an accessory
after driving has started. like a bike rack, or cargo carrier
that blocks the sensors.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION
• Do not subject the area around the park- WARNING

ing sensors O 1 to strong impact. Also, do
not remove or disassemble the parking Failure to follow the warnings and in-
sensors. If the parking sensors and pe- structions for proper use of the AEB
ripheral areas are deformed in an acci- with Pedestrian Detection system
dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It is could result in serious injury or death.
recommended that you visit a NISSAN • The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
certified LEAF dealer for this service. system is a supplemental aid to the
• Do not install any stickers (including driver. It is not a replacement for the
transparent stickers) or accessories on driver’s attention to traffic condi-
the parking sensors O 1 and their sur- tions or responsibility to drive safely.
rounding areas. This may cause a mal- It cannot prevent accidents due to
function or improper operation. carelessness or dangerous driving
techniques.
LSD3672
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE system does not function in all driv-
ing, traffic, weather and road
Observe the following items to ensure
conditions.
proper operation of the system:
• Always keep the parking sensors O 1
clean.
• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful to
not damage them.

LSD2861
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
can assist the driver when there is a risk of
a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in
the traveling lane or with a pedestrian
ahead in the traveling lane.
uses a radar sensor located on the front of
the vehicle OB to measure the distance to
the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For
pedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De-
tection system uses a camera installed be- LSD4662
hind the windshield O A in addition to the
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN 1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
radar sensor.
DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION 2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-
gency warning indicator

3. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system If a risk of a forward impact with a pedes- Pedestrian Detection system will function
warning light trian is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian later or will not function.
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system Detection system will provide a warning to The automatic braking will cease under the
operates at speeds above approximately 3 the driver by flashing the AEB with Pedes- following conditions:
mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection trian Detection emergency warning indica-
tor (red), provides an audible alert and the • When the steering wheel is turned to
function, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- avoid a collision.
tion system operates at speeds between 6 system will apply partial braking. If the
driver applies the brakes quickly and force- • When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
– 37 mph (10 – 60 km/h).
fully but the AEB with Pedestrian Detection • When there is no longer a vehicle or a
If a risk of a forward collision with a vehicle system detects that there is still the possi- pedestrian detected ahead.
is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- bility of a forward impact with a pedestrian,
tion system will first provide a warning to If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
the system will automatically increase the
the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead de- tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle
braking force. If the risk of collision be-
tection indicator and providing an audible will remain at a standstill for approximately
comes imminent and the driver does not
alert. In addition, the AEB with Pedestrian 2 seconds before the brakes are released.
take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
Detection system applies partial braking. If tion system automatically applies harder
the driver applies the brakes quickly and braking.
forcefully, but the AEB with Pedestrian De-
tection system detects that there is still the NOTE:
possibility of a forward collision, the system The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
will automatically increase the braking any braking is performed by the AEB
force. with Pedestrian Detection system.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent Depending on vehicle speed and distance
and the driver does not take action, the AEB to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well
with Pedestrian Detection system issues as driving and roadway conditions, the sys-
the second warning to the driver by flash- tem may help the driver avoid a forward
ing the AEB with Pedestrian Detection collision or may help mitigate the conse-
emergency warning indicator (red), provid- quences if a collision should be unavoid-
ing an audible warning, and then automati- able. If the driver is handling the steering
cally applies harder braking. wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with

disable the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system:
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system is turned off, the AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection system warning light
illuminates.
NOTE:
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem will be automatically turned on
when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3663
TURNING THE AEB WITH

PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM
ON/OFF

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN – Vehicles where the tires are diffi- – If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other mate-
DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS cult to see or the shape of the rear rial is covering the radar sensor
of the vehicle is unclear or area or camera area of the
WARNING obstructed. windshield.
– Parked vehicles. – If strong light (for example, sun-
Listed below are the system limitations light or high beams) enters the
for the AEB with Pedestrian Detection • The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system has some performance front camera or a sudden change
system. Failure to operate the vehicle in in brightness occurs (for example,
accordance with these system limita- limitations.
– If a stationary vehicle is in the ve- entering a tunnel or driving in
tions could result in serious injury or lightning).
death. hicle’s path, the system will not
function when the vehicle is – In dark or dimly lit conditions,
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection such as at night or in tunnels, in-
system cannot detect all vehicles or driven at speeds over approxi-
mately 50 mph (80 km/h). cluding cases where your vehi-
pedestrians under all conditions. cle’s headlights are off or dim, or
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection – Pedestrian detection will not
function when the vehicle is the tail lights of the vehicle ahead
system does not detect the following are off.
objects: driven at speeds over approxi-
mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or below – When driving on a steep downhill
– Pedestrians that are small (for ex- approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). slope, on roads with sharp curves,
ample, children), in a sitting posi- and/or bumpy or dirt roads.
tion, operating toys/skateboards, • For pedestrians, the AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection system will not issue – If there is interference by other ra-
on scooters or in wheelchairs, or dar sources.
not in an upright standing or the first warning.
walking position. • The AEB with Pedestrian Detection – When your vehicle’s position or
system may not function properly or movement is changed quickly or
– Animals of any size. significantly (for example, lane
detect a vehicle or pedestrian ahead
– Obstacles (for example, cargo or in the following conditions: change, turning the vehicle,
debris) on the roadway or abrupt steering, sudden accelera-
roadside. – In poor visibility (conditions such
as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, tion or deceleration).
– Oncoming or crossing vehicles. sand storms, smoke, and road
spray from other vehicles).

– When your vehicle or the vehicle or – If the vehicle ahead has a unique the system may not be able to warn
pedestrian ahead moves quickly or unusual shape, extremely low the driver properly. Be sure that you
or significantly such that the sys- or high clearance heights, or un- check, clean and clear sensor areas
tem cannot detect and react in usual cargo loading or is narrow regularly.
time (for example, pedestrian (for example, a motorcycle). • In some road and traffic conditions,
moving quickly toward the vehicle – When the vehicle or pedestrian is the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
at close range, vehicle cutting in, located near a traffic sign, a reflec- system may unexpectedly apply par-
changing lanes, making a turn, tive area (for example, water on tial braking. When acceleration is
steering abruptly, sudden accel- road), or is in a shadow. necessary, depress the accelerator
eration or deceleration). pedal to override the system.
– When multiple pedestrians are
– When the vehicle or pedestrian is grouped together. • The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
offset from the vehicle’s forward system may operate when a pattern,
– When the view of the pedestrian is
path. object, shadow or lights are detected
obscured by a vehicle or other
– If the speed difference between that are similar to the outline of ve-
object.
the two vehicles is small. hicles or pedestrians, or if they are
• The system performance may be de- the same size and position as a ve-
– The pedestrian’s profile is partially graded in the following conditions: hicle or motorcycle’s tail lights.
obscured or unidentifiable; for ex- – The vehicle is driven on a slippery
ample, due to transporting lug- • The system may keep operating
road. when the vehicle ahead is turning
gage, pushing a stroller, wearing
bulky or very loose-fitting clothing – The vehicle is driven on a slope. right or left.
or accessories, or being in a unique – Excessively heavy baggage is • The system may operate when your
posture (such as raising hands). loaded in the rear seat or the vehicle is approaching and passing a
– There is poor contrast of a person cargo area of your vehicle. vehicle ahead.
to the background, such as having • The system is designed to automati- • Depending on the road shape
clothing color or pattern which is cally check the sensor (radar and (curved road, entrance and exit of the
similar to the background. camera)’s functionality, within cer- curve, winding road, lane regulation,
– For approximately 15 seconds af- tain limitations. The system may not under construction, etc.), the system
ter starting the EV system. detect some forms of obstruction of may operate temporarily for the on-
the sensor area such as ice, snow or coming vehicle in front of your
stickers, for example. In these cases, vehicle.

– oncoming pedestrians
– objects on the road (such as trees)
• Braking distances increase on slip-
pery surfaces.
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
LSD4248
WARNING – pedestrians who temporarily pro-

trude into or approaching the
Listed below are the system limitations driving lane to avoid the obstacles
for the AEB with Pedestrian Detection on the road shoulder
system. Failure to operate the vehicle in – objects above road (low bridge,
accordance with these system limita- traffic sign, etc.)
tions could result in serious injury or – objects on the road surface (rail-
death. road track, grate, steel plate, etc.)
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection – objects in the parking garage
system may react to: (beam, pillar, etc.)
– objects on the roadside (traffic – pedestrians or motorcycles ap-
sign, guardrail, pedestrian, motor- proaching the traveling lane
cycle, vehicle, etc.) – vehicles, pedestrians, motor-
– pedestrians when driving on the cycles or objects in adjacent lanes
narrow alleys, etc. or close to the vehicle

Condition A
In the following conditions, the AEB with
blinks and the system will be turned off
automatically:
• The radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source.
• The camera area of windshield is misted
or frozen.
• Strong light is shining from the front.
• The cabin temperature is over approxi-
mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.
• The camera area of windshield glass is
continuously covered with dirt, etc.
Action to take
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
NOTE:
When the inside of the windshield on
camera area is misted or frozen, it will
take a period of time to remove it after
LSD4663 the A/C turns on. If dirt appears on this
area, it is recommended that you visit a
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
UNAVAILABLE

Condition B: Action to take: NOTE:
When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, If the warning message appears, stop the If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, vehicle in a safe place, push the P (Park) tem stops working, the I-FCW system will
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system position switch on the shift lever, and turn also stop working.
will be canceled, the chime will sound and the EV system off. When the radar signal is
the "Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis- temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor
abled Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s area of the front bumper and restart the EV
Manual" warning message will appear in system. If the "Forward Driving Aids Tem-
the vehicle information display. porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See
Action to take: Owner’s Manual" warning message con-
tinues to be displayed, have the system
When the conditions listed above are no checked. It is recommended that you visit a
longer present, the warning message will NISSAN dealer for this service.
no longer be available in the vehicle infor-
mation display. If the "Forward Driving Aids Condition D
Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked When driving on roads with limited road
See Owner’s Manual" warning message structures or buildings (for example, long
continues to be displayed, have the system bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to
checked. It is recommended that you visit a long walls), the system may illuminate the
NISSAN dealer for this service. system warning light and display the "For-
Condition C: ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled
Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual"
When the radar sensor of the front bumper message.
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will Action to take:
automatically be canceled. The chime will When the above driving conditions no lon-
sound and the "Forward Driving Aids Tem- ger exist, turn the system back on.
porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See
Owner’s Manual" warning message will ap-
pear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
warning light continues to illuminate, have
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
service.
LSD3956 LSD2861
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- The radar sensor is located on the front of
tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto- the vehicle OB . The camera is located on
matically, a chime will sound, the AEB with the upper side of the windshield O
A ).
To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
(orange) will illuminate and the warning
system operating properly, be sure to ob-
message “Malfunction: See Owner’s
serve the following:
Manual” will appear in the vehicle informa-
tion display. • Always keep sensor areas of the front
bumper/emblem and windshield clean.
around the sensors (e.g., bumper,
windshield).

• Do not cover or attach stickers, or install FCC Warning 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
any accessory near the sensors. This Changes or modifications not expressly tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
could block sensor signals, and/or cause approved by the party responsible for même si le brouillage est susceptible
failure or malfunction. compliance could void the user’s author- d’en compromettre le
• Do not attach metallic objects near the ity to operate the equipment. fonctionnement.
radar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This Radio frequency radiation exposure
could cause failure or malfunction. For Canada
information:
• Do not place reflective materials, such as Model: ARS4–B
This equipment complies with FCC and IC
white paper or a mirror, on the instru- IC: 4135A-ARS4B radiation exposure limits set forth for an
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight uncontrolled environment.
may adversely affect the camera unit’s FCC ID: OAYARS4B
detection capability. This device complies with Part 15 of the This equipment should be installed and
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front FCC Rules and with Industry Canada operated with minimum distance of 30
bumper. Before customizing or restoring licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- cm between the radiator and your body.
the front bumper, it is recommended that tion is subject to the following two This transmitter must not be co-located
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. conditions: or operating in conjunction with any
1. This device may not cause interfer- other antenna or transmitter.
Radio frequency statement ence, and Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-
For USA 2. This device must accept any interfer- ites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
FCC ID OAYARS4B ence received, including interference établies pour un environnement non
that may cause undesired operation contrôlé.
of the device. Cet équipement doit être installé et
lowing two conditions: Le présent appareil est conforme aux utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux distance entre la source de rayonnement
1. This device may not cause harmful in- et votre corps.
appareils radio exempts de licence.
terference, and
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
2. This device must accept any interfer- conditions suivantes:
ence received, including interference 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
that may cause undesired operation. brouillage, et
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW)
FCC Notice WARNING

approved by the party responsible for Failure to follow the warnings and in-
compliance could void the user’s author- structions for proper use of the I-FCW
ity to operate the equipment. system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-FCW system can help warn the
driver before a collision occurs but
will not avoid a collision. It is the driv-
er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
The I-FCW system can help alert the driver
when there is a sudden braking of a second LSD2859
vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle
ahead in the same lane. The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor O A
located on the front of the vehicle to mea-
sure distance to the vehicle ahead in the
same lane.

LSD4664
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light

LSD3472
The I-FCW system operates at speeds
above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-
sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driver
by blinking the vehicle ahead detection in-
dicator, and sounding an audible alert.

Perform the following steps to turn the
I-FCW system on or off:
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
• The I-FCW system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is
restarted.
• The I-FCW system is integrated into the
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.
There is not a separate selection in the
vehicle information display for the
I-FCW system. When the AEB with Pe-
destrian Detection is turned off, the
LSD3663 I-FCW system is also turned off.
TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM
ON/OFF

LSD3473
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD3474
WARNING – Crossing vehicles. – Snow or road spray from traveling

• (Illustration A) The I-FCW system vehicles.
Listed below are the system limitations does not function when a vehicle – Driving in a tunnel.
for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a – (Illustration B) When the vehicle
the vehicle in accordance with these motorcycle. ahead is being towed.
system limitations could result in seri-
• The radar sensor may not detect a – (Illustration C) When the distance
ous injury or death.
vehicle ahead in the following to the vehicle ahead is too close,
• The I-FCW system cannot detect all conditions: the beam of the radar sensor is
vehicles under all conditions.
– Snow or heavy rain. obstructed.
• The radar sensor does not detect the
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material – (Illustration D) When driving on a
following objects:
covering the radar sensor. steep downhill slope or roads with
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles sharp curves.
– Interference by other radar
in the roadway.
sources.
– Oncoming vehicles.

• The system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The sys-
tem may not detect some forms of
obstruction of the sensor area such
as ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these
cases, the system may not be able to
warn the driver properly. Be sure that
you check, clean and clear the sensor
area regularly.
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.

LSD3475

LSD3476

Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
I-FCW system is automatically turned off.
warning light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take
the I-FCW system will resume automatically.
Condition B
When there is inclement weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,
the I-FCW system will automatically be
canceled, the chime will sound and the
"Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled
Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual"
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, the warning message will
no longer be available in the vehicle infor-
mation display. If the "Forward Driving Aids
LSD4663
Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY See Owner’s Manual" warning message
UNAVAILABLE continues to be displayed, have the system
NISSAN dealer for this service.
Condition C Condition D
When the radar sensor of the front bumper When driving on roads with limited road
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the structures or buildings (for example, long
I-FCW system will automatically be can- bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to
celed. The chime will sound and the "For- long walls), the system may illuminate the
ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled system warning light and display the "For-
Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual" ward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled
warning message will appear in the vehicle Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual"
information display. warning message.
Action to take: Action to take:
If the warning message appears, stop the When the above driving conditions no lon-
vehicle in a safe place, push the P (Park) ger exist, turn the system back on.
position switch on the shift lever, and turn
the EV system off. When the radar signal is NOTE: LSD3956
temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
area of the front bumper and restart the EV
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
tem stops working, the I-FCW system will
system. If the "Forward Driving Aids Tem- If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be
also stop working.
porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See turned off automatically, a chime will
Owner’s Manual" warning message con- sound, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
tinues to be displayed, have the system system warning light (orange) will illumi-
checked. It is recommended that you visit a nate and the warning message “Malfunc-
NISSAN dealer for this service. tion: See Owner’s Manual” will appear in the
vehicle information display.

Action to take: • Do not attach metallic objects near the
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV cause failure or malfunction.
system off and restart the EV system. If the • Do not alter, remove or paint the front
warning light continues to illuminate, have bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system the front bumper, it is recommended that
checked. It is recommended that you visit a you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
LSD2859 lowing two conditions:
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and
The sensor O
A is located on the front of the
vehicle. 2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
To keep the system operating properly, be that may cause undesired operation.
sure to observe the following:
FCC Warning
• Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper/emblem clean. Changes or modifications not expressly
• Do not strike or damage the areas approved by the party responsible for
around the sensor. compliance could void the user’s author-
• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.

For Canada Radio frequency radiation exposure FCC Notice
Model: ARS4–B information: Changes or modifications not expressly
IC: 4135A-ARS4B This equipment complies with FCC and IC approved by the party responsible for
radiation exposure limits set forth for an compliance could void the user’s author-
FCC ID: OAYARS4B uncontrolled environment. ity to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the This equipment should be installed and
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada operated with minimum distance of 30
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- cm between the radiator and your body.
tion is subject to the following two
conditions: This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any
1. This device may not cause harmful in- other antenna or transmitter.
terference, and
Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-
2. This device must accept any interfer- ites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
ence received, including interference établies pour un environnement non
that may cause undesired operation. contrôlé.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux Cet équipement doit être installé et
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
appareils radio exempts de licence. distance entre la source de rayonnement
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux et votre corps.
conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit ac-
cepter tout brouillage radioélectrique
subi, même si le brouillage est suscep-
tible d’en compromettre le
fonctionnement.

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
(I-DA) (if so equipped)
WARNING The I–DA system helps alert the driver if the

system detects a lack of attention or driv-
Failure to follow the warnings and in- ing fatigue.
structions for proper use of the I-DA The system monitors driving style and
system could result in serious injury or steering behavior over a period of time,
death. and it detects changes from the normal
• The I–DA system is only a warning to pattern. If the system detects that driver
inform the driver of a potential lack attention is decreasing over a period of
of driver attention or drowsiness. It time, the system uses audible and visual
will not steer the vehicle or prevent warnings to suggest that the driver take a
loss of control. break.
• The I–DA system does not detect and
provide an alert of the driver’s lack of
attention or fatigue in every
LSD3957
situation.
• It’s the driver’s responsibility to: I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION
– stay alert, If the system detects driver fatigue or that
– drive safely, driver attention is decreasing, the mes-
– keep the vehicle in the traveling sage “Take a break?” appears in the vehicle
lane, information display and a chime sounds
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
– be in control of the vehicle at all
37 mph (60 km/h).
times,
– avoid driving when tired, The system continuously monitors driver
attention and can provide multiple warn-
– avoid distractions (texting, etc.).
ings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing
driving style and steering behavior when the
power switch is cycled from the ON to the
OFF position and back to the ON position.

disable the I–DA system.
2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and use
the OK button to turn the system on or
off.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the EV
system is restarted.
I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I–DA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
• The I-DA system may not operate
properly and may not provide an
LSD3668 alert in the following conditions:
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE – Poor road conditions such as an
I-DA SYSTEM uneven road surface or pot holes.
– Strong side wind.

– If you have adopted a sporty driv- Action to take
ing style with higher cornering Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
speeds or higher rates of vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the EV sys-
acceleration. tem off and restart the EV system. If the
– Frequent lane changes or system warning message continues to ap-
changes to vehicle speed. pear, have the system checked. It is recom-
• The I–DA system will not provide an mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
alert in the following conditions: LEAF dealer for this service.
– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
– Short lapses of attention.
– Instantaneous distractions such
as dropping an object.
LSD3958
System malfunction
If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system
malfunctions, the system warning mes-
sage will appear in the vehicle information
display and the function will be stopped
automatically.

ECO MODE
• The selection of the ECO mode (ON or ECO DRIVE REPORT

OFF) is retained even when the EV system
The ECO Drive Report appears for approxi-
is restarted.
mately 30 seconds after placing the power
• When the ECO mode is turned off, driving switch in the OFF position, driving the ve-
performance is changed. Before turning hicle for more than 0.3 miles (500 m), and
off the ECO mode, ensure it is safe to do pressing the button on the steering
so, release the accelerator pedal and op- wheel.
erate the ECO switch.
• Turn off the ECO mode when acceleration
is required, such as when:
– driving with a heavy load of passengers
or cargo in the vehicle.
– driving on a steep uphill slope.
• When the cruise control is operated, the
LSD3669
vehicle makes it a priority to maintain a
The ECO mode helps reduce power con- constant speed. The driving range will not
sumption by reducing acceleration when be extended even if the ECO mode indi-
compared to the same accelerator pedal cator appears.
position in the D (Drive) position. Use the
ECO mode for maximum driving range and NOTE:
for city driving. Selecting this drive mode will not neces-
To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO sarily improve power economy as many
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears driving factors influence its
on the vehicle information display. effectiveness.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.

INCREASING POWER ECONOMY
4. Regenerated energy (mileage) The vehicle range varies depending upon

Displays the amount of regenerated en- the following factors:
ergy stored in the Li-ion battery in one • Speed
trip in terms of distance • Vehicle load
If the vehicle has been driven mostly on • Electrical load from vehicle accessories
downhill roads, more energy is regener- • Traffic and road conditions
ated. This may cause the regenerated en- NISSAN recommends the following driv-
ergy (mileage) (4) to show a longer distance ing habits to help maximize vehicle
than the vehicle was driven or the current range:
energy economy (2) to show “99.9
miles/kWh.” Before driving:
When the button is pressed while the • Follow the recommended periodic
ECO Drive Report is shown, the display maintenance.
LSD4312 switches to the timer display. Either display • Keep tires inflated to the correct pressure.
1. Previous 5 times (History) will continue to show for another 30 sec- • Keep wheels in correct alignment.
onds after the button is pressed. If the • Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin
Displays the average energy economy doors are locked after placing the power while the vehicle is charging.
for the previous 5 times switch in the OFF position, the display turns
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the
2. Current energy economy off before the preset time.
vehicle.
Displays the most recent average en- In the “Settings” menu, you can program
While driving:
ergy economy the ECO Drive Report to not appear when
the power switch is placed in the OFF posi- • Drive in ECO mode.
3. Best energy economy tion. For additional information, see “Ve- – The ECO mode helps reduce power
hicle information display” (P. 2-26). consumption by reducing acceleration
Displays the best energy economy of
when compared to the same accelera-
the past history
tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi-
tion (normal mode).

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
• Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis- • Release the accelerator pedal to slow WARNING
ing speeds with a constant accelerator down and do not apply the brakes when
position or by using cruise control when traffic and road conditions allow. • Do not stop or park the vehicle over
appropriate. – This vehicle is equipped with a regen- flammable materials such as dry
• Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently erative brake system. The primary pur- grass, waste paper or rags. They may
press and release the accelerator pedal pose of the regenerative brake system ignite and cause a fire.
for acceleration and deceleration. is to provide some power to recharge • Never leave the vehicle in the READY
• Drive at moderate speeds on the the Li-ion battery and extend driving to drive mode while the vehicle is
highway. range. A secondary benefit is “engine unattended.
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
• Avoid frequent stopping and braking. • Safe parking procedures require that
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi-
Maintain a safe distance behind other both the parking brake be applied
tion, when the accelerator pedal is re-
vehicles. and the vehicle placed in the park po-
leased, the regenerative brake system
• Turn off the air conditioner/heater when sition. Failure to do so could cause
provides some deceleration and some
it is not necessary. the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
power to the Li-ion battery.
roll away and result in an accident.
• Select a moderate temperature setting
for heating or cooling to help reduce • Do not leave children unattended in-
power consumption. side the vehicle. They could unknow-
ingly activate switches or controls or
• Use the air conditioner/heater and close
make the vehicle move. Unattended
windows to reduce drag when cruising at
children could become involved in
a highway speed.
serious accidents.

vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
SSD0488
1. Firmly apply the parking brake. • HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB O 2 :
2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the Turn the wheels away from the curb
shift lever. and move the vehicle back until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling curb.
into the street when parked on a slope, it • HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
is a good practice to turn the wheels as CURB O 3 :
illustrated.
Turn the wheels toward the side of the
• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O 1 :
road so the vehicle will move away
Turn the wheels into the curb and from the center of the road if it moves.
move the vehicle forward until the
curb side wheel gently touches the 4. Place the power switch in the OFF
curb. position.

POWER STEERING SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING You may hear a noise when the steering BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
wheel is operated quickly. However, this is This vehicle is equipped with two braking
• If the READY to drive indicator light is not a malfunction. systems:
off while driving, the power assist for If the power steering warning light
the steering will not work. Steering 1. Hydraulic brake system
illuminates while the READY to drive indica-
will be harder to operate. tor light is on, it may indicate the power 2. Regenerative brake system
• When the power steering warning steering system is not functioning properly
light illuminates while the READY to and may need servicing. Have the power Hydraulic brake system
drive indicator light is on, the power steering system checked. It is recom-
assist for the steering will cease op- The hydraulic brake system is similar to the
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified brakes used on conventional vehicles.
eration. You will still have control of LEAF dealer for this service. For additional
the vehicle but the steering will be information, see “Power steering warning The brake system has two separate hy-
harder to operate. light” (P. 2-23). draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,
The power steering system is designed to you will still have braking at two wheels.
The power assist for steering stops operat-
provide power assistance while driving to ing when both the power steering warning
operate the steering wheel with less effort. light and READY to drive indicator light are
Regenerative brake system
When the steering wheel is operated re- illuminated. You will still have control of the The primary purpose of the regenerative
peatedly or continuously while parking or vehicle. However, greater steering effort is brake system is to provide some power to
driving at a very low speed, the power as- needed, especially in sharp turns and at help recharge the Li-ion battery and ex-
sist for the steering wheel will be reduced. low speeds. tend driving range. A secondary benefit is
This is to prevent overheating of the power “engine braking” that operates based on
steering system and help protect it from battery conditions.
getting damaged. When the power assis- In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator
tance is reduced, steering wheel operation is released, the regenerative brake system
will become harder. When the temperature provides some deceleration and gener-
of the power steering system goes down, ates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is
the power assistance level will return to also generated when the brake pedal is
normal. Avoid repeating such steering applied.
wheel operations that could cause the
power steering system to overheat.

When you put the shift lever in the B mode NOTE: To help reduce brake wear, and to prevent
and take your foot off the accelerator • When applying the regenerative the brakes from overheating, reduce speed
pedal, more regenerative brake is applied brakes, you may hear a sound coming and select B mode before going down a
than in the D (Drive) position. However, dur- from the regenerative brake system. slope or long grade. Overheated brakes
ing high-speed driving you may feel that This is a normal operating characteris- may reduce braking performance and
regenerative brake provides less decelera- tic of an EV. could result in loss of vehicle control.
tion than the engine braking in an ordinary
• If the power switch position is in a po-
vehicle. This is normal. WARNING
sition other than ON or READY to drive,
Less deceleration is provided by the regen- you can stop the vehicle by depressing • While driving on a slippery surface,
erative brake system when the Li-ion bat- the brake pedal. However, greater foot be careful when braking or accelerat-
tery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is pressure on the brake pedal will be re- ing. Abrupt braking or accelerating
automatically reduced when the Li-ion quired to stop the vehicle, and the could cause the wheels to skid, which
battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion stopping distance will be longer. could result in an accident.
battery from becoming overcharged. Re- • When depressing the brake pedal, the • If the brake pedal is depressed with
generative brake is also automatically re- brake pedal feel will not be smooth or the EV system OFF, you may feel an
duced when the battery temperature is may change when the cooperative re- increased brake pedal effort and a
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones generative brake system activates. decreased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE
on the battery temperature gauge) to pre- However, the electronically controlled warning light does not illuminate
vent Li-ion battery damage. brake system is operating normally and the brake pedal feels like it has
The brake pedal should be used to slow or and this does not indicate a returned to its normal state after the
stop the vehicle depending on traffic or malfunction. EV system is started, this indicates
road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not that there is no malfunction and the
affected by regenerative brake system Using the brakes vehicle can be operated normally.
operation. Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal
while driving. This will cause overheating of Wet brakes
the brakes, wearing out of the brake pads When the vehicle is washed or driven
and shoes faster, and will reduce driving through water, the brakes may get wet. As
range. a result, the braking distance will be longer
and the vehicle may pull to one side during
braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels
speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal do not lock during hard braking or when
WARNING
to heat up the brakes. Do this until the braking on slippery surfaces. The system
brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the • The ABS is a sophisticated device, but detects the rotation speed at each wheel
vehicle at high speeds until the brakes it cannot prevent accidents resulting and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-
have dried. from careless or dangerous driving vent each wheel from locking and sliding.
techniques. It can help maintain ve- By preventing each wheel from locking, the
Parking brake break-in hicle control during braking on slip- system helps the driver maintain steering
pery surfaces. Remember that stop- control and helps to minimize swerving
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever
ping distances on slippery surfaces and spinning on slippery surfaces.
the stopping effect of the parking brake is
weakened or whenever the parking brake will be longer than on normal sur-
shoes and/or rotors are replaced, in order faces even with ABS. Stopping dis- Using the system
to assure the best braking performance. tances may also be longer on rough, Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
gravel or snow covered roads, or if Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
This procedure is described in the Genuine you are using tire chains. Always
NISSAN Service Manual, and it can be per- pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
maintain a safe distance from the ve- Anti-lock Braking System will operate to
formed by a certified repair facility. It is rec- hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the
ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
driver is responsible for safety. the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
fied LEAF dealer.
• Tire type and condition may also af-
fect braking effectiveness. WARNING
– When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
wheels. may result in increased stopping
distances.
– For additional information, see
“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-25).

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
Self-test feature When the ABS senses that one or more The VDC system uses various sensors to
wheels are close to locking up, the actuator monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-
rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres- Under certain driving conditions, the VDC
cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,
sure. This action is similar to pumping the system helps to perform the following
hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa- functions.
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
tion in the brake pedal and hear a noise • Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
that tests the system each time you place
from under the hood or feel a vibration slip on one slipping drive wheel so power
the power switch in the READY to drive po-
from the actuator when it is operating. This is transferred to a drive wheel on the
sition and move the vehicle at a low speed
is normal and indicates that the ABS is op- same axle that is not slipping.
in forward or reverse. When the self-test
erating properly. However, the pulsation • Controls brake pressure and traction
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise
may indicate that road conditions are haz- motor output to reduce drive wheel slip
and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.
ardous and extra care is required while based on vehicle speed (traction control
This is normal and does not indicate a mal-
driving. function).
function. If the computer senses a mal-
function, it switches the ABS off and illumi- BRAKE ASSIST • Controls brake pressure at individual
nates the ABS warning light on the wheels and traction motor output to help
instrument panel. The brake system then When the force applied to the brake pedal
the driver maintain control of the vehicle
operates normally, but without anti-lock exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
in the following conditions:
assistance. activated generating greater braking force
– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
than a conventional brake booster even
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the steered path despite increased
with light pedal force.
the self-test or while driving, have the ve- steering input).
hicle checked. It is recommended that you – Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
WARNING certain road or driving conditions).
service. The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist The VDC system can help the driver main-
braking operation and is not a collision tain control of the vehicle, but it cannot
Normal operation warning or avoidance device. It is the prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving
drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive situations.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-
safely and be in control of the vehicle at
ates at speeds above 3 to 6 mph (5 to 10
all times.
km/h). The speed varies according to road
conditions.

When the VDC system operates, the The vehicle information display is used to WARNING
indicator light in the instrument panel turn off the VDC system. The VDC OFF indi-
flashes. When the indicator light flashes, cator light , along with the AEB with • The VDC system is designed to help
note the following items: Pedestrian Detection and RAB warning the driver maintain stability but does
• The road may be slippery or the system lights illuminate to indicate that the VDC, not prevent accidents due to abrupt
may determine some action is required AEB with Pedestrian Detection, and RAB steering operation at high speeds or
to help keep the vehicle on the steered systems are off. When the vehicle informa- by careless or dangerous driving
path. tion display is used to turn off the system, techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
• You may feel a pulsation in the brake the VDC system still operates to prevent and be especially careful when driv-
pedal and hear a noise or vibration from one drive wheel from slipping by transfer- ing and cornering on slippery sur-
under the hood. This is normal and indi- ring power to a non-slipping wheel. The faces and always drive carefully.
cates that the VDC system is working indicator light flashes if this occurs. All • Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-
properly. other VDC functions are off and the sion. If suspension parts such as
indicator light will not flash. The VDC sys- shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-
• Adjust your speed and driving according tem is automatically reset to on when the
to the road conditions. bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
power switch is placed in the OFF position not NISSAN recommended for your
For additional information, see “Slip indica- then back to the ON position. For additional vehicle or are extremely deteriorated
tor light” (P. 2-24) and “Vehicle Dynamic information, see “Vehicle information dis- the VDC system may not operate
Control (VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-24). play” (P. 2-26). properly. This could adversely affect
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea- vehicle handling performance, and
indicator light illuminates in the ve- ture that tests the system each time you the indicator light may flash or
hicle information display. The VDC system start the EV and move the vehicle forward the indicator light may
automatically turns off when this indicator or in reverse at a slow speed. When the illuminate.
light is lit. self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” • If brake related parts such as brake
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pads, rotors and calipers are not
pedal. This is normal and is not an indica- NISSAN recommended or are ex-
tion of a malfunction. tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-
tem may not operate properly and
the indicator light may
illuminate.

• If traction motor control related WARNING • If EV system control related parts are
parts are not NISSAN recommended not NISSAN recommended or are ex-
or are extremely deteriorated, the • The VDC system is designed to help tremely deteriorated, both the
indicator light may illuminate. the driver maintain controllability and indicator lights may
but does not prevent accidents due illuminate.
• When driving on extremely inclined
to abrupt steering operation at high
surfaces such as higher banked cor- • When driving on extremely inclined
speeds or by careless or dangerous
ners, the VDC system may not oper- surfaces such as higher banked cor-
driving techniques. Reduce vehicle
ate properly and the indicator ners, the VDC system may not oper-
speed and be especially careful when
light may illuminate. Do not drive on ate properly and the indicator
driving and cornering on slippery
these types of roads. light may flash or both the and
surfaces and always drive carefully.
• When driving on an unstable surface indicator lights may illuminate.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- Do not drive on these types of roads.
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
sion. If suspension parts such as
ramp, the indicator light may • When driving on an unstable surface
shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-
illuminate. This is not a malfunction. such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
Restart the EV system after driving ramp, the indicator light may
not NISSAN recommended for your
onto a stable surface. flash or both the and indi-
vehicle or are extremely deterio-
• If wheels or tires other than the cator lights may illuminate. This is
rated, the VDC system may not oper-
NISSAN recommended ones are not a malfunction. Restart the EV
ate properly. This could adversely af-
used, the VDC system may not oper- system after driving onto a stable
fect vehicle handling performance,
ate properly and the indicator surface.
and the indicator light may flash
light may illuminate. or both the and indicator • If wheels or tires other than the
• The VDC system is not a substitute lights may illuminate. NISSAN recommended ones are
for winter tires or tire chains on a used, the VDC system may not oper-
• If brake related parts such as brake ate properly and the
snow covered road. indicator
pads, rotors and calipers are not
light may flash or both the and
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION NISSAN recommended or are ex-
indicator lights may illuminate.
tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-
During braking while driving through turns, tem may not operate properly and • The VDC system is not a substitute
the system optimizes the distribution of both the and the indicator for winter tires or tire chains on a
force to each of the four wheels depending lights may illuminate. snow covered road.
on the radius of the turn.
CHASSIS CONTROL
The chassis control is an electric control

module that includes the following
functions:
• Intelligent Trace Control
• Intelligent Ride Control
LSD3008
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL When the I-TC is operated and the “Chassis
(I-TC) Control” mode is selected in the vehicle in-
formation display, the I-TC graphics are
This system senses driving based on the shown in the vehicle information display.
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
patterns, and controls brake pressure at formation display” (P. 2-26).
individual wheels to aid tracing at corners
and help smooth vehicle response. If the “Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual” warning message ap-
The I-TC can be set to on (enabled) or off (dis- pears in the vehicle information display, it
abled) through the vehicle information display may indicate that the I-TC is not function-
“Settings” page. For additional information, see ing properly. Have the system checked as
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26). soon as possible. It is recommended that
When the VDC system is turned off in the you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
vehicle information display, the I-TC is also this service.
turned off.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
WARNING WARNING WARNING

The I-TC may not be effective depend- The ARC may not be effective depend- • Never rely solely on the hill start as-
ing on the driving condition. Always ing on the driving condition. Always sist system to prevent the vehicle
drive carefully and attentively. drive carefully and attentively. from moving backward on a hill. Al-
ways drive carefully and attentively.
When the I-TC is operating, you may feel a When the ARC is operating, you may hear a Depress the brake pedal when the
pulsation in the brake pedal, hear a noise noise and sense slight deceleration. This is vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be
and sense slight deceleration. This is nor- normal and indicates that the ARC is oper- especially careful when stopped on a
mal and indicates that the I-TC is operating ating properly. hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure
properly. If the “Chassis Control System Error: See to prevent the vehicle from rolling
Even if the I-TC is turned off, some functions Owner’s Manual” warning message ap- backwards may result in a loss of
will remain on to assist the driver (for ex- pears in the vehicle information display, it control of the vehicle and possible
ample, avoidance scenes). may indicate that the ARC is not function- serious injury or death.
ing properly. Have the system checked as • The hill start assist system is not de-
ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL (ARC) soon as possible. It is recommended that signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-
This system senses upper body motion you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for still on a hill. Depress the brake pedal
(based on wheel speed information) and this service. when the vehicle is stopped on a
controls motor torque. This will enhance steep hill. Failure to do so may cause
ride comfort in effort to restrain uncom- the vehicle to roll backwards and
fortable upper body movement when may result in a collision or serious
passing over undulated road surfaces. This personal injury.
system comes into effect above 25 mph • The hill start assist may not prevent
(40 km/h). the vehicle from rolling backwards
When the VDC system is turned off in the on a hill under all load or road condi-
vehicle information display, the ARC is also tions. Always be prepared to depress
turned off. the brake pedal to prevent the ve-
hicle from rolling backwards. Failure
to do so may result in a collision or
serious personal injury.

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)
The hill start assist system automatically • The driver is always responsible for
keeps the brakes applied to help prevent safety during parking and other ma-
the vehicle from rolling backwards in the neuvers. Always look around and
time it takes the driver to release the brake check that it is safe to do so before
pedal and apply the accelerator when the parking.
vehicle is stopped on a hill.
• Read and understand the limitations
Hill start assist will operate automatically of the RSS as contained in this sec-
under the following conditions: tion. The colors of the sonar indicator
• The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive), B and the distance guide lines in the
mode, or R (Reverse) position. rear view indicate different distances
• The vehicle is stopped completely on a to the object.
hill by applying the brake. • Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.
wash, a truck's compressed-air
After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll LSD3247
brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-
back and hill start assist will stop operating The RSS sounds a tone to inform the driver fect the function of the system; this
completely. of obstacles near the bumper. may include reduced performance or
Hill start assist will not operate when the When the “DISPLAY” key is ON, the sonar a false activation.
shift position is placed in the N (Neutral) or P view will automatically appear in the in the • This function is designed as an aid to
(Park) position or on a flat and level road. touch-screen display. An additional view of the driver in detecting large station-
the sonar status will appear in the vehicle ary objects to help avoid damaging
information display for reference. the vehicle.
• The system is not designed to pre-
WARNING vent contact with small or moving
objects. Always move slowly. The
• The RSS is a convenience but it is not system will not detect small objects
a substitute for proper parking. below the bumper, and may not de-
tect objects close to the bumper or
on the ground.

• The system may not detect the fol- Sonar Operation Table
lowing objects: fluffy objects such as RR Sensor
snow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc.,
and thin objects such as rope, wire Range Sound Display
and chain, etc., or wedge-shaped P x †
objects. R o o
If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear N x †
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or D x †
bent, the sensing zone may be altered o – Display/Beep when detect
causing inaccurate measurement of ob-
† – Display on camera view
stacles or false alarms.
x – No Display and Beep
CAUTION The system is deactivated at speeds above
6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower LSD3773
• Excessive noise (such as audio sys-
speeds.
tem volume or an open vehicle win- When the corner of the vehicle moves
dow) will interfere with the tone and The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec- closer to an object, the corner sonar indi-
it may not be heard. onds when an obstacle is detected by only cator OA appears. When the center of the
• Keep the sonar sensors (located on the corner sensor and the distance does vehicle moves close to an object, the cen-
the bumper fascia) free from snow, not change. The tone will stop if the ob- ter sonar indicator OB appears
ice and large accumulations of dirt. stacle moves away from the vehicle or if
Do not clean the sensors with sharp the vehicle moves away from the obstacle.
objects. If the sensors are covered, When the object is detected, the indicator
the accuracy of the sonar function (green) appears and blinks and the tone
will be diminished. sounds intermittently. When the vehicle
moves closer to the object, the color of the
SYSTEM OPERATION indicator turns yellow and the rate of the
The system informs with a visual and au- blinking increases. When the vehicle is very
dible alert of rear obstacles when the shift close to the object, the indicator stops
lever is in the R (Reverse) position. blinking and turns red, and the tone
sounds continuously.
LSD2137
The system indicators O
A will appear when
the vehicle moves closer to an object.
LSD4111
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE The system is automatically activated

REAR SONAR SYSTEM when the power switch is placed in the ON
position and the shift lever is in the R (Re-
verse) position.
Perform the following steps to enable or SONAR LIMITATIONS • The system may not detect objects
disable the sonar system: at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and
WARNING
1. Press the button until “Settings” ap- may not detect certain angular or
pears in the vehicle information display Listed below are the system limitations moving objects.
and then press OK. Use the button for the sonar system. Failure to operate • Do not attach stickers (including
to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the vehicle in accordance with these transparent material), install acces-
the OK button. system limitations could result in seri- sories, or apply anything blocking
ous injury or death. the sensors. These conditions may
• The system is deactivated at speeds reduce the ability of the system.
button.
above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-
3. Select “Sonar” and press the OK button vated at lower speeds. SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
to turn the system on or off. • Inclement weather or ultrasonic UNAVAILABLE
• Select “Parking sonar” and press the sources such as an automatic car When sonar blockage is detected, the sys-
OK button to turn the system on or off. wash, a truck’s compressed-air tem will be deactivated automatically.
• Select “Display” and press the OK but- brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-
The system is not available until the condi-
ton to turn the display on or off. fect the function of the system; this
tions no longer exist.
• Select “Volume” to change the sonar may include reduced performance or
a false activation. The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-
system volume to “High,” Med.” or
• The system is not designed to pre- porary ambient conditions such as splash-
“Low.”
vent contact with small or moving ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-
• Select “Range” to change the sonar tion may also be caused by objects such as
system distance to “Far,” “Med.” or objects. Always move slowly. The
system will not detect small objects ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar
“Near.” sensors.
below the bumper or on the ground.
NOTE: • The system may not detect the fol- Action to take:
The system will automatically be turned lowing objects: fluffy objects such as When the above conditions no longer exist,
on when the EV system is restarted. snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; the system will resume automatically.
thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING
Do not attach stickers (including transpar- CAUTION

ent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the sonar sensors. To prevent damage to the Li-ion bat-
Do not strike or damage the area around tery: Do not store the vehicle in tem-
the sonar sensors. It is recommended that peratures below -13°F (-25°C) for over
you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around seven days. If the outside temperature
the sonar sensors is damaged due to a is -13°F (-25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery
collision. may freeze and it cannot be charged or
provide power to run the vehicle. Move
the vehicle to a warm location.
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF po-
LSD2843 sition when parking the vehicle if tem-
peratures may go below -4°F (-20°C).
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE For models with 40 kWh battery
The sonar sensors O 1 are located on the model, this provides external power to
rear bumper. Always keep the area near the Li-ion battery warmer (if so
the sonar sensors clean. equipped) when it operates and does
not discharge the Li-ion battery. Ve-
The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem- hicle driving range is reduced if the Li-
porary ambient conditions such as splash- ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op-
ing water, mist or fog. erates (Li-ion battery temperature
The blocked condition may also be caused approximately -4°F (-20°C) or colder)
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- while driving the vehicle. You may need
structing the sonar sensors. to charge the Li-ion battery sooner
Check for and remove objects obstructing than in warmer temperatures.
the area around the sonar sensors. • The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge when the Li-ion battery
warmer (if so equipped) operates.
• The predicted charging time displayed FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT
on the meter and navigation system (if
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply SUMMER tires have a tread designed to
so equipped) increases when the Li-ion
deicer through the key hole. If the lock be- provide superior performance on dry
battery warmer (if so equipped)
comes frozen, heat the key before inserting pavement. However, the performance of
operates.
it into the key hole or use the remote key- these tires will be substantially reduced in
• Vehicle range may be substantially re- less entry key fob. snowy and icy conditions. If you operate
duced in extremely cold conditions (for your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN
example under -4°F (-20°C)). ANTIFREEZE recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or
• Using the climate control system to In the winter when it is possible that the ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is
heat the cabin when outside tempera- outside temperature will drop below 32°F recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
ture is below 32°F (0°C) uses more elec- (0°C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper tified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size,
tricity and affects vehicle range more winter protection. For additional informa- speed rating and availability information.
than when using the heater when the tion, see “Cooling system” (P. 8-5). For additional traction on icy roads, stud-
temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
• Climate control performance is re- 12-VOLT BATTERY states and Canadian provinces prohibit
duced when using the Climate Ctrl. If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged their use. Check local, state and provincial
Timer or Remote Climate Control while during extremely cold weather conditions, laws before installing studded tires.
the Li-ion battery warmer (if so the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and
equipped) operates (for models with Skid and traction capabilities of studded
damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain
40 kWh battery model). Set only the snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may
maximum efficiency, the 12-volt battery
charging timer [End Time] when charg- be poorer than that of non-studded
should be checked regularly. For additional
ing in cold weather. The vehicle auto- snow tires.
information, see “12-volt battery” (P. 8-9).
matically determines when to start Tire chains may be used. For additional in-
charging to fully charge the Li-ion bat- DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER formation, see “Tire chains” (P. 8-34).
tery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer If the vehicle is to be left outside without
operates. Charging ends before the set antifreeze, drain the cooling system. Refill
end time if the Li-ion battery is fully before operating the vehicle. For additional
charged. information, see “Cooling system” (P. 8-5).

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT • Allow more stopping distance under PARKING BRAKE
It is recommended that the following items these conditions. Braking should be
be carried in the vehicle during winter: started sooner than on dry CAUTION
• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re- pavement.
• When parking in an area where the
move ice and snow from the windows • Allow greater following distances on outside temperature is below 32°F
and wiper blades. slippery roads. (0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of • Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). may freeze in place and may be diffi-
snow-drifts. These may appear on an otherwise cult to release.
• Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill the clear road in shaded areas. If a patch • For safe parking, it is recommended
reservoir tank. of ice is seen ahead, brake before that you place the vehicle in the P
reaching it. Try not to brake while on (Park) position and securely block
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE the ice, and avoid any sudden steer- the wheels.
ing maneuvers.
WARNING • Do not use cruise control on slippery
roads.
• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick and FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT
very hard to drive on. The vehicle will LID
have much less traction or “grip” un-
der these conditions. Try to avoid When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
driving on wet ice until the road is using a hair dryer.
salted or sanded.
• Whatever the conditions, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating too fast, the
drive wheels will lose even more
traction.

MEMO

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Vehicle recovery
Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
WARNING In the event of a roadside emergency,

Roadside Assistance Service is available to
• If stopping for an emergency, be sure you. For additional information, please refer
to move the vehicle well off the road. to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.)
• Do not use the hazard warning flash- or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Infor-
ers while moving on the highway un- mation Booklet (Canada) for details.
less unusual circumstances force
you to drive so slowly that your ve-
hicle might become a hazard to other
traffic.
• Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the
SIC2574 power switch in any position.
Push the switch on to warn other drivers Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use
when you must stop or park under emer- of the hazard warning flasher switch
gency conditions. All turn signal lights will while driving.
flash.
6-2 In case of emergency

EMERGENCY EV (Electric Vehicle) FLAT TIRE
SHUT OFF
To shut off the EV system in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING • If the low tire pressure warning light
situation while driving, perform the follow- SYSTEM (TPMS) illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
ing procedure. den steering maneuvers or abrupt
This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It moni-
• Rapidly push the power switch three con- braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
tors tire pressure of all tires. When the low
secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or off the road to a safe location and
tire pressure warning light is lit, and the “Tire
• Push and hold the power switch for more Pressure Low — Add Air” warning appears stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
than 2 seconds. on the vehicle information display, one or Driving with underinflated tires may
more of your tires is significantly under- permanently damage the tires and
inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with increase the likelihood of tire failure.
low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and Serious vehicle damage could occur
warn you of it by the low tire pressure and may lead to an accident and
warning light. This system will activate only could result in serious personal in-
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above jury. Check the tire pressure for all
16 mph (25 km/h). For additional informa- four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
tion, see “Warning lights, indicator lights the recommended COLD tire pres-
and audible reminders” (P. 2-14) and “Tire sure shown on the Tire and Loading
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4). Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light OFF. If the
light still illuminates while driving af-
WARNING
ter adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
• Radio waves could adversely affect may be flat or the TPMS may be mal-
electric medical equipment. Those functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-
who use a pacemaker should contact pair it as soon as possible. If no tire is
the electric medical equipment flat and all tires are properly inflated,
manufacturer for the possible influ- have the vehicle checked. It is recom-
ences before use. mended that you visit a certified
In case of emergency 6-3

• When using a wheel without the • NISSAN recommends using only • If you used the Genuine NISSAN
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
will not function and the low tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. minor tire puncture, it is recom-
pressure warning light will flash for Other tire sealants may damage the mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
approximately 1 minute. The light will valve stem seal which can cause the tified LEAF dealer to replace the
remain on after 1 minute. Have your tire to lose air pressure. It is recom- TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
tires replaced and/or TPMS system mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- or replacing the tire.
reset as soon as possible. It is recom- tified LEAF dealer as soon as possible • NISSAN recommends using only
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- after using tire repair sealant (for Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
tified LEAF dealer for these services. models equipped with the emer- Sealant provided with your vehicle.
• Replacing tires with those not origi- gency tire puncture repair kit). Other tire sealants may damage the
nally specified by NISSAN could af- valve stem seal which can cause the
REPAIRING FLAT TIRE tire to lose air pressure.
TPMS.
WARNING This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The
• The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire emergency tire puncture repair kit
Repair Sealant or equivalent can be • After using Genuine NISSAN Emer- (Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant)
used for temporarily repairing a tire. gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor is supplied with the vehicle instead of a
Do not inject any other tire liquid or tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle spare tire. It can be used to temporarily
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 repair minor tire punctures.
this may cause a malfunction of tire km/h).
pressure sensors. • Immediately after using the Genuine If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa-
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to cility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec- Using the emergency tire puncture repair
ommended that you visit a NISSAN kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine pressure sensor and cause the low tire
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can- pressure warning light to illuminate.
not permanently seal a punctured
tire. Continuing operation of the ve-
hicle without a permanent tire repair
can lead to a crash.

CAUTION – when the cut or the puncture is 7. Have all passengers get out of the ve-
approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or hicle and stand in a safe place, away
• To avoid the emergency tire puncture longer from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
kit being damaged during storage or – when the tire sidewall is damaged
use: WARNING
– when the vehicle has been driven
– Only use the emergency tire punc- with extremely low tire pressure • Make sure the parking brake is se-
ture repair kit on your vehicle. Do curely applied and the vehicle is
not use it on other vehicles. – when the tire has come off the in-
side or the outside of the wheel placed into the P (Park) position.
– Only use the kit to inflate the tires • Never repair tires when the vehicle is
of your vehicle and to check the – when the tire wheel is damaged
– when two or more tires are flat on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This
vehicle’s tire pressure. is hazardous.
– Only plug the compressor into a If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions • Never repair tires if oncoming traffic
12-volt DC car power point. below. is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-
– Keep the kit free of water and dirt. fessional road assistance.
– Do not disassemble or modify the Stopping the vehicle
kit. 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
– Do not drop the kit or allow hard away from traffic.
impacts to the kit.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
• Do not use the emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit under the following 3. Park on a level surface and apply the
conditions. It is recommended that parking brake.
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF 4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
dealer or professional road shift lever to the P (Park) position.
assistance.
– when the sealant has passed its 5. Turn off the EV system.
expiration date (shown on the la- 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and
bel attached to the bottle) to signal professional road assistance
personnel that you need assistance.

Before using emergency tire • The emergency repair compound
puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
• If any foreign object (for example, a screw pressure sensors and cause the low
or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not tire pressure warning light to illumi-
remove it. nate. Have the tire pressure sensor
• Check the expiration date of the sealant replaced as soon as possible.
(shown on the label attached to the
bottle). Never use a sealant whose expira-
tion date has passed.
Repairing tire
WARNING
LCE2426 Observe the following precautions

when using the tire repair compound.
Getting emergency tire puncture • Swallowing the compound is dan-
repair kit gerous. Immediately drink as much
Take out the emergency tire puncture re- water as possible and seek prompt
pair kit located in the cargo area. The repair medical assistance.
kit consists of the following items: • Rinse well with lots of water if the
compound comes into contact with
O
1 Tire sealant bottle
skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek
O
2 Air compressor* prompt medical attention.
O
3 Speed restriction sticker • Keep the repair compound out of the
* The compressor shape may differ de- reach of children.
pending on the models.

LCE2387 SCE0869
1. Take out the speed restriction sticker 3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant
from the air compressor, then put it in a bottle. Leave the bottle seal intact.
location where the driver can see it while Screw the bottle clockwise into the
driving. bottle holder to pierce the seal of the
bottle.
CAUTION
4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on
Do not put the speed restriction label on SCE0868 the flat tire.
the steering wheel pad, the speedom-
2. Take the hose O 1 and the power plug O
2
eter or the warning light locations.
out of the air compressor. Remove the
cap of the bottle holder from the air
compressor.

NOTE:
The compressor tire pressure gauge
may show a pressure reading of 87 psi
(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while in-
flating the tire. The pressure gauge is in-
dicating the pressure inside the sealant
can. When the sealant has been injected
into the tire the pressure gauge will drop
and indicate actual tire pressure.
WARNING
To avoid serious personal injury while
using the emergency tire puncture re-
SCE0870 SCE0871 pair kit:
5. Remove the protective cap O A of the 6. Push the power switch to the ACC posi- • Securely tighten the compressor
hose and screw the hose securely onto tion. Then turn the compressor switch hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so
the tire valve. Make sure that the pres- to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire can cause the sealant to spray into
sure release valve O B is securely tight- up to the pressure that is specified on the air and get into your eyes or on
ened. Make sure that the air compressor the Tire and Loading Information label the skin.
switch is in the OFF (O) position, and affixed to the driver’s side center pillar if • Do not stand directly beside the
then insert the power plug into the possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi damaged tire while it is being in-
power outlet in the vehicle. (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off flated because of the risk of the rup-
briefly in order to check the tire pressure ture. If there are any cracks or bumps,
with the pressure gauge. turn the compressor off
If the tire is inflated to higher than the immediately.
specified pressure, lower the tire pres-
sure by releasing air with the pressure
release valve.

If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 9. After driving, make sure that the air WARNING
psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire compressor switch is in the OFF posi-
may be seriously damaged and the tire tion, then screw the hose securely onto • After using Genuine NISSAN Emer-
cannot be repaired with this tire repair the tire valve. Check the tire pressure gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
kit. It is recommended that you visit a with the pressure gauge. Temporary re- tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. pair is completed if the tire pressure at speeds faster than 50 mph (80
7. When the tire pressure is at the specified does not drop. km/h).
amount, turn the air compressor off. If Make sure the pressure is adjusted to • Immediately after using Genuine
the tire cannot be inflated to the speci- the pressure that is specified on the Tire NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to
fied amount, the air compressor can be and Loading Information label before repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec-
turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180 driving. ommended that you visit a NISSAN
kPa). Remove the power plug from the certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine
10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can-
power outlet and quickly remove the
steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops not permanently seal a punctured
hose from the tire valve. Attach the pro-
again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire tire. Continuing operation of the ve-
tective cap and valve cap. Properly stow
cannot be repaired with this tire re- hicle without a permanent tire repair
the emergency tire puncture repair kit in
pair kit. If the tire cannot be repaired, can lead to a crash.
the cargo area.
the driver should not drive on it any
further. The car should be towed to the • Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
CAUTION tire sealant into the tires, as this may
nearest dealership.
cause a malfunction of the tire pres-
To avoid serious personal injury when The sealant bottle and hose cannot be sure sensors.
stowing the emergency tire puncture reused to repair another punctured tire. • If you used the Genuine NISSAN
repair kit: It is recommended that you visit a Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
• Keep the sealant bottle screwed into NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to pur- minor tire puncture, it is recom-
the compressor. Failure to do so can chase replacements. mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
cause the sealant to spray into the air After repairing tire tified LEAF dealer to replace the
and get into your eyes or on the skin. TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 min- or replacing the tire.
certified LEAF dealer for tire repair/
utes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below replacement as soon as possible.
50 mph (80 km/h).

JUMP STARTING
• NISSAN recommends using only To start your EV system with a booster bat- • Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire tery, the instructions and precautions be- reach of children.
Sealant provided with your vehicle. low must be followed.
• The booster battery must be rated at
Other tire sealants may damage the Jump starting provides power to the 12- 12 volt. Use of an improperly rated
valve stem seal which can cause the volt system to allow the electrical systems battery can damage your vehicle.
tire to lose air pressure. to operate. The electrical systems must be • Whenever working on or near a 12-
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be volt battery, always wear suitable
charged. Jump starting does not charge eye protectors (for example, goggles
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must or industrial safety spectacles) and
be charged before the vehicle can be remove rings, metal bands, or any
driven. other jewelry. Do not lean over the
12-volt battery when jump starting.
WARNING
• Do not attempt to jump start a frozen
• If done incorrectly, jump starting can battery. It could explode and cause
lead to a 12-volt battery explosion, serious injury.
resulting in severe injury or death. It • Your vehicle has an automatic cool-
could also damage your vehicle. ing fan. It could come on at any time.
• Explosive hydrogen gas is always Keep hands and other objects away
present in the vicinity of the 12-volt from it.
battery. Keep all sparks and flames • Always follow the instructions below.
away from the 12-volt battery. Failure to do so could result in dam-
• Do not allow battery fluid to come age to the DC/DC converter and
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing cause personal injury.
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a • Do not attempt to perform a jump
corrosive sulfuric acid solution that start on the 12-volt battery at the
can cause severe burns. If the fluid same time that the Li-ion battery is
comes into contact with anything, being charged. Doing so may dam-
immediately flush the contacted age the vehicle or charging equip-
area with water. ment and could cause an injury.

CAUTION
LEAF cannot be used as a booster ve-
hicle because it cannot supply enough
power to start a gasoline engine. How-
ever, a gasoline engine vehicle can be
used to jump start LEAF's 12-volt
battery.
LCE2388
1. If the booster battery is in another ve- 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys-
hicle OB , position the two vehicles (O A ) tems (headlights, heater, air conditioner,
and O B ) to bring their 12-volt batteries etc.).
into close proximity to each other.
5. Place the power switch in the OFF
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. position.
2. Apply the parking brake. 6. Ensure vent caps are level and tight.
If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the 7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence
power switch cannot be moved from as illustrated (O
1 →O
2 →O 3 →O 4 ).
the OFF position. Connect the jumper
cables to the booster vehicle O B be-
fore pushing the power switch.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch to
place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES
COMPLETELY DISCHARGED
CAUTION 11. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a If the power limitation indicator light
charging station or EVSE (Electric Ve- illuminates, the traction motor output is
• Always connect positive (+) to posi- hicle Supply Equipment) to charge the limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed.
tive (+) and negative (−) to body Li-ion battery. Be sure to read the Stop the vehicle in a safe location before
ground (for example, as illustrated), “Charging” section and follow the proce- the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis-
not to the 12-volt battery. dures and guidelines described. The ve- charged and no power is available to drive
• Make sure the jumper cables do not hicle cannot be driven until the Li-ion the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance;
touch moving parts in the motor battery is charged. refer to a NISSAN Warranty Information
compartment and that the cable Booklet.
12. After jump starting your vehicle it is rec-
clamps do not contact any other ommended you visit a NISSAN certified If possible, place the power switch in the
metal. LEAF dealer to have the 12V battery OFF position while waiting for assistance to
8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle tested. prevent discharging the 12-volt battery.
OB .
NOTE: NOTE:
9. While the booster vehicle O
B engine is
If it is not possible to turn the system ON If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
running, place the EV system in the by following this procedure, it is recom- discharged:
READY to drive position. mended that you visit a NISSAN certified • The vehicle is automatically placed in
LEAF dealer immediately. the ON position and it will not be pos-
CAUTION sible to switch to the READY to drive
If the system does not start right away, position.
push the power switch to the OFF posi- • The vehicle is automatically switched
tion and wait 10 seconds before trying to the N (Neutral) position and it will not
again. be possible to drive the vehicle.
10. After starting your EV system, carefully
disconnect the negative cable and
then the positive cable (O4 → O3 → O 2
→O 1 ) and keep in the READY to drive
position over 20 minutes to charge the
12-volt battery.

PUSH STARTING TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING Do not attempt to start the system by When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-
pushing the vehicle. cial in Canada) and local regulations for
If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) posi- towing must be followed.
tion and the Li-ion battery and the 12- CAUTION Incorrect towing equipment could dam-
volt battery become completely dis- age your vehicle. Towing instructions are
charged, the vehicle cannot be placed An EV cannot be push-started or tow-
started. Attempting to do so may cause available from a NISSAN certified LEAF
in the P (Park) position. If this occurs, dealer. Local service operators are familiar
place suitable blocks at both the front traction motor damage.
with the applicable laws and procedures
and back of a wheel to prevent the ve- for towing. To assure proper towing and to
hicle from moving. Failure to block a prevent accidental damage to your vehicle,
wheel may allow the vehicle to move NISSAN recommends that you have a ser-
unexpectedly which may result in seri- vice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis-
ous personal injury or death. able to have the service operator carefully
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive read the following precautions.
position so the vehicle can be driven,
charge the Li-ion battery until the driving WARNING
range on the instrument panel changes • Never ride in a vehicle that is being
from “---” to a numeric distance. towed.
NOTE: • Never get under your vehicle after it
• Some vibration may occur when the has been lifted by a tow truck.
vehicle is stopped in case the Li-ion
battery becomes completely dis- CAUTION
charged. This is not the malfunction of
the system. • When towing, make sure that the ax-
• If the Li-ion battery is completely dis- les, steering system and power train
charged, it is required to charge until are in working condition. Use dollies
the low battery charge warning light or flatbed if any of the listed systems
turns off (white) from on (yellow). are not working.

• Always attach safety chains before
towing.
For additional information about towing
your vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle
(RV), see “Flat towing” (P. 10-15).
LCE2389
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or that the vehicle be placed on a
flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
stuck vehicle) tions for the recovery device.
• Never tow with the front wheels on
the ground or four wheels on the WARNING Rocking a stuck vehicle
ground (forward or backward), as If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
this may cause serious and expen- To avoid vehicle damage, serious per- etc., try to free it by following the procedure
sive damage to the motor. sonal injury or death when recovering a below.
• When towing this vehicle with the stuck vehicle:
rear wheels on the ground (if you do • Contact a professional towing ser- 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
not use towing dollies): Always re- vice to recover the vehicle if you have (VDC) system.
lease the parking brake. any questions regarding the recov- 2. Make sure the area in front and behind
ery procedure. the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
NOTE:
• Tow chains or cables must be at- 3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to
If the battery is completely drained the tached only to main structural mem- clear an area around the front tires.
transmission will not manually shift to bers of the vehicle.
other positions. • Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
tow or free a stuck vehicle. backward.
NOTE:
• Only use devices specifically de- • Shift back and forth between the R
If your vehicle cannot be moved because signed for vehicle recovery and fol- (Reverse) and D (Drive) positions.
the vehicle cannot be shifted to the N low the manufacturer’s instructions. • Apply the accelerator as little as pos-
(Neutral) position, please refer to the sible to maintain the rocking motion.
LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is • Always pull the recovery device
straight out from the front of the ve- • Release the accelerator pedal before
located at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your
hicle. Never pull at an angle. shifting between R (Reverse) and D
vehicle cannot be moved because the
• Route recovery devices so they do (Drive).
parking brake cannot be released, see
“Parking brake” (P. 5-18). not touch any part of the vehicle ex- • Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55
cept the attachment point. km/h).
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
etc., use a tow strap or other device de- tries, contact a professional towing ser-
signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al- vice to remove the vehicle.

MEMO

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Most common factors contributing to
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Environmental factors influence the
Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 7-4 rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of WASHING • Do not use car washes that use acid
your vehicle, it is important to take proper in the detergent. Some car washes,
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge
care of it. especially brushless ones, use some
and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thor-
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle acid for cleaning. The acid may react
vehicle as soon as you can: soap or general purpose dishwashing liq- with some plastic vehicle compo-
• After a rainfall to prevent possible dam- uid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) nents, causing them to crack. This
age from acid rain. water. could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to func-
• After driving on coastal roads.
CAUTION tion properly. Always check with your
• When contaminants such as soot, bird car wash to confirm that acid is not
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or • Do not concentrate water spray di- used.
bugs get on the paint surface. rectly on the sonar sensors (if so • Do not wash the vehicle with strong
• When dust or mud builds up on the equipped) on the bumper as this will household soap, strong chemical de-
surface. result in damage to the sensors. Do tergents, gasoline or solvents.
Whenever possible, store or park your ve- not use pressure washers capable of
• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-
hicle inside a garage or in a covered area. spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274
light or while the vehicle body is hot,
kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of
When it is necessary to park outside, park in as the surface may become
high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a water-spotted.
(8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or
body cover. removal of paint or graphics. Avoid • Avoid using tight-napped or rough
using a high-pressure washer closer cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
Be careful not to scratch the paint sur- must be taken when removing
face when putting on or removing the than 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle.
Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-
body cover. stances so the paint surface is not
keep the nozzle moving and do not
concentrate the water spray on any scratched or damaged.
one area.
7-2 Appearance and care

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of Machine compound or aggressive polish- CAUTION
clean water. ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. When cleaning the inside of the win-
doors, hatches and hood are particularly dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
REMOVING SPOTS abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
vulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-
fore, these areas must be regularly Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, disinfectant cleaners. They could dam-
cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible age the electrical conductors, radio an-
the lower edge of the door are open. Spray from the paint surface to avoid lasting tenna elements or rear window de-
water under the body and in the wheel damage or staining. Special cleaning prod- froster elements.
wells to loosen the dirt and wash away ucts are available at a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer or any automotive accessory WHEELS
road salt.
stores. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint sur- to maintain their appearance.
face by using a damp chamois to dry the UNDERBODY • Clean the inner side of the wheels when
vehicle.
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the wheel is changed or the underside of
WAXING the underbody must be cleaned regularly. the vehicle is washed.
This will prevent dirt and salt from building • Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
Regular waxing protects the paint surface up and causing the acceleration of corro-
and helps retain new vehicle appearance. corrosion. Such damage may cause loss
sion on the underbody and suspension. of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
Polishing is recommended to remove Before the winter period and again in the
built-up wax residue and to avoid a weath- • NISSAN recommends that the road
spring, the underseal must be checked
ered appearance before reapplying wax. wheels be waxed to protect against road
and, if necessary, re-treated.
salt in areas where it is used during
A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist winter.
you in choosing the proper product. GLASS
• Wax your vehicle only after a thorough Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and
CAUTION
washing. Follow the instructions supplied dust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-
with the wax. mal for glass to become coated with a film Do not use abrasive cleaners when
• Do not use a wax containing any abra- after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. washing the wheels.
sives, cutting compounds or cleaners Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily
that may damage the vehicle finish. remove this film.
Appearance and care 7-3

CLEANING INTERIOR
ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if so TIRE DRESSING Occasionally remove loose dust from the
equipped) interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a
NISSAN does not recommend the use of
vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a
the vinyl and leather surfaces (if so
a mild soap solution, especially during win- coating to the tires to help reduce discolor-
equipped) with a clean, soft cloth damp-
ter months in areas where road salt is used. ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-
ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
Salt could discolor the wheels if not plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-
with a dry soft cloth.
removed. ing and form a compound. This compound
may come off the tire while driving and Regular care and cleaning is required in
CAUTION stain the vehicle paint. order to maintain the appearance of the
leather (if so equipped).
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
Follow the directions below to avoid following precautions: Before using any fabric protector, read the
staining or discoloring the wheels: manufacturer’s recommendations. Some
• Use a water-based tire dressing. The
• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong coating on the tire dissolves more easily fabric protectors contain chemicals that
acid or alkali contents to clean the with an oil-based tire dressing. may stain or bleach the seat material.
wheels.
• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help Use a cloth dampened only with water to
• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the prevent it from entering the tire tread/ clean the meter and gauge lens.
wheels when they are hot. The wheel grooves (where it would be difficult to
temperature should be the same as remove). WARNING
ambient temperature.
• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
• Rinse the wheel to completely re- Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-
move the cleaner within 15 minutes steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
pletely removed from the tire
after the cleaner is applied. damage the seat or occupant classifi-
tread/grooves.
cation sensor (weight sensor). This can
CHROME PARTS • Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom- also affect the operation of the air bag
mended by the tire dressing system and result in serious personal
Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-
manufacturer. injury.
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the
finish.

CAUTION AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that
• Never use benzine, thinner, or any could affect the vehicle interior. If you use
similar material. an air freshener, take the following
• Small dirt particles can be abrasive precautions:
and damaging to the leather sur- • Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
faces (if so equipped) and should be permanent discoloration when they con-
removed promptly. Do not use saddle tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, clean- freshener in a location that allows it to
ing fluids, solvents, detergents or hang free and not contact an interior
ammonia-based cleaners as they surface.
may damage the leather’s natural
finish. • Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
the vents. These products can cause im-
• Never use fabric protectors unless mediate damage and discoloration
recommended by the manufacturer. LPD2378
when spilled on interior surfaces.
• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)
meter or gauge lens covers. It may Carefully read and follow the manufactur-
er’s instructions before using air WARNING
damage the lens cover.
fresheners.
• Never use chloride solutions for To avoid potential pedal interference
cleaning aluminum decoratives (if so that may result in a collision, injury or
equipped), damage may occur. death:
• NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position or install them upside down
or backwards.
• Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
or equivalent floor mats, that are
specifically designed for use in your
vehicle model and model year.

• Properly position the mats in the When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
floorwell using the floor mat posi- follow the installation instructions provided
tioning hook. For additional informa- with the mat and the following:
tion, see "Floor mat installation" 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so
(P. 7-6). that the floor mat grommet holes are
• Make sure the floor mat does not in- aligned with the hook(s).
terfere with pedal operation. 2. Secure the grommet holes into the
• Periodically check the floor mats to hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is
make sure they are properly properly positioned.
installed.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-
• After cleaning the vehicle interior,
fere with pedal operation. With the
check the floor mats to make sure
power switch in the OFF position, the
they are properly installed.
selector lever in the P (Park) position fully
The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can apply and release all pedals. The floor LVA0002X
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and mat must not interfere with pedal op- Positioning hooks
make it easier to clean the interior. Mats eration or prevent the pedal from re- The illustration shows the location of floor
should be maintained with regular clean- turning to its normal position. mat positioning hooks.
ing and replaced if they become exces- It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
sively worn. SEAT BELTS
certified LEAF dealer for details about in-
stalling the floor mats in your vehicle. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
Floor mat installation them with a sponge dampened in a mild
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat po- soap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-
sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of pletely in the shade before using them.
the floor mat positioning hooks for each For additional information, see “Seat belts”
seating position varies depending on the (P. 1-11).
vehicle.

CORROSION PROTECTION
WARNING MOST COMMON FACTORS Temperature

CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE A temperature increase will accelerate the
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in CORROSION rate of corrosion to those parts which are
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or not well ventilated.
chemical solvents to clean the seat • The accumulation of moisture-retaining
belts, since these materials may se- dirt and debris in body panel sections,
cavities, and other areas. Air pollution
verely weaken the seat belt webbing.
• Damage to paint and other protective Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in
coatings caused by gravel and stone the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt
chips or minor traffic accidents. use will accelerate the corrosion process.
Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS gration of paint surfaces.
INFLUENCE THE RATE OF
CORROSION PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
CORROSION
Moisture • Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle clean.
the vehicle body underside can accelerate • Always check for minor damage to the
corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry paint and repair it as soon as possible.
completely inside the vehicle, and should • Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
be removed for drying to avoid floor panel doors open to avoid water accumulation.
corrosion. • Check the underbody for accumulation
of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
Relative humidity water as soon as possible.
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of
high relative humidity, especially those ar-
eas where the temperatures stay above
freezing, where atmospheric pollution ex-
ists, or where road salt is used.

CAUTION
• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-
bris from the passenger compart-
ment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic com-
ponents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing
are extremely corrosive. They accelerate
corrosion and deterioration of underbody
components such as the brake lines, brake
cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be
cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, it is recommended that you consult

8 Do-it yourself
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Motor compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery replacement . . . 8-19
Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
Emergency tire puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . . 8-38
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or main- • Park the vehicle on a level surface, CAUTION
tenance work on your vehicle, always take apply the parking brake securely and
care to prevent serious accidental injury to chock the wheels to prevent the ve- • Do not work under the hood while
yourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol- hicle from moving. Push the P (Park) the motor compartment is hot. Push
lowing are general precautions that should position switch on the shift lever or the power switch in the OFF position
be closely observed. place the vehicle into the N (Neutral) and wait until it cools down.
position. • Avoid direct contact with used cool-
WARNING ant. Improperly disposed coolant
• If you must work with the EV (Electric
• The EV system uses high voltage up Vehicle) system is turned on, keep and/or other vehicle fluids can dam-
to approximately DC 400 volt. The hands, clothing, hair and tools away age the environment. Always con-
system can be hot during and after from moving fans and any other form to local regulations for the dis-
starting and when the vehicle is shut moving parts. posal of vehicle fluids.
off. Be careful of both the high volt- • Make sure that the power switch is in • Never connect or disconnect the bat-
age and the high temperature. Obey the OFF or LOCK position when per- tery or any transistorized compo-
the labels that are attached to the forming any part replacement or nent while the power switch is in the
vehicle. repairs. ON position.
• Never disassemble, remove or re- • It is advisable to secure or remove • Your vehicle is equipped with an au-
place high-voltage parts and cables any loose clothing and remove any tomatic cooling fan. It may come on
as well as their connectors. High- jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. at any time without warning, even if
voltage cables are colored orange. before working on your vehicle. the power switch is not in the ACC, ON
• Disassembling, removing or replac- • Always wear eye protection when- or READY to drive position. To avoid
ing those parts or cables can cause ever you work on your vehicle. injury, always disconnect the nega-
severe burns or electric shock that tive 12-volt battery cable before
• Never get under the vehicle while it is working near the fan.
may result in serious injury or death. supported only by a jack. If it is nec-
The vehicle high-voltage system has essary to work under the vehicle, • Before performing any electrical
no user serviceable parts. It is recom- support it with safety stands. maintenance work on the vehicle
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- such as the battery, fuses or bulb re-
• Keep smoking materials, flames and placement, confirm the following:
tified LEAF dealer for any necessary sparks away from the 12-volt battery.
maintenance. – The charge connector is removed
from the vehicle.
8-2 Do-it yourself
– The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not ac- The “Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-
tive or operating. For additional tions regarding only those items that are
information, see “Climate Ctrl. relatively easy for an owner to perform.
Timer” (P. 4-38). A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
– The 12-volt battery is not being available. For additional information, see
charged by the Li-ion battery and “Owner’s manual/service manual order in-
that all charging status indicator formation” (P. 10-22).
lights are off. For additional infor- You should be aware that incomplete or
mation, see “Charging the 12-volt improper servicing may result in operating
battery” (P. EV-5) and “Charging difficulties and could affect your warranty
status indicator lights” (P. CH-49). coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,
• The power switch is in the OFF posi- it is recommended that you visit a
tion. Place the power switch in the ON NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
position and then in the OFF position
to prevent the 12-volt battery auto-
matically being charged by the Li-ion
battery. For additional information,
see “Charging the 12-volt battery”
(P. EV-5).
NOTE:
If the battery is completely drained the
transmission will not manually shift to
other positions.
Do-it yourself 8-3

MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
7. Coolant reservoir cap

NOTE:
Your vehicle may not be equipped with a
motor cover.
LCE2489
1. Fuse/Fusible link holder 4. Fuse holder
2. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
3. 12-volt battery 6. Fuse/Fusible link holder
8-4 Do-it yourself
COOLING SYSTEM
The cooling system is filled at the factory • When adding or replacing coolant, be • The life expectancy of the factory-fill
with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) km) or 15 years. Mixing any other type
and 50% water to provide year-round anti- or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long of coolant other than Genuine
freeze and coolant protection. The anti- Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre- NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
freeze solution contains rust and corrosion diluted to provide antifreeze protec- (blue)(or equivalent coolant), includ-
inhibitors. Additional cooling system addition to −34°F (−37°C) . If additional ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life
tives are not necessary. freeze protection is needed due to Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the
the weather conditions where you use of non-distilled water may re-
WARNING operate your vehicle, add Genuine duce the life expectancy of the
• Never remove the coolant reservoir NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant factory-filled coolant. For additional
cap when the motor compartment is (blue) concentrate following the di- information, refer to the “Mainte-
hot. Wait until the motor compart- rections on the container. If an nance and schedules” section of this
ment cools down. equivalent coolant other than manual.
Genuine NISSAN Long Life
• The coolant reservoir is equipped Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-
with a pressure type coolant reser- low the coolant manufacturer's in-
voir cap. To prevent damage to the structions to maintain minimum an-
motor compartment, use only a tifreeze protection to −34°F (−37°C).
Genuine NISSAN coolant reservoir The use of other types of coolant so-
cap. lutions other than Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
CAUTION or equivalent may damage the cool-
ing system.
• Never use any additives in the cool-
ant such as radiator sealer in the
cooling system. This may cause
damage to electrical equipment
such as the motor and inverter.
Do-it yourself 8-5

Tighten the cap securely after adding • Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
For additional information on the location thoroughly with soap or hand
of the coolant reservoir, see “Motor com- cleaner as soon as possible.
partment check locations” (P. 8-4). • Keep coolant out of reach of children
If the cooling system frequently requires and pets.
coolant, it is recommended that you visit Coolant must be disposed of properly.
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Check your local regulations.
CHANGING COOLANT
It is recommended that major cooling sys-
tem repairs should be performed by a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The service
LDI3145 procedures can be found in the appropri-
ate NISSAN Service Manual.
CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL
Improper servicing can result in reduced
Check the coolant level in the reservoir heater performance.
when the high-voltage parts are cold. If
the coolant level is below the MIN level O B ,
WARNING
open the reservoir cap and add coolant up
to the MAX level O A . If the reservoir is empty, • To avoid the danger of being scalded,
check the coolant level in the coolant res- never change the coolant when the
ervoir when the high-voltage parts are motor compartment is hot.
cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the • Never remove the coolant reservoir
coolant reservoir, fill the coolant reservoir cap when the motor compartment is
with coolant up to the reservoir cap open- hot. Serious burns could be caused
ing and also add it to the reservoir up to the by high-pressure fluid escaping from
MAX level O A . the radiator.
8-6 Do-it yourself

REDUCTION GEAR FLUID BRAKE FLUID
When checking or replacement is required, For additional brake fluid information, see
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
certified LEAF dealer for this service. pacities” (P. 10-2).
CAUTION WARNING
• Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. • Use only new fluid from a sealed con-
Do not mix with other fluids. tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated
• Using reduction gear fluid other than fluid may damage the brake system.
Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will The use of improper fluids can dam-
cause deterioration in driveability age the brake system, and affect the
and reduction gear durability, and vehicle’s stopping ability.
may damage the reduction gear, • Clean the filler cap before removing.
which is not covered by the NISSAN • Brake fluid is poisonous and should
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. be stored carefully in marked con- LDI3143
tainers out of the reach of children.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
fluid is below the MIN line O B or the brake
CAUTION warning light illuminates, add Genuine

NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur- equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line O A .
faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid If fluid must be added frequently, the sys-
is spilled, immediately wash the sur- tem should be checked. It is recom-
face with water. mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
Do-it yourself 8-7

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
Add a windshield-washer solvent to the CAUTION

reservoir for better cleaning. In the winter
season, add a windshield-washer anti- • Do not substitute antifreeze coolant
freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instruc- for windshield-washer solution. This
tions for the mixture ratio. may result in damage to the paint.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when • Do not fill the windshield-washer
driving conditions require an increased reservoir with windshield-washer
amount of windshield-washer fluid. fluid concentrates at full strength.
Some methyl alcohol based
Recommended fluid:
windshield-washer fluid concen-
Genuine NISSAN Windshield-Washer Con- trates may permanently stain the
centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer reservoir.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
LDI3463 concentrates with water to the
Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir manufacturer’s recommended levels
periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid before pouring the fluid into the
when the “Low Washer Fluid” message ap- windshield-washer reservoir. Do not
pears on the vehicle information display. use the windshield-washer reservoir
For additional information, see “Vehicle in- to mix the windshield-washer fluid
formation display warnings and indicators” concentrate and water.
(P. 2-36).
To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,
lift the cap O 1 and pour the windshield-
washer fluid into the reservoir opening.
8-8 Do-it yourself

12-VOLT BATTERY
Caution symbols for battery WARNING
No smoking, No exposed flames, No Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is
O
1
Sparks explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.
Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or
O
2 Shield eyes
battery acid.
O
3 Keep away from children Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a
battery or battery cap, immediately wash your hands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your
O
4 Battery acid eyes, or onto your skin or clothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it
could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.
O
5 Note operating instructions Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.
Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or
O
6 Explosive gas
injury.
Do-it yourself 8-9

• Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean WARNING • When working on or near a 12-volt
and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a battery, always wear suitable eye
solution of baking soda and water. • Do not expose the 12-volt battery to protection and remove all jewelry.
• Make certain the terminal connections flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen • 12-volt battery posts, terminals and
are clean and securely tightened. gas generated by the 12-volt battery related accessories contain lead and
is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt bat- lead compounds. Wash hands after
NOTE: tery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, handling.
Care should be taken to avoid situations fabrics or painted surfaces. After
touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt • Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
that can lead to potential battery dis- reach of children.
charge and potential no-start conditions battery cap, do not touch or rub your
such as: eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If
the acid contacts your eyes, skin or
1. Installation or extended use of elec- clothing, immediately flush with wa-
tronic accessories that consume bat- ter for at least 15 minutes and seek
tery power when the EV system is not medical attention.
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD • Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid
players, etc.) in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12-
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or volt battery fluid can cause a higher
only driven short distances. load on the 12-volt battery which can
In these cases, the battery may need to generate heat, reduce battery life,
be charged to maintain battery health and in some cases lead to an
explosion.
8-10 Do-it yourself

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level.
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting provides power to the 12-
volt system to allow the electrical systems
to operate. The electrical systems must be
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be
charged. Jump starting does not charge
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must
be charged before the vehicle can be
driven.
For additional information, see “Jump
WDI0224
starting” (P. 6-10). If the power switch does
1. Remove the vent caps with a screw- not switch to the READY to drive position by
driver as shown. Use a cloth to protect jump starting, the 12-volt battery may have
the battery case. to be replaced. It is recommended that you
service.
LDI3181
2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is
necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level up to the bottom
of the filler opening. Do not overfill. Re-
install the vent caps.
Do-it yourself 8-11

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
CLEANING REPLACING
If your windshield is not clear after using Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
the windshield washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other mate- Pulling up the wiper arm
rial may be on the blade or windshield.
The wiper arm should be in the up position
Clean the outside of the windshield with a when replacing the wiper.
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the
windshield is clean if beads do not form
wiper rise-up function (if so equipped).
when rinsing with clear water.
Wiper rise-up function (if so equipped)
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild de-
tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear wa-
ter. If your windshield is still not clear after
cleaning the blades and using the wiper, LDI3602
replace the blades. To pull up the wiper arm, push the lever O
1
up and hold for more than 2 seconds within
CAUTION 1 minute after the power switch is turned
off. The wiper operation stops in mid-
Worn windshield wiper blades can operation and wiper arm can be pulled up.
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision. To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper
arm in the down position and then push
the lever O
1 up once after the power switch
is turned on.
CAUTION
Do not operate the windshield wiper
while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or
hood may be damaged.
8-12 Do-it yourself

LDI2602
Replacing CAUTION
1. Push the release tab O A , and move the
wiper blade down the wiper arm O B
• After wiper blade replacement, re-
turn the wiper arm to its original po-
while pushing the release tab to remove.
sition; otherwise it may be damaged
2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the when the hood is opened.
wiper arm until a click sounds. • Make sure the wiper blades contact LDI3535
3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure. Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle O
C .
dimple is in the groove. This may cause improper windshield
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged,
remove any objects with a needle or small
pin OD . Be careful not to damage the
nozzle.
Do-it yourself 8-13

BRAKES
REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE If the brakes do not operate properly, have Under some driving or climate conditions,
the brakes checked. It is recommended occasional brake squeak, squeal or other
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer noise may be heard. Occasional brake
certified LEAF dealer if checking or replace-
for this service. noise during light to moderate stops is nor-
ment is required.
mal and does not affect the function or
WARNING performance of the brake system.
Do not adjust the height of the brake Proper brake inspection intervals should
pedal. Doing so could alter the effec- be followed. For additional information, re-
tiveness of the brakes, which could refer to the “Maintenance and schedules”
sult in a serious accident and personal section of this manual.
injury. If adjustment is required, it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires re-
placement, it will make a high–pitched
scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-
tion. This scraping sound will first occur
only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the
sound will always be heard even if the
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the
brakes checked as soon as possible if the
wear warning sound is heard.
8-14 Do-it yourself

FUSES
If any electrical equipment does not oper-

ate, check for an open fuse.
1. Confirm that the power switch and the
headlight switch are turned off.
2. Open the hood.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder
cover by pushing the tab and lifting the
cover from the right side, and then the
left side.
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be
replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller
LCE2490 located in the passenger compartment
MOTOR COMPARTMENT • Never use a fuse of a higher or lower fuse box.
WARNING amperage rating than that specified
on the fuse box cover. This could
• Never touch, disassemble, remove or damage the electrical system or
replace the high-voltage parts and electronic control units or cause a
cables, as well as their connectors. fire.
High-voltage cables are colored or-
ange. Touching, disassembling, re-
moving or replacing those parts and
cables can cause severe burns or
electric shock that may result in seri-
Do-it yourself 8-15

LDI3328 LDI3331
6. If the fuse is open O
A , replace it with a
new fuse O B .
7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-

cal system checked, and if necessary, re-
paired. It is recommended that you visit a
service.
8-16 Do-it yourself

LCE2491
Fusible links
ate and the fuses are in good condition,
check the fusible links in the holders O
1 ,O
2
and O 3 . If any of these fusible links are
melted, replace only with Genuine NISSAN
parts.
For checking and replacing the fusible links
in the holders O1 , O2 and O 3 , it is recom-
Do-it yourself 8-17

LVM0007X LDI3328
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not oper- 5. If the fuse is open O
A , replace it with a
ate, check for an open fuse. new fuse O B .
WARNING 1. Make sure that the power switch and the 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-
headlight switch are turned off. trical system checked, and if necessary
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower repaired. It is recommended that you
amperage rating than that specified on 2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the
cloth OC into the slit O
1 .
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
the fuse box cover. This could damage this service.
the electrical system or electronic con- Use a cloth O
C to protect the fuse box
trol units or cause a fire. cover.
3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover
O2 .
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller O

3 .
8-18 Do-it yourself

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® BATTERY
REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
• Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed
parts.
• An improperly disposed battery can
harm the environment. Always con-
firm local regulations for battery
disposal.
• When changing batteries, do not let
dust or oil get on the components.
• There is danger of explosion if the
lithium battery is incorrectly re-
placed. Replace only with the same
LDI3205
or equivalent type.
Extended storage switch How to replace the extended storage
switch:
ate, remove the extended storage switch 1. To remove the extended storage switch,
and check for an open fuse. be sure the power switch is in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the
The extended storage switch is used for OFF position.
long term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-
tended storage switch is broken it is not 3. Remove the fuse box cover.
necessary to replace it. Replace only the 4. Pinch the locking tabs O1 and O2 found
open fuse in the switch with a new one. on each side of the storage switch.
5. Pull the storage switch straight out from
the fuse box O 3 .
Do-it yourself 8-19

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of
the corner and twist it to separate the
upper part from the lower part. Use a
cloth to protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2025 or equivalent
• Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
• Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points
will seriously deplete the storage SDI2452
capacity.
• Make sure that the 丣 side faces the 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower
bottom of the case. parts O1 , and then push them together
O2 until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check that it is

functioning properly.
SDI2451
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
8-20 Do-it yourself

LIGHTS
FCC Notice:
For USA:
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
For Canada:
This device contains licence-exempt
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
with Innovation, Science and Economic
Development Canada’s licence-exempt
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
may not cause interference. (2) This de-
vice must accept any interference, in-
cluding interference that may cause un- LDI3149
desired operation of the device. 1. Headlight assembly 4. High-mounted stop light
2. Map light 5. Rear combination light
3. Room light
Do-it yourself 8-21
6. Door mirror turn signal light (if so Replacing the halogen headlight • Fog may temporarily form inside the
equipped) bulb (if so equipped) lens of the exterior lights in the rain
7. Cargo light The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type or in a car wash. A temperature dif-
that uses a headlight (halogen) bulb. If bulb ference between the inside and the
8. License plate light outside of the lens causes the fog. If
replacement is required, it is recom-
9. Fog light (if so equipped) mended that you visit a NISSAN certified large drops of water collect inside
LEAF dealer. the lens, it is recommended that you
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car
wash. A temperature difference between CAUTION Use the same number and wattage as
the inside and the outside of the lens originally installed as shown in the chart.
• Do not leave the bulb out of the head-
causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If
light reflector for a long period of FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)
large drops of water collect inside the lens,
time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. en-
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN For additional information on fog light bulb
tering the headlight body may affect
certified LEAF dealer for this service. replacement, refer to the instruction out-
bulb performance
lined in this section
HEADLIGHTS • High-pressure halogen gas is sealed
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb Replacing the fog light bulb
If headlight bulb replacement is required, it
may break if the glass envelope is
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN If fog light bulb replacement is required, it is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.
certified LEAF dealer for this service. recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
• Only touch the base when handling
the bulb. Never touch the glass enve- tified LEAF dealer for this service.
Replacing the LED headlight bulb
lope. Touching the glass envelope
(if so equipped) could significantly affect bulb life
If LED headlight bulb replacement is neces- and/or headlight performance.
sary, it is recommended that you visit a • Aiming is not necessary after replac-
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ing the bulb. When aiming adjust-
service. ment is necessary, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN
8-22 Do-it yourself

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS NOTE:
Always check with the Parts Department
Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.
at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the
Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)* latest information about parts.
High* 60 HB3
Low* 55 H11
Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA
Side marker* — —
Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*
High* — —
Low* — —
Daytime running (if so equipped)* — —
Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA
Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8
Charge port lid light* — —
Rear combination light
Turn signal 21 WY21W
Stop/Tail* — —
Backup 16 W16W
License plate light* 5 W5W
Map light* — —
Courtesy light* — —
Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)* — —
High-mounted stop light* — —
Vanity mirror light* 1.8 —
Room light* 8 —
Cargo light 5 W5W
* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.
Do-it yourself 8-23

Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.
SDI2306 LDI3144
Cargo light
: REMOVE
: INSTALL
8-24 Do-it yourself

WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, see (P. 6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
WARNING
Radio waves could adversely af-

fect electric medical equipment.
Those who use a pacemaker
should contact the electric medi-
cal equipment manufacturer for
the possible influences before
use.
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
It monitors tire pressure of all tires.
LDI3243 When the low tire pressure warning
Rear combination light light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Low -
1. Remove the rear combination attach- 3. Turn the bulb sockets and then remove Add Air” warning appears on the ve-
ment bolts O
1 . the bulbs O
3 .
hicle information display, one or
2. Pull the rear combination assembly as more of your tires is significantly
shown in the illustration O
2 .
under-inflated.
Do-it yourself 8-25

The TPMS will activate only when the side center pillar. Tire pressures Incorrect tire pressure, including
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 should be checked regularly under inflation, may adversely af-
mph (25 km/h). Also, this system because: fect tire life and vehicle handling.
may not detect a sudden drop in tire • Most tires naturally lose air over
pressure (for example a flat tire while WARNING
time.
driving). • Tires can lose air suddenly when • Improperly inflated tires can
For additional information, see “Low driven over potholes or other ob- fail suddenly and cause an
tire pressure warning light” (P. 2-21), jects or if the vehicle strikes a curb accident.
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System while parking.
(TPMS)” (P. 5-4) and “Tire Pressure The tire pressures should be
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3). checked when the tires are cold. The
tires are considered COLD after the
Tire inflation pressure
vehicle has been parked for 3 or
Check the pressure of the tires often more hours, or driven less than 1 mile
and always prior to long distance (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
trips. The recommended tire pres-
sure specifications are shown on the The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
F.M.V.S.S/C.M.V.S.S certification label also provides visual and audible sig-
or Tire and Loading Information la- nals outside the vehicle for inflating
bel under the “Cold Tire Pressure” the tires to the recommended COLD
heading. The Tire and Loading Infor- tire pressure. For additional informa-
mation label is affixed to the driver tion, see “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire
Alert” (P. 5-7).
8-26 Do-it yourself

• The Gross Vehicle Weight rating • Before taking a long trip, or
(GVWR) is located on the whenever you heavily load
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certifica- your vehicle, use a tire pressure
tion label. The vehicle weight gauge to ensure that the tire
capacity is indicated on the Tire pressures are at the specified
and Loading Information label. level.
Do not load your vehicle be- • For additional information re-
yond this capacity. Overload- garding tires, refer to “Impor-
ing your vehicle may result in tant Tire Safety Information”
reduced tire life, unsafe operat- (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
ing conditions due to prema- tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
ture tire failure, or unfavorable Information Booklet.
handling characteristics and
could also lead to a serious ac-
cident. Loading beyond the
specified capacity may also re-
sult in failure of other vehicle
components.
Do-it yourself 8-27

O
6 Vehicle load limit: For additional
information, see “Vehicle loading in-
formation” (P. 10-11).
LDI2644
Tire and Loading Information ter the vehicle has been parked for 3
label or more hours, or driven less than 1
O1 Seating capacity: The maximum mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
number of occupants that can be The recommended cold tire inflation
seated in the vehicle. is set by the manufacturer to pro-
vide the best balance of tire wear,
O
2 Original size: The size of the tires
vehicle handling, driveability, tire
originally installed on the vehicle at
noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.
the factory.
O3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires
O4 Tire size — see “Tire labeling”
(P. 8-29).
to this pressure when the tires are
cold. Tires are considered COLD af- O 5 Spare tire size or compact spare
tire size (if so equipped)
8-28 Do-it yourself
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare it to the
specification shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If too
much air is added, press the core of
the valve stem briefly with the tip of
the gauge stem to release pressure.
Recheck the pressure and add or
release air as necessary.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
SDI1949 WDI0394
7. Check the pressure of all of the tires. Example
Checking tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION
TIRE LABELING
the tire. PRESSURE Federal law requires tire manufac-
2. Press the pressure gauge securely psi kPa turers to place standardized infor-
onto the valve stem. Do not press Front and 36 PSI 250 kPa, mation on the sidewall of all tires.
too hard or force the valve stem Rear Original This information identifies and de-
sideways, otherwise air will escape. Tire P205/ scribes the fundamental character-
If the hissing sound of air escaping 55R16 89H istics of the tire and also provides the
from the tire is heard while check- Front and 36 PSI 250 kPa, Tire Identification Number (TIN) for
ing the pressure, reposition the Rear Original safety standard certification. The TIN
gauge to eliminate this leakage. Tire P215/ can be used to identify the tire in
50R17 90V case of a recall.
3. Remove the gauge.
Do-it yourself 8-29
6. Two- or three-digit number (95):
This number is the tire's load in-
dex. It is a measurement of how
much weight each tire can
support.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should
not drive the vehicle faster than
the tire speed rating.
WDI0395
Example
O
1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 3. Two-digit number (65): This num-
95H) ber, known as the aspect ratio,
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de- gives the tire's ratio of height to
signed for passenger vehicles (not width.
all tires have this information). 4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
2. Three-digit number (215): This 5. Two-digit number (15): This num-
number gives the width in milli- ber is the wheel or rim diameter in
meters of the tire from sidewall inches.
edge to sidewall edge.
8-30 Do-it yourself

LDI3639
Example (Type A) (if so equipped)
O
2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) 3. Two-digit code: Tire size.
for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code
XXX XXXX) (Optional).
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-
5. Four numbers represent the
ment Of Transportation”. The
week and year the tire was built.
symbol can be placed above, be-
For example, the numbers 3103
low or to the left of the Tire Identi-
means the 31st week of 2003. If
fication Number.
these numbers are missing then
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer's look on the other sidewall of the
identification mark. tire.
Do-it yourself 8-31

O
3 Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of

rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the materials in the tire, which in-
clude steel, nylon, polyester and
others.
O4 Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
LDI2786 of air pressure that should be put in
Example (Type B) (if so equipped) the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
O TIN (Tire Identification Number)
2 3. Six-digit code: Descriptive code permissible inflation pressure.
for a new tire (example: DOT XXX used to identify significant char- O
5 Maximum load rating
XXXXXX XXXX) acteristics of the tire.
This number indicates the maxi-
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart- 4. Four numbers represent the mum load in kilograms and pounds
ment Of Transportation”. The week and year the tire was built. that can be carried by the tire. When
symbol can be placed above, be- For example, the numbers 3103 replacing the tires on the vehicle, al-
low or to the left or right of the Tire means the 31st week of 2003. ways use a tire that has the same
Identification Number. load rating as the factory installed
2. Three-digit code: Manufacturer's tire.
identification mark.
8-32 Do-it yourself

O
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” lar side that must always face out- • Replacing tires with those not origi-
Indicates whether the tire requires ward when mounted on a vehicle. nally specified by NISSAN could af-
an inner tube (“tube type”) or not TYPES OF TIRES TPMS.
(“tubeless”). • For additional information regarding
WARNING tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
O
7 The word “radial”
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-
• When changing or replacing tires, be
The word “radial” is shown if the tire formation” (Canada) in the Warranty
sure all four tires are of the same type
has radial structure. Information Booklet.
(Example: Summer, All Season or
Snow) and construction. A NISSAN
O
8 Manufacturer or brand name
certified LEAF dealer may be able to All season tires
Manufacturer or brand name is help you with information about tire NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
type, size, speed rating and models to provide good performance all
shown. availability. year, including snowy and icy road condi-
• Always use tires of the same type, tions. All Season tires are identified by ALL
Other Tire-related Terminology size, brand, construction and tread SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on
In addition to the many terms that pattern on all four wheels. Failure to the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better
are defined throughout this section, do so may result in a circumference snow traction than All Season tires and
difference between tires on the front may be more appropriate in some areas.
Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the and rear axles which can cause the
sidewall that contains a whitewall, VDC system to malfunction resulting Summer tires
bears white lettering or bears in personal injury or death, excessive NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
manufacturer, brand, and/or model tie wear and may damage the trans- models to provide superior performance
mission and differential gears. on dry roads. Summer tire performance is
name molding that is higher or
• Replacement tires may have a lower substantially reduced in snow and ice.
deeper than the same molding on speed rating than the factory Summer tires do not have the tire traction
the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) equipped tires, and may not match rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
the outward facing sidewall of an the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum
asymmetrical tire that has a particu- speed rating of the tire.
Do-it yourself 8-33
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy TIRE CHAINS Use chain tensioners when recommended
or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a
Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac-
use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain
cording to location. Check the local laws
four wheels. must be secured or removed to prevent
before installing tire chains. When installing
the possibility of whipping action damage
tire chains, make sure they are the proper
Snow tires size for the tires on your vehicle and are
to the fenders or underbody. If possible,
avoid fully loading your vehicle when using
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to installed according to the chain manufac-
tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced
select tires equivalent in size and load rat- turer’s suggestions.
speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be
ing to the original equipment tires. If you do
Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” damaged and/or vehicle handling and
not, it can adversely affect the safety and
chains are used on vehicles with restricted performance may be adversely affected.
handling of your vehicle.
tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can
Tire chains must be installed only on the
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed use Class “S” chains are designed to meet
front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
ratings than factory equipped tires and the SAE standard minimum clearances be-
may not match the potential maximum tween the tire and the closest vehicle sus- Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving
vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum pension or body component required to with tire chains in such conditions can
speed rating of the tire. accommodate the use of a winter traction cause damage to the various mechanisms
device (tire chains or cables). The minimum of the vehicle due to some overstress.
If you install snow tires, they must be the
same size, brand, construction and tread clearances are determined using the fac-
pattern on all four wheels. tory equipped tire size. Other types may
damage your vehicle.
For additional traction on icy roads, stud-
ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit
their use. Check local, state and provincial
laws before installing studded tires. Skid
and traction capabilities of studded snow
tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer
than that of non-studded snow tires.
8-34 Do-it yourself

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-
ened to the specification at all
times. It is recommended that
wheel nuts be tightened to the
specification at each tire rotation
interval.
WARNING
• After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
• Retighten the wheel nuts when
SDI1662 the vehicle has been driven for SDI1663
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in Tire wear and damage
Tire rotation cases of a flat tire, etc.). 䊊1 Wear indicator
• For additional information re-
NISSAN recommends rotating the
garding tires, refer to “Impor- 䊊
2 Wear indicator location mark
tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).
tant Tire Safety Information”
As soon as possible, tighten the (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
wheel nuts to the specified torque tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
using a torque wrench. Information Booklet.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
90 ft-lb (122 N·m)
Do-it yourself 8-35

WARNING • For additional information re- WARNING
• Tires should be periodically in- garding tires, refer to “Impor- • The use of tires other than those rec-
spected for wear, cracking, tant Tire Safety Information” ommended or the mixed use of tires
(US) or “Tire Safety Informa- of different brands, construction
bulging or objects caught in (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread
the tread. If excessive wear, tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
patterns can adversely affect the
cracks, bulging or deep cuts Information Booklet. ride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dy-
are found, the tire(s) should be namic Control (VDC) system, ground
Replacing wheels and tires clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
replaced. tire chain clearance, speedometer
When replacing a tire, use the same size,
• The original tires have built-in tread design, speed rating and load carry- calibration, headlight aim and bum-
tread wear indicators. When ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad- per height. Some of these effects
ditional information, see “Wheels and tires” may lead to accidents and could re-
wear indicators are visible, the sult in serious personal injury.
(P. 10-5) for recommended types and sizes
tire(s) should be replaced. of tires and wheels. • If your vehicle was originally
• Tires degrade with age and equipped with four tires that were
the same size and you are only re-
use. Have tires, over 6 years old placing two of the four tires, install
checked by a qualified techni- the new tires on the rear axle. Placing
cian, because some tire dam- new tires on the front axle may cause
age may not be obvious. Re- loss of vehicle control in some driving
conditions and cause an accident
place the tires as necessary to and personal injury.
prevent tire failure and pos-
sible personal injury.
8-36 Do-it yourself

• If the wheels are changed for any • When replacing the TPMS sensor, the Wheel balance
reason, always replace with wheels ID registration may be required. It is Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle
which have the same off-set dimen- recommended that you visit a handling and tire life. Even with regular use,
sion. Wheels of a different off-set NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ID wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,
could cause premature tire wear, de- registration. they should be balanced as required.
grade vehicle handling characteris- • Do not use a valve stem cap that is
tics, affect the VDC system and/or in- Wheel balance service should be per-
not specified by NISSAN. The valve formed with the wheels off the vehicle.
terference with the brake discs. Such stem cap may become stuck.
interference can lead to decreased Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
• Be sure that the valve stem caps are could lead to mechanical damage.
braking efficiency and/or early brake correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve
pad/shoe wear. For additional infor- may be clogged up with dirt and For additional information regarding tires,
mation on wheel-off set dimensions, cause a malfunction or loss of refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
see “Wheels and tires” (P. 10-5). pressure. (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
• When using a wheel without the the Warranty Information Booklet.
• Do not install a damaged or de-
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS formed wheel or tire even if it has
will not function when a wheel is re- been repaired. Such wheels or tires
Care of wheels
placed, the TPMS will not function could have structural damage and For additional information on care of
and the low tire pressure warning could fail without warning. wheels, see “Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).
light will flash for approximately 1
minute. The light will remain on after • The use of retread tire is not
1 minute. It is recommended that you recommended.
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer • For additional information regarding
for this service. tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
• Replacing tires with those not origi- Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-
nally specified by NISSAN could af- formation” (Canada) in the Warranty
fect the proper operation of the Information Booklet.
TPMS.
• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if
it is not handled correctly. Be careful
when handling the TPMS sensor.
Do-it yourself 8-37

EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE
REPAIR KIT
The emergency tire puncture repair kit
(Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with
the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be
used to temporarily repair minor tire
punctures.
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa-
cility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
Using the emergency tire puncture repair
kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensor and cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate.
For additional information, see “Flat tire”
(P. 6-3).
8-38 Do-it yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Explanation of scheduled maintenance

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Chassis and Body Maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Additional Maintenance Items for
Explanation of general maintenance severe operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 EV Maintenance schedules
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5 (EM57 electric motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation of
nance is essential to maintain your vehicle the vehicle, general maintenance should
The maintenance items listed in this sec-
good mechanical condition, and its Electric be performed regularly as prescribed in
tion are required to be serviced at regular
Vehicle (EV) system performance. this section. If you detect any unusual
intervals. However under severe driving
It is the owner's responsibility to make sure sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to
conditions, additional or more frequent
that the scheduled maintenance, and gen- check for the cause or have a NISSAN cer-
maintenance will be required.
eral maintenance, is performed. tified LEAF dealer check it promptly. In ad-
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE dition, it is recommended that you visit a
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you think
who can ensure that your vehicle receives If maintenance service is required or your that repairs are required.
proper maintenance. You are a vital link in vehicle appears to malfunction, have the
the maintenance chain. systems checked and serviced. It is recom- When performing any checks or mainte-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-
GENERAL MAINTENANCE LEAF dealer for this service. nance precautions” (P. 8-2).
General maintenance includes those items NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- EXPLANATION OF GENERAL
which should be checked during normal cialists and are kept up-to-date with the MAINTENANCE ITEMS
day-to-day operation. They are essential latest service information through techni-
for proper vehicle operation. It is your re- cal bulletins, service tips, and training pro- WARNING
sponsibility to perform these procedures grams. They are fully qualified to work on
regularly as prescribed. NISSAN vehicles before work begins. Failure to follow the procedures listed
Performing general maintenance checks If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is within this section may result in per-
requires minimal mechanical skill and only recommended that you ask your NISSAN sonal injury.
a few general automotive tools. certified LEAF dealer where the nearest Additional information on the following
These checks or inspections can be done NISSAN Certified Collision Center is located, items with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-
by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you or go to http://collision.nissanusa.com. yourself” section of this manual.
prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. You can be confident that a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer's service department per-
forms the best job to meet the mainte-
nance requirements on your vehicle.
9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Outside the vehicle Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specified age. Have a damaged windshield repaired
interval shown in the maintenance by a qualified repair facility. It is recom-
The maintenance items listed here should
schedule. mended that you have a damaged wind-
be performed from time to time, unless
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge shield repaired by a NISSAN certified LEAF
otherwise specified.
often and always prior to long distance dealer, or a NISSAN Certified Collision Cen-
Doors and motor hood: Check that the ter. To locate a collision center in your area,
trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all
doors and motor hood operate properly. refer to http://collision.nissanusa.com.
tires, to the pressure specified. Check care-
Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lu-
fully for damage, cuts or excessive wear. Windshield wiper blades*: Check for
bricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
links if necessary. Make sure that the sec-
ondary latch keeps the motor hood from tire pressure sensor: It is recommended
opening when the primary latch is released. that you replace the TPMS tire pressure Inside the vehicle
sensor assembly when the tires are re- The maintenance items listed here should
When driving in areas using road salt or
placed due to wear or age. be checked on a regular basis, such as
other corrosive materials, check lubrica-
Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve- when performing scheduled maintenance,
tion frequently.
hicle pulls to either side while driving on a cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Check that the gas stays or struts properly
straight and level road, or if you detect un- Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
and securely hold the hood, trunk, or rear
even or abnormal tire wear, there may be a smooth operation and make sure the
hatch fully open. If the hood, trunk, or rear
need for wheel alignment. pedal does not catch or require uneven
hatch is not held open, have the gas stays
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at effort. Keep the floor mat away from the
or struts replaced.
normal highway speeds, wheel balancing pedal.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular
may be needed. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop
For additional information regarding tires, operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” down further than normal, the pedal feels
lights are all operating properly and in-
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer
stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.
the Warranty Information Booklet. to stop, it is recommended that you visit a
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check- NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately.
ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are Windshield: Clean the windshield on a Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
missing, and check for any loose wheel regular basis. Check the windshield at least
every six months for cracks or other dam- Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull
nuts. Tighten if necessary.
the vehicle to one side when applied.
Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Electric shift P (Park) position mecha- Steering wheel: Check for changes in the NOTE:
nism: On a steep hill check that the vehicle steering conditions, such as excessive free
is held securely while the vehicle is in the P play, hard steering or strange noises. Care should be taken to avoid situations
(Park) position without applying any that can lead to potential battery dis-
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure all charge and potential no-start conditions
brakes. warning lights and chimes are operating such as:
Parking brake: Check the parking brake properly.
operation regularly. The vehicle should be 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
Windshield defroster: Check that the air tronic accessories that consume bat-
securely held on a steep hill with only the emits from the defroster outlets properly
parking brake applied. If the parking brake tery power when the EV system is not
and in sufficient quantity when operating running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
cannot keep a vehicle position, it is recom- the heater or air conditioner.
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified players, etc.)
LEAF dealer for this service. Windshield wiper and washer*: Check 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
that the wipers and washer operate prop- only driven short distances.
Seats: Check seat position controls such erly and that the wipers do not streak.
as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to In these cases, the battery may need to
ensure they operate smoothly and all be charged to maintain battery health
latches lock securely in every position.
Under the hood and vehicle
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
Check that the head restraints/headrests The maintenance items listed here should fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN
move up and down smoothly and the locks be checked periodically. lines on the reservoir.
(if so equipped) hold securely in all latched 12–volt battery (except for maintenance Coolant level*: Check the coolant level
positions. free batteries)*: Check the fluid level in when the high voltage parts are cold. Make
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat each cell. The fluid should be at the bottom sure that the coolant level is between the
belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, of the filler opening. Vehicles operated in MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
adjusters and retractors) operate properly high temperatures or under severe condi-
tions require frequent checks of the 12–volt Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for
and smoothly, and are installed securely.
battery fluid level. water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,
has been parked for a while. Water dripping
wear or damage.
from the air conditioner after use is normal.
If you should notice any leaks, check for
cause and have it corrected immediately.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the The following descriptions are provided to Charging Port Sealing Cap*: Use only
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, give you a better understanding of the compressed air with proper eye protection
leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. scheduled maintenance items that should to clean any contamination from the seal-
Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor- be regularly checked or replaced. The ing cap.
mation, rot or loose connections. maintenance schedule indicates at which Coolant: Replace coolant at the interval
Underbody: The underbody is frequently mileage/time intervals each item requires specified below. When adding or replacing
exposed to corrosive substances such as service. coolant, be sure to use only Genuine
those used on icy roads or to control dust. It In addition to scheduled maintenance, NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (Blue)
is very important to remove these sub- your vehicle requires that some items be or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Re-
stances, otherwise rust will form on the checked during normal day-to-day opera- fer to the Owner’s Manual to determine the
floor pan and frame. At the end of winter, tion. For additional information, see “Gen- proper mixture for your area.) The recom-
the underbody should be thoroughly eral maintenance” (P. 9-2). mended service interval of the factory fill
flushed with plain water, being careful to Items marked with “*” are recommended coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000 km) or 15
clean those areas where mud and dirt may by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. years, whichever comes first. Subsequent
accumulate. For additional information, replacement of Genuine NISSAN Long Life
see “Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2). You are not required to perform mainte- Antifreeze/Coolant (Blue) should occur ev-
nance on these items in order to maintain ery 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 5 years,
Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that the warranties which come with your
there is an adequate amount of fluid in the whichever comes first.
NISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-
reservoir. tervals are required. NOTE:
When applicable, additional information Mixing any other type of coolant or the
can be found in the “Do-it-yourself” section use of nondistilled water will reduce the
of this manual. recommended service interval of the
coolant.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
EV System Charging Port*: Check the
charging port for any signs of contamina-
tion, dust, sand etc.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
CHASSIS AND BODY To help ensure smooth, safe and economi- • Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles
MAINTENANCE: cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte- (16 km) with outside temperatures re-
nance schedules that may be used, de- maining below freezing.
Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect for pending upon the conditions in which you • Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go
proper installation. Check for chafing, usually drive. These schedules contain “rush hour” traffic.
cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking. both distance and time intervals, up to
Replace any deteriorated or damaged • Extensive idling and/or low speed driving
120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. For for long distances, such as police, taxi or
parts immediately. most people, the odometer reading will indoor-to-door delivery use.
Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear, dicate when service is needed. However, if
you drive very little, your vehicle should be • Driving in dusty conditions.
deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any
deteriorated or damaged parts serviced at the regular time intervals • Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
immediately. shown in the schedule. roads.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 • Using a car-top carrier.
In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified
intervals. When driving for prolonged peri- months, continue maintenance at the If your vehicle is mainly operated under the
ods in dusty conditions, replace the filter same mileage/time intervals. severe conditions, follow the severe use
more frequently. maintenance intervals shown in the main-
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS tenance schedule.
Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus- FOR SEVERE OPERATING
pension parts, drive shaft boots: Check
for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil CONDITIONS
or grease. Under severe driving conditions, Additional maintenance items for severe
inspect more frequently. operating conditions should be per-
Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified formed on vehicles that are driven under
interval shown in the maintenance sched- especially demanding conditions. Addi-
ule. When rotating tires, check for damage tional maintenance items should be per-
and uneven wear. Replace if necessary. formed if you primarily operate your vehicle
under the following conditions:
Reduction Gear Oil: Visually inspect for • Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles
signs of leakage at specified intervals. (8 km).

EV MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES 7,500 miles/(12,000 km)/6 months 15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/
(EM57 electric motor) Perform at number of miles, kilometers or 12 months
The following shows the maintenance months, whichever comes first. Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
schedule. Standard maintenance: months, whichever comes first.
Choose the maintenance schedule Inspections: Standard maintenance:
needed based on your vehicle driving • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ Inspections:
conditions. hood lift supports • Brake lines & cables
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 • Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Brake pads & rotors
months, continue maintenance at the • Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
same mileage/time interval. • Charging port
• Suspension components (shocks, sub- • Drive shaft boots
frame, tie rods) • Reduction gear oil
Essential: • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
• Tire rotation hood lift supports
Severe use maintenance: • Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
Inspections:
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
• Axle & suspension parts
frame, tie rods)
• Brake pads & rotors
Essential:
• Drive shaft boots
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Front suspension ball joints
• Tire rotation
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints

Severe use maintenance: 22,500 miles/(36,000 km)/ 30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/
Inspections: 18 months 24 months
• Axle & suspension parts Perform at number of miles, kilometers or Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
• Front suspension ball joints months, whichever comes first. months, whichever comes first.
• Steering gear and linkage Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
• Steering linkage ball joints Inspections: Inspections:
Essential: • Inspect Intelligent Key battery (1) • Axle & suspension parts
• Replace brake fluid • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ • Brake lines & cables
hood lift supports • Brake pads & rotors
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Charging port
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth • Charging port sealing cap
• Suspension components (shocks, sub- • Drive shaft boots
frame, tie rods) • Front suspension ball joints
Essential: • Reduction gear oil
• Tire rotation • Steering gear and linkage
Severe use maintenance: • Steering linkage ball joints
Inspections: • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
frame, tie rods)
(1) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.

Essential: 37,500 miles/(60,000 km)/ 45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/
• Replace brake fluid 30 months 36 months
• Replace in-cabin microfilter Perform at number of miles, kilometers or Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
• Tire rotation months, whichever comes first. months, whichever comes first.
Severe use maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval. Inspections: Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ • Brake lines & cables
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth • Drive shaft boots
• Suspension components (shocks, sub- • Reduction gear oil
frame, tie rods) • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
Essential: hood lift supports
• Tire rotation • Battery terminals and cables, battery test
Severe use maintenance: • Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
Inspections:
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace Intelligent Key battery (1)
• Tire rotation

Essential: • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ • Axle & suspension parts
• Replace brake fluid hood lift supports • Brake lines & cables
(1) Performed based on the number of ser- • Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Brake pads & rotors
vice months only. • Tire pressure, treadwear and depth • Charging port
• Suspension components (shocks, sub- • Charging port sealing cap
frame, tie rods) • Drive shaft boots
Essential: • Front suspension ball joints
• Tire rotation • Reduction gear oil
Severe use maintenance: • Steering gear and linkage
Inspections: • Steering linkage ball joints
• Axle & suspension parts • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
frame, tie rods)

• Replace brake fluid 54 months 60 months
• Replace in-cabin microfilter Perform at number of miles, kilometers or Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
• Tire rotation months, whichever comes first. months, whichever comes first.
Severe use maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval. Inspections: Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ • Brake lines & cables
• Replace Intelligent Key battery (1) • Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire rotation • Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
Severe use maintenance: • Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Inspections:
Essential:
• Tire rotation
vice months only.

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Brake pads & rotors
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth • Charging port
• Tire rotation • Reduction gear oil
Severe use maintenance: • Steering gear and linkage
Inspections: • Steering linkage ball joints
• Axle & suspension parts • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
frame, tie rods)

• Replace Intelligent Key battery (1) 78 months 84 months
• Replace brake fluid Perform at number of miles, kilometers or Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
• Replace in-cabin microfilter months, whichever comes first. months, whichever comes first.
• Tire rotation Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: Inspections:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval. • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ • Brake lines & cables
(1) Performed based on the number of ser- hood lift supports • Brake pads & rotors
vice months only. • Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Charging port
• Tire rotation • Battery terminals and cables, battery test
Severe use maintenance: • Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
Inspections:
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test • Brake pads & rotors
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth • Charging port
• Replace Intelligent Key battery (1) • Reduction gear oil
• Tire rotation • Steering gear and linkage
Severe use maintenance: • Steering linkage ball joints
Inspections: • Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
frame, tie rods)
vice months only.

Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
• Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance:
Not applicable.

MEMO

10 Technical and consumer information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
When traveling or registering in another Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Telematics overview (models with Navigation
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Telematic Control Unit Gen2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Vehicle identification number Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Additional data recording
Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 (on vehicles equipped with optional
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S Certification label . . . . . . . . . 10-8 ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Owner's Manual/Service Manual order
Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure
described in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (approximate)
Fluid Type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Measure Measure Measure
Cooling system With reservoir 5.3 L 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
coolant Reservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt Coolant (blue) or equivalent
• Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
• Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN
Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and
Reduction gear fluid 1.4 L 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt
reduction gear durability, and may damage the reduc-
tion gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN’s New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid* or
Refill to the proper level according to the instruc- equivalent DOT 3
Brake fluid
tions, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-7). *: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
• HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — • For additional information, see “Air conditioner system
refrigerant and lubricant recommendations” (P. 10-3).
Air conditioning system lubricants — — — • NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or equivalent.
Windshield washer fluid (US) 2.5 L 5/8 gal 1/2 gal
• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate
4.5 L 1–1/4 gal 1 gal Cleaner & Antifreeze fluid or equivalent
Windshield washer fluid (Canada)
10-2 Technical and consumer information

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM system components. A damaged or leaking air conditioning
REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT evaporator or inner condenser (if so
The refrigerant, HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf), in
equipped) shall never be repaired or re-
RECOMMENDATIONS your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the
placed with one removed from a used or
The air conditioning system in your earth’s ozone layer. Although this refriger-
salvaged vehicle. To replace a damaged or
NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the ant does not affect the earth’s atmo-
leaking evaporator or inner condenser (if
refrigerant, HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf), and sphere, certain governmental regulations
so equipped), use only new and SAE J2842
the compressor oil, ND-OIL11 or require the recovery and recycling of any
certified evaporator(s). It is recommended
equivalent. refrigerant during automotive air condi-
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
tioning system service. Air conditioner sys-
when servicing your air conditioner
tem should only be serviced by trained and
CAUTION system.
certified technicians to ensure proper and
The use of any other refrigerant or oil safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN certi-
will cause severe damage to the air fied LEAF dealer has the trained techni-
conditioning system and will require cians and equipment needed to recover
the replacement of all air conditioner and recycle your air conditioning system
refrigerant. Only new and SAE J2842 certi-
fied evaporator(s) or inner condenser (if so
equipped) shall be used as replacement
parts.
Technical and consumer information 10-3

SPECIFICATIONS
CHARGING SYSTEM
Rated input voltage AC120V, 240V (single phase)
Rated input frequency 60Hz
Maximum rated current 32A
Mode 2/ Case B (EVSE)
Charging modes/Types of connection Mode 3/ Case B/C (charging device, public charging station)
Mode 4/ Case C (Quick charge, V2X charge/discharge)
The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in
Required installation (over current protection) accordance with national codes. Suitable over current protection devices for
the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed.
IP Degree IP44: When the Genuine NISSAN EVSE is connected to the charging port
Operating temperature Same as vehicle operating temperature
Storage temperature Same as vehicle storage temperature
SAE J1772: 2017
EN61851-1: 2011
EN61000-6-1: 2007
Applicable standards EN61851-21: 2002
EN61000-6-3: 2007
IEC61851-1: 2010
IEC61851-21: 2001
Do not use an extension cable or electrical adaptor except for Genuine NISSAN
Adapters
Adapter.

MOTOR
Model EM57
WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel
Offset Offset
Type Metric US Size
Measure Measure
16 × 6
Steel 40 mm 1.57 in
1/2JJ
Alumi- 16 × 6
40 mm 1.57 in
num 1/2J
Alumi- 17 × 6
45 mm 1.77 in
num 1/2J
Tire
Tire Size
All season P205/55R16 89H
All season P215/50R17 90V
Spare with emergency
tire puncture repair
kit

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Metric US
Measure Measure
Overall length 4,480 mm 176.4 in
Overall length (with license plate) 4,490 mm 176.8 in
Overall width 1,790 mm 70.5 in
Overall width (with outside mirrors) 2,029 mm 79.9 in
Overall height (Roof, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels 1,561 mm 61.5 in
17 inch wheels 1,567 mm 61.7 in
Overall height (Roof, 60 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels 1,550 mm 61.0 in
Overall height (Antenna, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels 1,560 mm 61.4 in
Overall height (Antenna, 60 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels 1,565 mm 61.6 in
Front track 16 inch wheels 1,540 mm 60.6 in
Rear track 16 inch wheels 1,555 mm 61.2 in
Wheelbase 2,700 mm 106.3 in
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Refer to the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Front certification label on the driver’s side
Rear center pillar.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
When planning to travel in another coun-

try, you should first find out if the charging
equipment is compatible with that coun-
try's electrical system.
When transferring the registration of
your vehicle to another country, state,
province or district, it may be necessary
to modify the vehicle to meet local laws
and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
safety standards vary according to the
country, state, province or district; there-
fore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into an- LVT0001X LTI2416
other country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, trans-
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
portation, and registration are the re- (VIN) PLATE (chassis number)
sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re- The vehicle identification number plate is The vehicle identification number is lo-
sponsible for any inconvenience that attached as shown. This number is the cated as shown.
may result. identification for your vehicle and is used in Remove the cover to access the number.
the vehicle registration.

LTI2419 LVT0003X LTI2321
TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION EMISSION CONTROL

NUMBER LABEL INFORMATION LABEL
The serial number of the traction motor is The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle The emission control information label is
stamped on the traction motor as shown. Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certi- attached to the underside of the hood as
fication label is affixed as shown. This label shown in the illustration.
contains valuable vehicle information, such
as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month
and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifi-
cation Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

LTI2251 LTI2325
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION

LABEL LABEL
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire The air conditioner specification label is af-
and Loading Information label affixed to fixed to the underside of the hood as
the driver's side center pillar as shown. shown.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
Symbol Name Reference Graphic
Caution ISO 7000 0434
Air Conditioning System

ISO 2575 D01
(MAC)
MAC System Lubricant Type

(PAG–POE)
Requires Registered Technician to

Service MAC System
LTI2663
For alignment purpose, there are two
Flammable Refrigerant marks on the bumper fascia to indicate the
correct position for each screw.
Air Conditioner Specification Label Symbols To install the Front License Plate:
Use two 6 mm self-tapping screws to at-
tach front license plate to the bumper
fascia.
NOTE:
Self-tapping screws are not supplied
with vehicle.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING • GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb • Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
weight plus the combined weight Total load capacity - maximum to-
• It is extremely dangerous to ride of passengers and cargo. tal weight limit specified of the load
in the cargo area inside the ve- (passengers and cargo) for the ve-
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
hicle. In a collision, people riding hicle. This is the maximum com-
ing) - maximum total combined
in these areas are more likely to bined weight of occupants and
weight of the unloaded vehicle,
be seriously injured or killed. cargo that can be loaded into the
passengers, cargo, hitch, trailer
• Do not allow people to ride in tongue load and any other op- vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow
any area of your vehicle that is tional equipment. This information a trailer, the trailer tongue weight
not equipped with seats and is located on the F.M.V.S.S./ must be included as part of the
seat belts. C.M.V.S.S. label. cargo load. This information is lo-
• Be sure everyone in your ve- • GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - cated on the Tire and Loading In-
hicle is in a seat and using a maximum weight (load) limit formation label.
seat belt properly. specified for the front or rear axle. • Cargo capacity - permissible
TERMS This information is located on the weight of cargo, the subtracted
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. weight of occupants from the load
It is important to familiarize yourself
• GCWR (Gross Combined Weight limit.
with the following terms before
loading your vehicle: Rating) - The maximum total
• Curb Weight (actual weight of your weight rating of the vehicle, pas-
vehicle) - vehicle weight including: sengers, cargo, and trailer.
standard and optional equipment,
fluids and emergency tools. This
weight does not include passen-
gers and cargo.
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-
firm that you do not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for your vehicle. Both the
GVWR and GAWR are located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
For additional information, see “Mea-
surement of weights” (P. 10-14).
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information la-
bel. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Ca-
pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-
mation label. LTI2366
To get “the combined weight of oc- Steps For Determining Correct or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
cupants and cargo”, add the weight Load Limit placard.
of all occupants, then add the total 1. Locate the statement “The com- 2. Determine the combined weight
cargo weight. Examples are shown bined weight of occupants and of the driver and passengers that
in the following illustration. cargo should never exceed XXX kg will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of 6. If your vehicle will be towing a LOADING TIPS
the driver and passengers from trailer, load from your trailer will be • The GVW must not exceed the
XXX kg or XXX lbs. transferred to your vehicle. Con- GVWR or GAWR as specified on the
sult this manual to determine F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
4. The resulting figure equals the
how this reduces the available label.
available amount of cargo and
cargo and luggage load capacity • Do not load the front and rear axle
luggage load capacity. For ex-
of your vehicle. to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed
ample, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 Towing a trailer with a vehicle that is the GVWR.
lb. passengers in your vehicle, the not intended for towing may result in
WARNING
amount of available cargo and an accident involving injury or death.
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. • Properly secure all cargo with
(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) WARNING ropes or straps to help prevent
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. it from sliding or shifting. Do
5. Determine the combined weight
Towing a trailer may result in an acci- not place cargo higher than the
of luggage and cargo being dent involving injury or death. seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
loaded on the vehicle. That weight
Before driving a loaded vehicle, con- collision, unsecured cargo
may not safely exceed the avail-
firm that you do not exceed the could cause personal injury.
able cargo and luggage load ca-
(GVWR) or the (GAWR) for your ve-
pacity calculated in Step 4.
hicle. For additional information, see
“Measurement of weights” (P. 10-14).
Also check tires for proper inflation
pressures. For additional informa-
tion, see “Tire and Loading Informa-
tion label” (P. 10-9).
TOWING A TRAILER
• Do not load your vehicle any MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.
heavier than the GVWR or the Secure loose items to prevent
maximum front and rear weight shifts that could affect the
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your balance of your vehicle. When the ve-
vehicle can break, tire damage hicle is loaded, drive to a scale and
could occur, or it can change weigh the front and the rear wheels
the way your vehicle handles. separately to determine axle loads.
This could result in loss of con- Individual axle loads should not ex-
trol and cause personal injury. ceed either of the Gross Axle Weight
• Overloading not only can Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle
shorten the life of your vehicle loads should not exceed the Gross
and the tire, but can cause un- Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
safe vehicle handling and lon- ratings are given on the vehicle cer-
ger braking distances. This tification label. If weight ratings are
may cause a premature tire exceeded, move or remove items to
failure, which could result in a bring all weights below the ratings.
serious accident and personal
injury. Failures caused by over-
loading are not covered by the
vehicle’s warranty.

FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual- conditions on specified government test
the ground is sometimes called flat towing. ity Grades: All passenger car tires must surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
This method is typically used when towing conform to federal safety requirements in marked C may have poor traction
a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, addition to these grades. performance.
such as a motor home. Quality grades can be found where appli-
cable on the tire sidewall between tread WARNING
CAUTION shoulder and maximum section width. For The traction grade assigned to this tire
• Failure to follow these guidelines can example: is based on straight-ahead braking
result in severe reduction gear Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A traction tests, and does not include ac-
damage. celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
• DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four TREADWEAR peak traction characteristics.
wheels on the ground (flat towing). The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-
ing based on the wear rate of the tire when
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
• For emergency towing procedures
see “Towing your vehicle” (P. 6-13). tested under controlled conditions on a The temperature grades A (the highest), B,
specified government test course. For ex- and C, representing the tire’s resistance to
NOTE: ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one the generation of heat and its ability to dis-
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the sipate heat when tested under controlled
discharged: government course as a tire graded 100. conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
The relative performance of tires depends test wheel. Sustained high temperature
• The vehicle is automatically placed in can cause the material of the tire to degen-
upon actual conditions of their use how-
the ON position and it will not be pos- erate and reduce tire life, and excessive
ever, and may depart significantly from the
sible to switch to the READY to drive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
norm due to variations in driving habits,
position. The grade C corresponds to a level of per-
service practices and differences in road
• The vehicle is automatically switched characteristics and climate. formance which all passenger car tires
to the N (Neutral) position and it will not must meet under the Federal Motor Safety
be possible to drive the vehicle. TRACTION AA, A, B AND C Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
For additional information, see “If the Li- higher levels of performance on the labo-
The traction grades, from highest to low-
ion battery becomes completely dis- ratory test wheel than the minimum re-
est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades repre-
charged” (P. 6-12). quired by law.
sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-
ment as measured under controlled

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
WARNING For USA formation about motor vehicle safety

If you believe that your vehicle has a from http://www.safercar.gov.
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly defect which could cause a crash or You may notify NISSAN by contact-
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive could cause injury or death, you ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-
speed, under-inflation, or excessive should immediately inform the Na- ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.
loading, either separately or in combi-
nation, can cause heat build-up and tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin- For Canada
possible tire failure. istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-
fying NISSAN. If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, could cause injury or death, you
it may open an investigation, and if it should immediately inform Trans-
finds that a safety defect exists in a port Canada in addition to notifying
group of vehicles, it may order a re- NISSAN.
call and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in If Transport Canada receives com-
individual problems between you, plaints, it may open an investigation,
your dealer, or NISSAN. and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
To contact NHTSA, you may call the request that NISSAN conduct a recall
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at campaign. However, Transport
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); Canada cannot become involved in
go to http://www.safercar.gov; or individual problems between you,
write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 your dealer, or NISSAN.
Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.
20590. You can also obtain other in-

TELEMATICS OVERVIEW (models
with Navigation System)
You may contact Transport Canada's To notify NISSAN of any safety con- In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs)
Defect Investigations and Recalls cerns please contact our Consumer mentioned in this Owner's Manual, this ve-
hicle is equipped with electronic modules
Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You Information Centre toll free at that monitor, control and record data con-
may also report safety defects 1-800-387-0122. cerning various vehicle systems, including
online at: http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/ the motor, batteries, braking and electrical
motorvehiclesafety/menu.htm (Eng- systems. Other electronic modules record
information concerning driving conditions,
lish speakers) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/ including idling, braking, acceleration, trip
fra/securiteautomobile/menu.htm and other related data, information about
(French speakers) your use of the car and its features such as
air conditioner or headlight usage, diag-
Or contact Transport Canada by nostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, ve-
mail at: hicle speed, direction and/or location.
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Some of this data is stored by the vehicle
Safety Investigations Laboratory for use during vehicle servicing. Other data
concerning your vehicle's operation and
80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z0A1 performance is wirelessly transmitted by
Additional information concerning cellular connection through the vehicle on-
board telematics system upon vehicle
motor vehicle safety may be obtained start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN.
from Transport Canada's Road Safety This data may be used by NISSAN for vari-
Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 ous purposes, including: to provide you
or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety with NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
(English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/ by SiriusXM® (For additional information, re-
securiteroutiere (French speakers). fer to “NissanConnect® Manual”); trouble-
shooting; evaluation of your vehicle's qual-
ity, functionality and performance; analysis
and research by NISSAN designed to,

among other things, optimize perfor- mate control on, drive route planning, driv- navigation system under Menu,
mance of future electric vehicles including ing tips to improve range, driving history, NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
improvements in future battery life; to offer billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest, by SiriusXM®, Vehicle Information Sharing
you new or additional products or services; maintenance reminders, etc. Other fea- with NISSAN. Note, turning off “Vehicle Infor-
and as otherwise may be required by law. tures that may be developed and offered mation Sharing with NISSAN” will only dis-
Such data may be shared with NISSAN's by NISSAN in the future may also not func- able the automatic sharing of information
parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors tion without telematics data transmission. at vehicle start-up. Certain categories of
or assignees; authorized NISSAN certified NissanConnect® EV with Services powered data may still be transmitted if vehicle
LEAF dealers; NISSAN's marketing part- by SiriusXM® are provided by NISSAN pur- telematics features are accessed either in
ners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is a suant to a subscription services agree- the vehicle or remotely.
fleet vehicle; your rental company, if your ment covering your vehicle. This agree- Your agreement to the transmission and
vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party ment is necessary for all owners. This use of data by NISSAN can be provided in
service providers such as cellular, informa- agreement, and an explanation of its terms various ways. The vehicle is equipped with
tion systems and data management and conditions, can be found at the NISSAN a “pop up” screen on the vehicle navigation
providers. Owner’s Portal webpage. Further, the op- system that will ask for your consent to this
State and provincial laws allow access and erator of the vehicle must also touch [OK] data transfer. A version of the following
use of data recorded by vehicle devices on the Navi screen to indicate assent each message will appear: “Pursuant to sub-
with the consent of the vehicle owner or time he or she starts the car. If you decide scription agreement, your vehicle wire-
pursuant to subscription agreement. While at any time that you do not want your ve- lessly transmits recorded vehicle data to
you are not required to allow such access hicle to transmit data to NISSAN, you can NISSAN for various purposes, including
and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may deactivate the telematics account associ- NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
be unable under applicable law to activate ated with this vehicle by canceling the sub- by SiriusXM®, product evaluation, research
the vehicle telematics system in your ve- scription services agreement by visiting and development. By touching OK, you
hicle, and certain features of your vehicle the NISSAN Owner’s Portal Webpage or consent to the transmission and use of
which are dependent on vehicle telematics calling NISSAN at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877- your vehicle data. See Owner's Manual or
will not operate as intended or designed. 664-2738). The service can be reactivated NISSAN Owner's portal webpage for terms
These may include features such as auto- later upon request if you choose. Simply and details.” If you touch [OK], your vehicle
matic charging station map updates, re- visit the same website or call the number will transmit data as designed in connec-
mote battery state of charge check, charg- above. Alternatively, you can turn off the tion with the vehicle telematics system. If
ing complete notice, remote plug in transmission of certain categories of data you touch [Decline] your vehicle will not
reminder, remote charging on, remote cli- through the use of settings found in the
TELEMATIC CONTROL UNIT GEN2K
transmit data. However, the telematics fea- dress or by SMS/text messaging-enabled A. INTRODUCTION
tures referenced above, and perhaps oth- mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or This product Telematic Control Unit Gen2K
ers, will not be available to you. The vehicle’s data usage may apply depending on your incorporates the following software:
static navigation system will remain opera- carrier.
tional, and you will be able to access your 1. the software developed by, or developed
If your vehicle’s telematics account is ac- for, Ficosa International, S.A. (“Ficosa”),
radio and climate controls. tive, and you are not the original owner,
Telematics features are dependent on cel- please contact NISSAN at the website or 2. the software owned by third party and
lular data transmission. Some areas may phone number above as soon as possible licensed to Ficosa,
have limited or no cellular connectivity, re- to update the telematics enrollment infor-
3. the software licensed under the GNU
sulting in a loss or interruption of data mation. Upon sale of the vehicle, please
GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2
transmission and, as a result, certain fea- contact NISSAN at the website or phone
(“GPL”),
tures may be temporarily unavailable. Even number above so that NISSAN’s records
if areas with good signal reception, cellular may be updated. NissanConnect® EV with 4. the software licensed under the GNU LI-
connectivity can be adversely affected by Services powered by SiriusXM® subscrip- BRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Ver-
things such as tall buildings, apartments, tion services will automatically terminate sion 2.0 or the GNU LESSER GENERAL
tunnels, underground parking, mountain- at the end of the initial free term if you do PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.1 (collectively
ous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength not wish to renew your subscription agree- “LGPL”), the Mozilla Public license v2
bar of the in-vehicle data communication ment at the prices then in effect. (“MPL”), the GPL-2.0 license with-
module indicates good reception, connec- OpenSSL-exception (“GPLOpenSSL”) and
tivity may be disrupted. This does not indi- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version
cate a malfunction. Operate the system 3 with GCC exception (together with the
again after a few minutes to restore con- GPL software, jointly “Copyleft Soft-
nectivity. NissanConnect® EV with Services ware”), and/or
powered by SiriusXM® features are offered
5. open sourced software licensed under
as a convenience to the vehicle owner.
terms and conditions other than Copyl-
NISSAN is not responsible for, and owner
eft Software.
assumes all risk of, interruptions in service
or errors based on incomplete or inaccu-
rate data. NissanConnect® EV with Services
powered by SiriusXM® communications
may be received at a verified e-mail ad-
For the software classified as (3) or (4) For at least three (3) years from delivery of a In addition, it is necessary for end users to
above, a copy of the license text is included device embedding the above product, Fi- provide their own internet connection.
with the source code in the URL indicated cosa will give to any third party who con- The end user is responsible for any con-
below, and please also refer to the terms tacts us at the Contact Information pro- nection or line charges incurred through
and conditions of Copyleft Software li- vided below, for a charge no more than our browsing websites or downloading.
censes at the websites listed below: cost of physically performing source code
distribution, a complete machine-readable B. LICENSING ANC COPYRIGHT NOTICE
GPL: and INFORMATION
copy of the source code corresponding to
LGPL: and the Copyleft Software indicated above. The software classified as (5) above con-
MPL: When requesting this source code, please tains various open sourced software
specify Product: Telematic Control Unit (“OSS”) listed in the below website. Please
GPL-2.0-with-OpenSSL-exception: Gen2K and version Cx.9. see the website indicted next for the terms
GPLv3 GCC Exception: Furthermore, source code and licenses and conditions of the licenses (OSS Li-
The software classified as (3) and (4) above corresponding to the Copyleft Software censes) and other information regarding
are copyrighted by multiple people. listed above is freely available to you and the OSS contained this Product:
any member of the public at the website https://www.ficosa.com/software/
Please refer to the websites below regard-
listed below: opensource/
ing the copyright notices of those people.
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
opensource/
Contact Information
The software licensed under the licenses
indicated in (3) and (4) above (“Copyleft For enquiries about open source software
Software”) is distributed in the hope that it at FICOSA, please contact Ficosa’s Compli-
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, ance Officer by email: [email protected]
without even the implied warranty of MER- Please note that we are unable to answer
CHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICU- any queries regarding source code details,
LAR PURPOSE. etc.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data law enforcement, could combine the EDR • Vehicle information including distance to
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an data with the type of personally identifying vehicle ahead and lateral position
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near data routinely acquired during a crash • Information on the operation of the Pro-
crash-like situations, such as an air bag investigation. PILOT Assist and other crash avoidance
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data To read data recorded by an EDR, special features
that will assist in understanding how a ve- equipment is required, and access to the • ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis
hicle’s systems performed. The EDR is de- vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to information
signed to record data related to vehicle dy- the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN cer-
namics and safety systems for a short • External images from multi-sensing front
tified LEAF dealer, other parties, such as law camera (Available only when SRS air bag
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. enforcement, that have the special equip-
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re- or AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
ment, can read the information if they have is activated)
cord such data as: access to the vehicle or the EDR.
• How various systems in your vehicle were ProPILOT Assist does not record conversa-
operating; EDR data will only be accessed with the tions, sounds or images of the inside of the
consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or vehicle.
• Whether or not the driver and passenger as otherwise required or permitted by law.
safety belts were buckled/fastened; To read this vehicle data, special equip-
• How far (if at all) the driver was depress- ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on ment is required and access to the vehicle
ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; vehicles equipped with optional or the recording unit is needed. This vehicle
and, data will only be accessed with the consent
ProPILOT Assist) of the vehicle owner or lessee or as other-
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
If your vehicle is equipped with the optional wise required or permitted by law.
• Sounds are not recorded. ProPILOT Assist, it will also be equipped
If downloaded, NISSAN may use the data
These data can help provide a better un- with a supplemental vehicle data record-
recorded for the purpose of improving
derstanding of the circumstances in which ing function.
NISSAN's vehicle safety performance.
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data The data recording function is designed to
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non- NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-
record such data as:
trivial crash situation occurs; no data are corded data to a third party except:
recorded by the EDR under normal driving • Driver operational status of accelerator,
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or
conditions and no personal data (e.g., brakes, steering, etc.
with the consent of the lessee
name, gender, age, and crash location) are • Detection status of a vehicle ahead and
recorded. However, other parties, such as lane markers
OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
• In response to an official request from law Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
enforcement, a court order, governmen- model year and prior can be purchased. A
tal agency, or other legally enforceable Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
requests source of service and repair information for
• For use as part of NISSAN's defense of your vehicle. This manual is the same one
litigation used by the factory trained technicians
• For research purposes after the data is working at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
modified such that it is no longer tied to a Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also
specific vehicle or vehicle owner be purchased.
If you have any questions regarding the For USA:

data NISSAN may collect about you, For current pricing and availability of
please visit our Privacy Policy: Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
https://www.nissanusa.com. www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of
Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior, please contact a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone
number and location of a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer in your area, call the NISSAN
Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and
a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist
you.

CHARGING INFORMATION
LTI2429

LTI2645
*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or building, etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to Building (V2B),
Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).

COLD TIRE PRESSURES
The label is typically located on the driver

side center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
additional information, see “Wheels and
tires” (P. 8-25).

MEMO

11 Index
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning Battery replacement
1
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-174 Before driving your vehicle
Appearance care (models with navigation system) . . . .EV-14
Exterior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-2 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
A Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-4 Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . . . . . . .5-45
Apple CarPlay® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Blind Spot Warning (BSW). . . . . . . . . .5-36
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) . . . . .5-163 At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40
Advanced air bag system. . . . . . . . . .1-52 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18, 5-19, 8-14
Air bag system Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-163
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . .1-52 Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Front-seat mounted side-impact Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-24 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-161
supplemental air bag system. . . . . .1-61 Automatic climate control BRAKE system warning light
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact (models with Navigation System) . . . .4-35 (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
supplemental air bag system. . . . . .1-61 Automatic climate control BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . .2-17
Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . .1-65 (models without Navigation System) . .4-32 Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-19
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18 Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Air bag warning light, Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Brake precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-161
supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18 Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . .5-130 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-161
Air conditioner Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . .5-7 BRAKE system warning light (yellow). . .2-20
Air conditioner specification label . . .10-9 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Brightness control
lubricant recommendations . . . . . .10-3 B Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Alarm Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-21, 8-22
How to stop alarm (refer to, vehicle Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . .2-55 C
Android Auto™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Li-ion battery available charge Capacities and recommended
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-163 gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . .2-7 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73 Climate Display
Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66 Climate control system refrigerant and Information display . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Charge port lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 lubricant recommendations . . . . . .4-43 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Climate control Driving
Charging Climate control service . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-173
Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Climate control system Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Charging related indicator light . . .CH-49 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Precautions when starting and
Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Climate control operation . . . . . . . .4-29 driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Precautions on charging . . . . . . . .CH-2 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Quick charge . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38 Climate Ctrl. Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Cold tire pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-25 Dynamic driver assistance switch . . . . .2-61
Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-173 e-Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-43 Console e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Charging related indicator light . . . . .CH-49 Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
Charging related remote function . . .CH-48 Coolant
Charging status indicator light . . . . .CH-49 Capacities and recommended E
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . .EV-12 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Charging troubleshooting guide . . . .CH-56 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6 ECO
Checking Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-6 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Eco Drive Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157
Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-6 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 5-157
Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-27 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-65 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-24 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . .EV-23
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . .5-14
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24 D Emblem light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-22 Emergency call (SOS) button . . . . . . . .2-60
Top tether strap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27 Defroster switch Emergency charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle)
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6 switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12, 6-3
Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-25 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . .10-6 Emergency shutoff system . . . . . . . .EV-10
Circuit breaker, fusible link . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-56 Emission control information label . . . .10-8
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 EV Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-11
11-2
EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15 Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
EVSE How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
(Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) . . .CH-11 G How to quick charge . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38
Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2 How to trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
Explanation of scheduled maintenance Gauge
items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .8-19 Li-ion battery available charge I
gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7 If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
F Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Immediate charge. . . . . . . . . .CH-48, 2-61
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . .10-8 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Immediate charge switch . . . . .CH-48, 2-61
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66 Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Indicator lights and audible reminders
Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15 (See warning/indicator lights and audible
Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 H reminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Fluid Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . . .2-38
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Capacities and recommended Head restraints Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . .3-24
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-56
Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-56
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Intelligent Around View® Monitor . . . . . .4-11
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Heated mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Fog lights Heated seat switches . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) . . .5-67
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Heated seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) . . . . .5-154
Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . .5-169 Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . .2-60 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
Front passenger air bag status Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-60 (I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-141
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55, 1-57 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Front-seat mounted side-impact High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Intelligent Key system
supplemental air bag system . . . . . . . .1-61 Hill start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168 Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
11-3
Mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Loading information (Refer to vehicle loading
Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-12 Tire and Loading Information information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-16 label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28, 10-9 Lock
Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Vehicle identification number (VIN) Automatic door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Intelligent Lane Intervention . . . . . . . .5-30 plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6
Intelligent Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . .5-167 Lane Departure Warning (LDW). . . . . . .5-25 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Intelligent Trace Control . . . . . . . . . .5-167 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-23 dren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-21
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7 Low tire pressure warning system
ISOFIX child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . .2-9 (Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Li-ion battery status check . . . . . . . .CH-48 (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . .2-7
J Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5
License plate, Installing front license M
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10
Light Maintenance
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
K General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-21, 8-22
Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73 Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . .2-38
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3
Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-19 Fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . .8-22
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2
Keyless entry Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3
With Intelligent Key system Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-19
(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-12 Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4
Keys Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . .8-22
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-6 Maintenance schedules. . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-21 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73
L Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73 Meters and gauges
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16, 2-19 Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-56
Labels Warning/indicator lights and audible Mirror
Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . .1-65 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-24
Air conditioner specification label . . .10-9 Lights, Exterior and interior light Heated mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Emission control information label. . .10-8 replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . .10-8 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
11-4
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
P
Mirror defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18, 5-19
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-19
Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Q
Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-159
Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-14 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Motor compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4 Quick charge. . . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38
Parking brake break-in . . . . . . . . . . .5-163
Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Power
Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-23 Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 R
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64
N Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71 Radio
Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-161 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-43
NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-6 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69 Radio frequency remote control
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system. . . . . . .5-10 Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-71 Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
NissanConnectOwner's Manual . . . . . . .4-2 Power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-158 Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . .5-125
Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-161 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-58
Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9, 5-11 Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Precautions Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . .5-161 Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
O Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Rear window and outside mirror defroster
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-65 switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . .EV-8 Rear window wiper and washer
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 Precautions on booster seats . . . . . .1-22 Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Oil Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-22 RearView Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Capacities and recommended Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11 Recorders
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Precautions on supplemental restraint Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21
Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-44 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Precautions when starting and Registering a vehicle in another
Owner's manual/service manual order driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-22 Road accident precautions . . . . . . .EV-9 Remote charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-48
ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Remote climate control . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
11-5
Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Steering assist switch (models with
Repairing tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-18 ProPILOT assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-16 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . .1-64 Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . .6-2 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-18 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65
Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Stowing golf bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
supplemental air bag system . . . . . . . .1-61 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-65
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Supplemental air bag warning
S Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Supplemental restraint system
Safety System), EV system start . . . . . . .2-46, 5-13 Precautions on supplemental restraint
Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6 Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . .4-43 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-44
Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Shifting Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . .1-44
Reporting safety defects (US only). . .10-16 Electric shift control system . . . . . . .5-14 Switch
Scene guide Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-18 Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51
At home after driving . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Before driving your vehicle seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
(models with navigation system) . . .EV-14 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . .EV-12 Stability control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-164 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Immediate charge switch . . .CH-48, 2-61
Parking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-21 Starting Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-56
Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Seat belt Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Rear window and outside mirror defroster
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Precautions when starting and switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Rear window wiper and washer
Injured person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-14 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11 Status light, Front passenger Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-47
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55, 1-57
Rear center seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Steering
Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .2-60
Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-161
11-6
TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System . .5-4
T W
Traction motor
Telematic Control Unit Gen2K . . . . . . .10-19 Traction motor serial number . . . . . .10-8 Warning
Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18
Temperature Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7 Type of charge and how to charge the Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . .2-36
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-21
traction motor start . . . . . . . . . .2-46, 5-13 Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-14
Tire U Supplemental air bag warning
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-18
Low tire pressure warning system . . .5-4 Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Tire and Loading Information Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-15 (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3
label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28, 10-9 Unplugged status . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-48 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16, 2-19
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34 USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .2-64 Warning/indicator lights and audible
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29 Warning light
Tire Pressure Monitoring System V Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . .2-17
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33 Vehicle BRAKE warning light (yellow). . . . . . .2-20
Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . .10-15 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .10-6 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 Loading information . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Warning/indicator lights and audible
Tire pressure Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-21 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-164 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Tonneau cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68 Vehicle identification number (VIN) Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Top plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Tether strap child restraints . . . . . . .1-27 Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . .5-13 Washer switch
Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-27 Vehicle information display. . . . . .2-26, 2-27 Rear window wiper and washer
Towing Vehicle security system (NISSAN Vehicle switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15 Immobilizer System), traction motor Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-47
Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14 Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Weights (See dimensions and weights). .10-6
11-7
Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels. . . . .7-4
When traveling or registering in another
country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Window(s)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Windows
Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . .8-12, 8-13
Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
Wiper
Pulling up the wiper arm . . . . . . . . .8-12
Rear window wiper and washer
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . .8-14
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-47
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12, 8-13
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-47
11-8
                     
2023 NISSAN LEAF®
To view the digital NissanConnect manual, go to
www.nissanquickguide.com/#/guide/2023/leaf/browse
2023 LEAF ®
or snap this QR code with an appropriate QR code reader.

OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
ZE1-D
Printing : April 2023
Publication No.: OM23EA 0ZE1U2
Printed in the U.S.A. ‘22 ZE1-D For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2023 Nissan Leaf Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2023 Nissan Leaf Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2023 Nissan Leaf Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

                     

2023 NISSAN LEAF®

or snap this QR code with an appropriate QR code reader.

The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the

• NISSAN SOFTWARE LICENSE

Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.

Printing: May 2023

Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.

Printing: February 2023

If you see a symbol similar to these in an

Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4

Starting and driving 5

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

4. Outside mirrors/Switch operation

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

7. Rear hatch (P. 3-19)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

4. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Indicator for timer (P. CH-43)

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Warning/ Warning/ Warning/ Name Page

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

High beam indi-

Illustrated table of contents 0-13

0-14 Illustrated table of contents

The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-17

• The predicted charging time displayed HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS

WARNING NOTE: • Less deceleration is provided by the re-

NOISE AND VIBRATION This section provides a brief explanation

OPERATING THE CLIMATE Notification of the Li-ion battery

STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal O

2. Push the power switch O

3. Check that the READY to drive indicator

Parking the vehicle 2. Apply the parking brake O 2 . For models

RANGE • Battery age, • Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently

METERS AND INDICATORS

Meter Li-ion battery temperature gauge

The master warning light (red or yellow) O

Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-2 Charge connector lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-41

beep will sound once.

battery is waiting for the charging timer,

6. After closing the cap on the charge port,

Unlock operation using Intelligent Unlock operation using charge

NOTE: CHARGING TIMER

Timer Charge setting screen Full charge has priority

• Remote battery status check: – The vehicle must be located in a cel-

Meaning Light ON Blinking Light OFF